a _=' AO AOD at OD 0d ete Oe BE” LOCC 86 ot nd 06: e mat Pe ne aw tend ca? PO Cn Oe Be oe Le OO FOE Oe OR OF gy LTS ER ee ee Te ee NSS ENT ene heehee ee ee are = eee ee eee he tee ig ee tee te, ee pit tiiiaddietadtelandinemdieatiaiadnde hinchada otne nde aetidinion ai eaiiahiieeas eee eee ee ede bee te} oaiuliatadiadieniivnianitadnh dedi ete td ee ee ee 8 Tat Few gm co DoF Tne enee eT ne Mette Healt teehee eae ay een nae ane At NO ae we eg TN, aster eo PPO AE See POEM ae atid ote er mt A Prat toll al 0." tp entre 8 OF cha Ofelia adeeb ig sras 0 sont we pagina del acto ee ee er <0 OORT AO OF an OP Od Oe GL AO tO Ot LA Hee Pap et om pclipeeiieadiatiivndivaliatinstdaltpatiinapedindibedpant adie tieak teleea dated ae ee ae be iedinibalipiaaineed bidet edad ae ee ee a PAP Aa oF y OCS ere a a CAE CLO A ee oe te te ee ee tr AO gas oe Se oe tet = ee tee ee wR elle lee eteetae Bae ta ne NeTee et enee ta meets ee a Tene nee Ne ee ag ee ee a en nes Ae eRe ee ee Nt ete ete te & re me ee eee he Rt Ch, em) 0: 02,09 M4 Oe le a ety he Sees en retin Sl comme fan Se he Ree Set Mee Byte teeny ls helene Sere tems mites Vetere te Bw eteene adie ddlinteediadiaetinstindiaats adediinihe tied lathe ates OO ee Pa SS. ee ee tee | eee: ome te tee Se ee ee ee EO a eee at oem Ia O88 et eee P ae et ac on eh Se i mere a8 21 Dom gens transverse “SECtlON ats. 22 Pa Ne Fibers, sfadiatingyieeece so: - 23 25 < ~ dissectedaiwser.. j2 24 26 Skull, its relations to brain........ 26 syeblacks Hawk, side view... 2... 2527 otc wig ia a frOnte tes wean ate 28 POs KUMP IOW LY DE. +). ik 6m gle Sepia sary 28 2c a, Vb Ble ay rare cree 30 31 Pee SASEe. INSITE. Ws sem eee kee shel ate 32 32 ** Female, well balanced”... .. 33 eat me aeentant’s, at bitth si eet 34 Bice Child's; frontalsuture.. ae... 35 ae ‘« Bones Separated, side, front.. 36 Sve LA i. * bottom..... 36 38 ‘* made thick and thin by illness 4o it Bee ILUEINA CER: 4. wen ater ate ae “ 7 42) ‘* Diana Waters, front and ‘hie 43 § BIOG a ictis usd hs aaa oe a Senge 44 ‘* Patty Cannon, murderess.... 44 23 Racial Angie, lL oguresve. 03% me 24 ‘« Caucasian and African.... 49 OTe mice lotan anti athe ots ss a ialts wise 53 62 + ANG MoO LISSUC.. neon a 54 PM USELESS TIC RPGSEU om pitts «| wyodic wine Pile 55 GAaNISeles CG MesVaLed ine nite: is tetcte es onus 56 DS votives! emperamenty o.oo eats We vie 57 GG2t AnCOlnw WAULa DAM se fas pees elds. 5 out 60 Bo) Morgan, Middy, Tryon and Boy | 62 69 § j 63 70 Vital Temp. Arterial system... .. 65 aT Sats “71. Vemrous FIGURE . PAGE 72 Vital Temp. Lymphatic system.... 67 Wickn Ae he Digestive Soa eee 7p ae 7 salisbury, Lords: hes 70 2 . Ds Barr, Amelia, and Boy 71 3 ; i Mr.“ Kyand; Boyr sean. 72 0 ees ‘¢ Thaxter C. Circulation 74 BO aes Sie. DIgestiion Saloon. ans 75 ST ie ‘¢ Breathing, Digest. ,Cir. Good 5. ais Gee eer: oe 75, 82 a “~~ Gen. Ab. Dally; Pertect 70 83 " “Mrs. Garfield, MHar- MONIOWS oye ees rT. 84 MENTAL TEMPERAMENT-—-Nervous) 78 System 79 85 i * Earl) Grey fests 80: 86 | 7 Laura Bridgeman 81 87 oe as Lucretia Mott... 82 §8 : yi Edgar ‘A; Poe. -383 89 a John Gardner... 84 ss i | s Boy and Ex. Gov. 85 BALANCED TEMPERAMENTS..... ... 86 g2 Ai re Seviee CHA Sear ee 93 id it L. P. Robinson 89 94 a a Gerrit Smith.. go 5 ee = Cardinal Gib- ) 95 ( DONS... 9 96 “ a Gb ads ae le aes 4 Sir Garnet 97 | Wolseley.. 93 Lge “ Rev. Morgan Ses Dix oe eee 94 99 ik ei FE. W. Austin.. 95 § “6 sc Miss Re ( Equable.2.- 96 IOI as: He Mrsx ayes... 07) 102 Re Helen Potter.. 98 103 . - Mrs.Lesdernier 99 TEMPERAMENTS NOT BALANCED.....I00 Field, Cyrus We, Ocean ely aaa 102 Law, G@Orge rien ster as cts in eae 103 Longfellow Ei W a ia ies = at a le ae 105. ECison; {PROS SAL ak oh oo coat 106. Lemont Marks .3 sarees he ass nissan 107 Richardsmames.Dsc en. sain ee 108 Cloud Reds-indian ‘Ghieinx scene IIO: Cushing}; Caleb.. fanned y > Penn III TEMPERAMENTS, SENSITIVE..... ... 12 Claflin "Horate:. Boe wea cee ee ae) ILLUSTRATIONS. ix FIGURE PAGE BUM eELURCse Ley VERE 5 os soc cb vieas 65> II4 EV CANIM, SOONCORs 65 se ew ne sadine dee 115 EES AU OIOW TORT Bode sco dy oe) ae ens 117 QUALITY OR PERFECTION OF TEMP..118 TEG PAMlIOCR, Fite GOED... vcsicis ea genes 122 RYT Ol ps PAI INCL. 5 yah ate wove ‘ondin 123 BIG pte CORT OSes vb ssn os oe be 124 Bi ESRI WAUG Gs «6 is es cent 125 Sao Leino, oir Freda ko eas sone de 126 DIVERSITIES OF TEMPERAMENT. PRPO aru OAs ite is oh veces 5 127 122 Thompson, Miss Elizabeth.. i.#130 See. Losier, wlemence.s., McD... ca... 131 Page Cats: Gen. Geo, +V0n.. 0. «he se 133 Cig ies ROUT say oe aA gE ee 135 126 Vanderbilt, Com. Cornelius....... 139 PT OTRT a MISE Ss ai win Sc 2s Son 30 143 128 Morse, Prof. S. F. B., Telegraph.. 129 Howe, Elias, Sewing Machine..... 147 peivarowser, t.vdia Pay M.D os ete. ts 148 131 Bilroth, Prof. Theo., Surgeon..... 151 Pee aCOMIBCH ALISEASCU, «5 oi iss «kes 152 ¥23 as Repaired. . oS.) 5. wae. 152 134 Mackenzie, Sir Morell, M.D;...... 154 TER MGUDOn.. sic, TUS +. A264. Saat 156 fe LES CVSS To OV ee op re, Pb 158 BUM OSODET Vy BOT. ss 2-66 0. seins Sas 160 ree EL OT NAL «cided eases a 163 139 Curtis, oY Ei Bor Ladies’ hol ie 169 140 Bok, Edw. Wm., Ed. hs We 73 HatT CONFORMATEUR. 4: Webster, Daniel, Hat Shapes.. 4 “a Pescrciennd rat Conform. ... «ees. 180 145 ) Seligman, Morgan, Nast, Ducey, 152$ Vanderbilt, Shandley........... 183 153) Munkacsy, Burr, Elkins, Fish, 175 Bristow, Crouse, Vanderbilt, beoe, tarant, Glugh: 'J.. ics wap 186 Duval, Pulitzer, Bates, Ingalls, EME UME OC in x.) ce «ew «9 whptans 187 Platt, Butterfield, Hurlbut, Coque- Geet gies ay rial aalig, phos slh lake 188 Burns, Combe, Ingersol, Robt. G. 189 176. Pierrepont, ‘Edwards. ......00.00% IgI ome WESton rotate nase) Bi. a 6 edie vee 195 P75 AbDpot, Jord| Colchester. .32....% 197 fe enotem. Bp. las Ow. essere 201 weericgians Felicial fnce.sc. Ges eetse 204 T5r Nott, Rev. Dr. Eliphalet..... 0.54. 206 FRM MARSAT. | MIALIC Wiis dries: ss us ols a 5 207 te3 Dudley, Ambrose, Earl... .. 00.0.0 209 Tee Whites judgesH. Li... oc. sce eeee. 210 Mee EPCOT AT IUICGEG v0 a'disles wwoldites Oh 211 186 | Trumbull, Jonathan, ‘‘ Bro. Jona- OS ee ro eee eee 213 187 Gallatin, Albert. ...-...+ «00. eeeses 216 188 Jackson, Gen. Andrew ........++-. 220 189 Van Buren, Martin ......+-++++0+: 222 Poe Power eReg se. Fic. gti vedas es ewes 226 191 Newberry, J. S., M.D.........+-.-: 232 192 Child Culture, some Boys......... 236 193 The Student .......s.seeeees Pe ee 237 FIGURE PAGE TGAwl NO PHYSICIAN decent ste neh Wenn pe 238 195 Scholar and Historian...... ..... 239 196 Fond Father and his Pets.......... 240 TOS: LAC ARGRLOLON Gey Pei cxic a a aa ak 240 ros, Interest ‘Heightenedi vy... 5235 bees os» 241 Toth: FUSCA. ae tunis m A, A to B, B. Middle lobes lobes. Fig. 20 gives us the basilar from B, Bto C, C. Posterior lubes trom C, C to D, D. aspect of the brain, the cerebrumand — [ors?e" Or ccuing from the medulla oblongata, cut cerebellum when the whole mass 1s off below the skull, and laid on the cerebellum (see : . 2 Brain, Side View). Fissure of Sylvius, dividing be- turned upside down. This is the bot- tween the front and middle iohae ce brain near B, B. a -} 20 Combativeness, Destructiveness, Se- cretiveness, and Acquisitiveness. From ,CC to DD are the posterior lobes in which are located the social or domestic organs. EE shows the hemispheres of the cerebellum or littie brain. F represents the medulla oblongata. S is the spinal cord at- tached to the oblongata. Thus the brain and the body through the spine * have their connection and co-opera- tion. If we turn and look at Fig. 19 again, we will see where the fissure of Sylvius divides between the anterior and middle lobes. Fig. 21 shows the base of the brain of a North American Indian, and the reader can not fail to observe and mark the difference between Fig. 20 and Fig. 21. How much shorter and relatively smaller the anterior lobes of the Indian brain are in Fig) ‘21, AA to BB, and how much larger the middle lobes of the brain are from BB to CC; and then how much broader the middle lobes of the brain are, rendering the head so much wider between the ears. This gives sig- nificance to the breadth of the head of Fig. 9, page 22, and the narrowing of Fig. 10. The mid-c dle lobe of the brain in Fig. 9 is broad, the character is severe, ex- ecutive, positive and _ plucky. Fig. 10 shows a narrow head; it may have intelligence and moral- ity but it lacks pluck, push and power. The Indian is not intel- lectual, his knowledge is narrow and meagre, and relates to physical things, but his physique and the ele- ments of severity and cunning, in fact all the animal propensities are enor- mously developed, as seen in Fig. 21. It is the case in all the crania of all the war-like tribes of Indians no mat- ter where they dwell. They are the elements that make the tiger, lion and wolf, and all the carnivora in short, fierce and intense in their severity. They are the characteristics of ‘the wild man whose animal propensities have been chiefly developed. Ll i ij 4, 1% f - l 4 Nit i At iy l ( i, Md ) ah} Wi WY: I 4 f How To StTupy STRANGERS. If we take an Indian child and cul- ture him in the gentle amenities and sympathies of refined civilization, it will prevent the great growth of the middle lobe of the brain, and his children, if the mother were removed from savage life and trained ina sim- ilar way, would have an inheritance in which the middle lobe of the brain would be lessened and the anterior or intellectual lobe would be enlarged; so in the successive generations the shape of the head of the Indian would be transformed. In civilized life where children wrangle and struggle for existence, Ty, ff! ) yf , ee i fa Hens 0 Wf us yy - dors i i ye L if HALT e i y : | | \ Ww hy, 2I1.—NORTH AMERICAN FIG. INDIAN, and are largely savage in habit and impulse, they will be found to have round heads, broad heads, they will be cruel and cunning. A few gener- ations of refinement and culture would change the form of the cranium as well as the disposition. Fig. 22. This shows the right hem- isphere of the brain, and the wall that is presented above the white band, called the corpus callosum, repre- sents the cleft between the two lobes which runs clear through in front of that arched band and behind BRAIN: ITs STRUCTURE AND USEs. 21 it. This corpus callosum is a bun- dle of fibres which unites the two hemispheres of the brain, bringing them into connection and co-opera- tion. In this engraving also is shown the cerebellum, which in this FIG, 5. Corpuscallosum. 9. Optic thalamus. 13. Crus cerebri. case has been sliced off so as to show what is called the arbor vite, or tree of life. Here the gray and white matter are differently disposed from what they are in the cerebrum, Fig. 23. Fig. 23. This figure represents a section of the brain including both hemispheres sliced off to a level with the corpus callosum, and the white substance of that structure will be seen connecting the two hemispheres. The Medullary or the white substance of the brain is here exposed in a large way and is surrounded by the con- voluted margin of gray substance. There is another anatomical mark- ing besides the divisions of the brain into hemispheres and lobes, namely, 11. Pineal gland. 10. Pons varolii. into convolutions, or the deep fold- ings of the surface. The surface of the brain is composed of gray mat- ter, and its outer covering is called the cortical substance, like the peel of an orange. It is also called ciner- os ay, \ N) m i ie al ‘ “ *G su sm i 2) ‘ e WEN et ¥: i i i $ 22.—RIGHT HEMISPHERE OF BRAIN. 12. Corpora quadrigemina. 22. Medulla oblongata. itious, meaning ash colored or gray. The gray matter is regarded as the special agent of mentality, and the deeper the foldings the greater the talent in the fortunate possessor. Within this cortical substance is the white, fibrous tissue of the brain which is called medullary matter. It is of a grayish white, and is developed from the medulla oblongata in radial fibres toward the surface where the fibres unite with the cortical sub- stance; and the length of these fibres from the brain centre to the circum- ference indicate the development or magnitude of the brain. In Figs. 1 to 4, the lines running from the opening of the ear for- 22 How To StTupy STRANGERS. ward, upward and backward; and the back views of the same head in Figs. 5 to 8, with similar radial lines show the method of form- ing a large brain by the exten- sion of these fibres; hence the Web- ster brain is broad, long and high; and the other heads represented, down to the idiot’s, have shorter fibres 6279! | Veo ss", > = rs 2 VD enmlrim|_ Oi -~- FIG. Webster head has as smooth lines as any of the other heads contained with- in its outline. There are no more bumps on Webster’s head than on the idiot’s head, but there is more dis- tance from the opening of the ear, more massiveness, more power. The reader now will understand why Fig. 20 differs from Fig. 21 in 23.—BRAIN, TRANSVERSE SECTION. Section of brain on a level with the Corpus Callosum, showing white fibres, convolutions and gray matter. and the heads are smaller; just asa small wagon wheel has short spokes and a large wheel has long spokes. So that in measuring heads and study- ing their formation, the phrenologist looks for the distance from the medulla oblongata or capital of the spinal cord to the surface of the brain. He does not look for hills and hollows, for little inequalities of surface. The character. One, Fig. 20 has a modi- fied middle lobe of the brain, the pro- pensities and passions are restricted. In the Indian, Fig. 21, the character is developed through the middle lobe, the talents are not very much devel- oped in his case through the anterior lobes. Another look at Figs. 9 and 10 will reimpress this thought. Fig. 9 is a man to build engines BRAIN: ITs STRUCTURE AND USEs, 23 and run them, to quarry granite, to be a man of the executive sort, while Fig. 10, with the narrow head, could keep the books, could do the intel- lectual part of the business and keep everything straight in the counting room, THE BRAIN IS FIBROUS. The question of the fibrous structure of the brain was somewhat slow in re 7 —— en Wk i) FIG. finding a lodgment in the anatomical and medical world. Gall and Spurz- heim were opposed in Germany and in Paris because they claimed that the brain was of a fibrous structure, but they demonstrated it by dissec- tion of the brain, and the microscope in its modern improvement has sanc- tioned their word. As late as 1842, in a public lecture in Vermont,. I stated that phren- ologists did not estimate the mental organs as most people persist in claiming they do, by bumps, but by radial distance from the medulla ob- longata to the surface of the brain where the organs are located; that the brain is developed from that point by means of fibres toward the brain surface like the ribs of a palm leaf fan. At this point a young lawyer of the village who was the professor of medical jurisprudence in a_ small medical college in that State, rose and asked permission to address the audience for a minute. Permission being granted, he said: ‘‘My friends, e 6 vs @ oP V7, Yc 24.—FIBRES RADIATING TO THE CONVOLUTIONS. with all due respect to our young friend, the lecturer, I desire to say— and having had, as you know, some acquaintance with a subject relating to the brain and to the brain itself, I am prepared to assert—there are no fibres in the brain as there are none ina bowl of custard; it can be cut with a spoon as a custard can be. The phrenologist’s theory of fibres must therefore be erroneous.” I «replied: that.<° Dr... Galli the founder of phrenology, was a Ger- man physician, and in Germany physicians are supposed to be well educated; and he had such a standing that he was called to be physician to 24 How To Stupy STRANGERS, the Emperor of Austria, in that city of scientific learning, Vienna; and among learned men in Germany he stood high and he taught that the brain was fibrous, as I stated it. Dr.Spurzheim, associate of Dr.Gall, was also an educated German physi- cian, and the two men in their lectures delivered in Paris, taught the fibrous structure of the brain, and the people of that learned metropolis were con- vinced by their demonstrations. They recognized and stated the fibrous theory of the brain. Within ten years of the time when the Vermont lawyer disputed this doctrine, the great work called Gray’s Anatomy, was published in London, which is still, in 1893, the standard text book of anatomy in every English-speak- ing medical college in the world. It illustrates the point in question by an engraving which is represented in Fig. 24. FIG, 25.—BRAIN FIBRES DISSECTED. were the men who taught the doctrine which I merely repeat here.” Of course this Vermont lawyer rep- resented the state of medical science on this subject where he taught. Five years previous to this, how- ever, a professor of physiology, at Washington, who was opposed to phrenology, delivered lectures which were published, in which he plainly In the engraving which is here copied, the cerebellum has been per- mitted to fall away ‘from the cere- brum. In life it lies snugly up under the cerebrum. (See Fig. 19.) It was permitted to fall away so that the parts above could be better shown for the anatomical student. Toward the base of the cerebrum the reader will see what we choose to Brat: Irs STRUCTURE AND USES. 25 call a royal arch, made of the words, ‘‘Fibres radiating to convolutions.” We have sometimes wondered what the Vermont lawyer, the lecturer on medical jurisprudence in a medical college, thought of this engraving the first time he saw it. Of course the medical college (to which he minis- tered in 1842) as soon, at least, as 1852, followed Gray and everybody else in teaching the fibrous structure of the brain. There are more fibres in the brain than there are in a bowl of custard. Yet many people still persist in talking of bumps, as if we looked for and followed them. This engraving, Fig. 24, is a sec- tion of the left hemisphere of the brain, showing the medullary or white, fibrous structure. The gray matter at the surface can be seen in certain parts, though the object of the engraving was not to show the cortical or gray matter of the brain, but the white fibres. In Fig. 25, we have also a left hemisphere of the brain, and we are looking at that side of it which joins the right hemisphere. They are separated from each other by the falciform process of the dura mater; and in this engraving there can be plainly seen the strip of gray matter attached to the convolutions at the surface, then the bands and lines of white fibres run from below, upward and outward. In the measurement and study of heads, as indicated and illustrated by Figs. 1 to 8, it will be understood that by drawing a line through the head at the opening of the ears, it passes through the centre of the brain at the medulla oblongata; hence we study from the opening of the ear, and know that the medulla ob- longata is exactly between them; hence the organs in the side head give wideness to the head. The organs in the top head are large in proportion to the length of the fibre from the medulla oblongata. The organs in the front head are long and large in proportion to the distance from the opening of the ear forward. If one will take a palm leaf fan and hold it in his hand by the handle and see how the ribs run, to the right, to the left and upwards, he may have a rough idea of the sections of the brain, the handle representing the spinal cord and medulla oblongata, Some heads are an inch and a half wider above the ears than others. Some an inch and a half longer from front to rear. Some are long from the ears backward. Some are long forward and short behind. An apple is large because the distance from the core is great every way. Some heads are irregular in form (See brain, Fig. 21), it differs from Fig. 20, showing a difference in the length of the fibre lines in different parts of the head. Fig. 20 shows a harmonious balance between the lobes of the brain. Such a head is developed by civilization and the laws which regulate life and character. Fig. 21 1s very broad in the middle lobes. In that region phrenology lo- cates the propensities, the passions, the elements of severity and force, policy, prudence and appetite, and when we compare that strong, selfish propensity department of the middle lobes of this brain with its anterior lobes from AA to BB, we see that the middle lobes are twice as large as the anterior lobes, whereas in Fig. 20 they are supposed to be normal and harmonious. The middle lobe in Fig. 20 gives power and executive- ness, and the anterior lobe gives knowledge and power to think, rea- son and plan, so as to exercise power wisely and humanely. Fig. 21, the Indian, is severe and selfish, his intel- lect is cramped and narrow and relates mainly to things practical and physical. One person has a wide, short head; another has a large head in the base and low inthetop. See Figs.11 and 12. Where the fibres are long the func- tions are strong. Where the fibres are short the functions are weaker, temperament and _ quality being similar. CHAPTER III. THE SKULL AND ITS RELATIONS TO THE BRAIN. person who wishes to understand meet it in the living subject, tne pecu- phrenology and study its theo- _ liarities of the skull anatomically con- retical and practical sides must, of sidered. The reason of this is because LEA; ATU) A TAN ~ ; Mey . reine. ¢ 7 D 4 y; ¥ 4 Uy ] S =~ = S FIG. 26.—WELL BALANCED MALE SKULL. course, take the head as we meet it in the brain, in its different sections daily life, and he mustalso understand and anatomical lines, divisions while he is examining the head,as we and limitations, bears certain re- SKULL, AND Its RELATIONS TO BRAIN, lations to the anatomy of the skull, and to know where one of the lobes of the brain leaves off, and where an- other begins, he must know what re- ai “ = a \\\ “ ‘ a NN \\\ Y \\ \ i i } Hy) i] Yaw Ai | ial ( ' Z i a HHT ; fan 1 = \ = At) ' NN it “AY ead, ' va 7) ty \ Hath \ ‘ \ \ \\4 \ 4 \ Vigil ia HH} Ni; | i Wii ) FIG. 27. —BLACK HAWK. Indian Chief of the Sacand Fox tribe, born about 1768, on the east shore of the Mississippi, near the mouth of Rock river; died in lowa in 1838. e wasa powerful chief—see the great base of his brain—and gave no little trouble in the war of 1812, and in 1831 and in the “Black Hawk war,” of 1832, when his tribe was defeated by Gen. Dodge and Gen. Atkin- son. Black Hiwk wascaptured wi h two of his sons and seven of his warriors, who were brought East and confined in Fortress Monroe, In 1833 they were releised and joined tneir tribe. A cast was taken of his head, which is in our collection, and from which these engravings were made. The head was large above and about the ears. Hewas a man of power in body and in courageous energy. Whata face, what a neck! lation the dividing line between these lobes bears to certain external marks on the cranium. For instance, the anterior lobes of the brain, which fill the entire forehead, lie upon a plat- form which is made by the arches which cover the eyes, and constitute the roof of the eye sockets. These ‘ =< IMs i \ 27 are called the super-orbitar plates in the human skull, and the way to as- certain where the posterior margin of that platform terminates, and con- sequently where the anterior lobes of the brain are separated from the middle lobes. To find this see engraving of the skull Fig. 26. The malar bone or cheek bone 7, will be followed by a pressure of the finger or thumb backward towards the opening of the ear, and upon the narrow bone 8, called the zygomatic arch, and under that bone there will be found a littlenotchfrom which we have drawn a perpendicular line 18. Inside the skull there is in the brain (see Fig. 20) a bottom view of the brain, what is called the fissure of Sylvius, indicated by letters BB. The Z anterior lobes of the brain AA / are separated from the middle lobes by the ridge of Sylvius on the inside of the skull, which jj, ridge fills the fissure of Sylvius; see Fig. 31, a bottom view of the inside of the skull. Behind the opening of the ear, anda little back of the point of the mastoid process of the temporal bone, we erect a ver- tical aline 20, vt ip. 2602 © ‘ihe petrous portion of the temporal bone lies under this line, a little back of the opening of the ears, and that ridge divides the middle lobes from the posterior lobes. An indication of that will be seen in Fig. 19, and also in Fig. 25. The position where we have drawn these lines may thus be anatomically considered and decided upon in three seconds by an expert examiner; for instance, if we stand at the left side of a patient, and run the thumb along from the cheek bone backwards towards the ear, we strike a narrow bone 8, and underthat bone we find a notch, from which we draw the verticle line 18; then back of the ear, the mastoid process g, can be distinctly felt, and just at the base of \ \\ 28 that we draw the other verticle line 20, and so we get ourtwo vertical lines ‘drawn, between which the middle lobes of the brain are situated. Now some men have a very large devel- opment of the middle lobes, see portraits of black Hawk, Fig. 27 and 28. Sometimes nearly two- thirds of the head seems to be de- veloped in that middle lobe. See Fig. 21, North American Indian, between BB and CC, and contrast the middle lobes of that brain with Fig. 29, and see how much stronger the savage brain is de- veloped in that region. The draw- ing of the skull before us, Fig. 26, is a pretty well balanced male 7 skull, but we show the drawing of a skull, Fig. 29, the anterior lobes of whose brain, like that of Fig. 2I, were much smaller than the middle. The same is true of Black Hawk, whose anterior lobe of brain forward of line 18 is small and short and narrow compared with the middle lobes. Where the lobes of the brain are properly harmonized the character is ex- pected to be uniform and clear; that there will be enough of intellect for the region of propen- sity, and enough of the social to give harmonious and _ vigorous affection, and enough of the top head above the horizontal line 19 to manifest moral feeling; but in Black Hawk, the middle lobes of the brain are paramount. Now all these matters will strike an examiner in one minute. When we see a man in the pulpit or on the - rostrum of a lecture hall or rising in a court room to try a case, these measurements and consideration of the proportion of different parts of the head are grasped almost as quickly as a person can take an esti- mate of the features. Occasionally the nose is uncommonly large for the face, or the middle lobes of the brain are enormously large for the front and rear. The base of the brain under line 19 is heavy, while otal fat Mi How To STupDY STRANGERS, that part of the brain above line 19 is low down, pinched and depressed like that of Black Hawk, and all this is done without any thought of bumps; indeed, the subject of EN ii ale Lo A |\ Lie aun ‘ i “i ( ‘ i } Mie he { dean) i u Y : ot ft by a i | it ie Yds N ae 2. \ ae i i ii)! Kia : ‘yA ¥ 28, FIG. BLACK HAWK. bumps becomes ridiculous when we consider the architectural and mathe- matical construction of brain devel- FIG, 29.—ANIMAL PROPENSITY. opment and distance from the brain CCDiLe. an Winning Soe In Fig 21, as we have already re- ferred, the anterior intellectual lobes of the Indian brain are comparatively small when considered in relation to the middle lobes; and in the portraits of Black Hawk in the front and side views, Figs. 27 an 28, the same will be noticed. The head is very wide through the sides. The Indian has much more of passion and of propen- sity than he has of intellectuality; the Indian has a narrow and superficial development in the intellectual de- partments, and is cramped in his rea- son and theoretical capability; he is governed chiefly by what he sees and by experience. In the figure of the skull 26 we may say that the numerals have all a meaning. 1 shows that section of the skull which is the frontal bone, 2 is the parietal bone, 3 is the occipital bone, 4 is the temporal bone, 5 is the sphenoid bone, 6 is the nasal bone, extending about half the length of the nose; 7 is the malar bone, 8 is the zygomatic arch, 9 is the mastoid process of the temporal bone, to which muscles go up the side of the neck and fasten, and impart the ro- tary motion, or the side motion back and forth of the head; to is the oc- cipital spine, 11 is the superior max- illary, upper jaw bone; 12 is the in- ferior maxillary, or under jaw bone; 13 is the opening of the ear, called by anatomists meatus auditorius externus ; 14 the styloid process. ‘The sutures or seams which unite the different bones of the head are: 15, coronal suture; 16, lambdoidal suture; 17, squamous suture; 18, the vertical line from the zygomatic arch, show- ing the division of the anterior from the middle lobes; 19, the horizontal line running from A to B, which is the centre of ossification, where those bones begin to form, upon the dura mater, the membrane which lines the skull and incloses the brain. As an egg is enclosed by skin first and then the shell is deposited or built upon it, so the skull is developed by fibrous radial lines of bone as seen at A and SKULL, AND ITs RELATIONS TO BRAIN, 29 B. Ice freezes in that way and sends out spicula; and when these bone fibres or radii extend from these cen- tres in every direction, they finally meet with radii from other bone cen- tres. At A and B these radial forma- tions and extensions of bone are shown, and there would be another about in the middle line of the occip- ital bone and in other bones, and the sutures are formed by the interlocking of these radial spicula of bone. The line 21 which is drawn fromthe eyebrow to the occipital spine at 10 shows the base of the anterior and of the posterior lobes of the brain; the middle lobe of the brain hangs below that line. From the external open- ing of the ear 13, we erect a line 22 at right angles with 21, and that shows the depth of the middle lobe of the brain, below the anterior and pos- terior lobes. Where the middle lobe of the brain is large and hangs down low, and sends the ear low down, we conclude physiologically that the per- son has strong vitality and a strong hold upon life. This line 21 was drawn by Mr. Abram Cox of Edin- burgh and referred to by Mr. Combe in his system of Phrenology in the volume published in 1825. #£Mr. Powell of Kentucky in 1854 an- nounced to the world that he had dis- covered that the base of the brain is devoted to the existence of life, and that by measurements, which he gave, the probabilities of the length of life could be prognosticated. In our drawing, Fig. 26, the line 22, drawn from the opening of the ear 13 to the line of 21, shows the depth of that middle lobe below the anterior and posterior lobes; and Dr. Powell called that line 22 the Life Line. Dr. Powell, however, gives credit to Dr. Robert Cox, of Edinburgh, for showing how inthis manner one could ascertain the depth of the middle lobes below the anterior and posterior lobes. Mr. Combe, knowing both Robert and Abram Cox, is doubtless right in attributing that measurement to Abram Cox. Mr. Combe describes 30 How To Srupy STRANGERS, the base line and also gives engrav- ings. Dr. Powell claims to have formulated the idea that the vegito vital power depends on the middle lobes of the brain, extending below the line which Cox draws and which we have represented. We believe that in the strength of the mid- dle lobes of the brain resides the power of life, and that the organs which belong to the sense of appetite, sight, hearing and breathing are re- lated to the middle lobes of the brain. We believe that the width of the head above the ears also gives the power of vitality as well asthe depth. It will be seen that all narrow-headed beasts, birds and fishes have a weaker hold on life than those who have a broad head ; the narrow-headed ones are easily killed and they will yield to comparatively slight injuries, but the cat and the catfish have great tenacity of life; the latter will live all night after it is half cut in two with aspear, and only a little water in the bottom of the boat, while rabbits or shad, with their narrow heads, are very easily killed. The rabbit will die if smitten with the flat of the fingers on the side of the head, and a shad will die in three minutes after it is drawn from the water. In order to make this matter de- cidedly clear, we insert a special drawing to represent a skull, Fig. 30, showing the proper measurements and making the measurement which indi- cates the depth of the middle lobes of the brain, as they project below the anterior and posterior lobes. A shows the base of the anterior lobes as they lie on thesuper-orbitar plates. B shows the location of the occipital spine, or bony point in the back head, which also indicates the base of the posterior lobes, and the separation between the cerebrum and the cerebellum. It is not in all cases easy fora person not familiar with the matter to find this point and ascertain the exact location, but in some heads it projects three-quarters of an inch. C shows the life line, drawn from the base line AB to the external opening of the ear, and the length of the line C shows the depth of the projection of the middle lobes FIG, 30,—THE LIFE LINE, of the brain below the anterior and posterior lobes. The greater the length of the life line C, the greater the tenacity of life under labor and care, and especially under injury and disease. _If the line be short, that is, if the middle lobe of the brain does not go much below the anterior and posterior lobes of the brain, then the hold on life is feeble, but if the line be long, say an inch, or an inch and a quarter, then the person will keep the lamp of life burning, accidents excepted, to extreme old age. For more than fifty years we have regard- ed the width of the middle section of the head as being a measure of vitality and an indication of long life. When Dr. Powell’s life line was promul- gated, indicating the depth of the middle lobes as showing the length of life, we accepted that as an indi- cation of long life. We may remark that the base line as drawn on Powell’s cuts arenot alike on the two skulls which he presents, and another thing, they are not. according to his descriptions, the artist, we presume, not getting the right idea. Our drawing corresponds anatomically to Combe’s description and to Cox’s SKULL, AND ITS RELATIONS TO BRAIN, 31 method, and also to Powell's state- ment. It is not a difficult thing where this bony point, the occipital spine, can be located, to place the tape or other line, beginning at the brow and drawing the lines to the back of the head to the little bony point, or occipital spine, and the depth of the opening of the ear below this line is the life line. A person who gets used to it, a practical phrenologist for instance, can put his thumb on the occipital spine and draw the line with his eye from the brow to the point in the back head, and estimate within an eighth of an inch the distance of the line to the ear opening where it crosses above the opening of the ear. Physicians can do this without making any pa- rade, and especially they can study the broadness of the heads as well as the depth of the middle lobes. Dr. Lambert, an eminent lecturer on physiology and anatomy, was per- haps the first man in this country to make this point known; and he deliver- ed publiclectures, measuring the width of the head just forward of the opening of the ear, as well as the depth, and determining in that way the probable risk in matters of life insurance; and when he was president of a life in- surance company in this city, he would measure the width of the head and also the depth below this line, and he would insure one who had a one and a quarter inch life line for about half the price at which he would insure one where the opening of the ear was high up and the head was narrow. Our view of the case presents Combe’s method, and also that of Cox, Powell and Lambert all at once. When Dr. Lambert was president of a life insurance company and ac- cepted and declined applicants on the basis of these measurements, other companies became alarmed at his method, for of course when he saw a man had a strong hold on life, he would insure him for about half what he would have to pay at the other companies, and the others he would tax higher; so Dr. Lambert would get the best ones at about half the nominal figures, and as he charged the short lived people double price, that would drive them all to the other companies, and they objected; and so Dr. Lam- bert’s young institution had to suc- cumb to the combined influence and opposition of the other and more es- tablished firms. But his was the only fair way to insure, on the same prin- ciple that a brick house should not be taxed as high with insurance as a wooden house with a shingle roof. There are not a few physicians who have become familiar with this method of establishing the length of life; and when a child is born, if the middle lobe of the brain is narrow and small, and if the opening of the ear is high up, the doctor does not expect to raise that child; but if the opening of the ear is low down, when the line is drawn from the brow to the occipital spine, then the doctor ex- pects that the child will thrive and endure all sorts of illness and injury, and live in spite of unfavorable cir- cumstances. Hence the children of wealthy people, who can give them a fine education and surround them with all the comforts and amenities of life without any exertion on their part—these children are apt to inherit after a while a light middle lobe of the brain, while the children of the hard working poor, the people who have to smite and hammer their way to success, will have broad middle lobes of the brain; for they have to struggle and tussle and work their way to success as best they can. They have to work for food and rai- ment, and they have to defend them- selvesagainst quarrelsomeassaults; so the children of the poor live, not be- cause there is merit in dirt, squalor and poverty, but because there is con- stitutional vigor to the middle lobe of the brain, and many of them become the master spirits of theirage. They have drive, force, push and enterprise ; they are like steam engines well ap- pointed; and in this .country where 32 How 10 Srupy STRANGERS. there is opportunity for the poor, if they have brain, numbers of men and women have risen to distinction, and have made themselves not only mas- ters among men, but masters of mil- lions; and when they work their way to success in this. manner, they are called self-made. Occasionally, in other countries individuals break through the bonds of poverty and ig- norance and rise to distinction. Their brain power sends them up to pros- perity and success, and they climb the Stairs; they do not wait for an elevator. We have incorporated this basilar line of the brain 21 in Fig. 26, and also the life line 22, so that the one figure of the skull will carry the idea of this whole matter. In Fig. 31, the bottom of the skull, as we look emai fo i Mi 7 || tt tt iM 1 | i ; (iy i\ ; in \ an al rh PATON ty = Nie swt il an os FIG, 31.—BASE OF SKULL, down into it will be easily seen; the edge of the skull is shown where it is sawed off. In the front part are seen the seat of the anterior lobes of the brain, the back margin of that ante- rior lobe of the brain, and themargin of the middle lobe is shown; then the back section, the valley in which the cerebellum is located, is shown, and there is also the petrous portion of the temporal bone running in from the side towards the centre just for- ward of the foramen magnum 21, which is the dividing line between the middle and the posterior lobes, and the depression there holds the cere- bellum, See Fig. 20, and see how nicely that would fit into the bottom of the skull before us; see Fig. 19, also D for the cerebellum. Thus the intelligent reader will get a general idea of how the internal structure of the skull is made, and how to study the size of the brain and its different compartments. une topics herein contained have not been studied much by the general reader. They were usually counted as techni- calities and slurred over, but he who would read character promptly and correctly should be informed, and ap- ply his information to these divisions of the brain himself. One man may have a very short anterior lobe of brain; he may be weak in intellect; he is narrow headed, and yet he wears a good-sized hat, because the middle and posterior lobes are decidedly large. He has strong animal feelings; he is coarse and full of thunder and a great worker; the back head is strong, and so he is social, friendly and warmhearted; but stillthe top of his head may be low and small, and his front head may be deficient. He is little inclined to study and less in- clined to moral ethics; heworks hard and smites his way through difficulty, and he can be led and guided prop- erly by superior brains, and thus be- come an interesting and important factor in the great work and struggle of life. Some men want others to plan for them and guide their power, then they are masters in their own field. Every invention which saves muscle tends to widen the scope of mankind, multiplying the comforts of life and elevating those who use muscle. Where there is no machinery, hand labor makes drudges of men who have genius and deserve better things, yet strange to say, mere labor has in- clined to oppose mechanical invention, just as farmers opposed railroads, which it was thought would put horses out of use and give no market for oats. Railroads have made _ horses widely required and a market for all the oats that could be raised. See ae ee eee ee CHAPTER IV. THE SKULL AND ITS RELATION TO THE BRAIN, IG. 32. This skullisacompanion smaller and the bones are thinner, piece for Fig. 26. Itwillbeob- lighter and of finer grain. And it iS served that the bones are lighter, less not so massive in the base where Com- YY Hf He Wig 7 Wy | rf L, FIG. 32.—WELL BALANCED FEMALE SKULL. massive and strong. Thenasal boneis bativeness and Destructiveness and not so high, the cheekbone, 7,1s not so_ the selfish propensities are developed. massive, and the mastoid, 9, is lessde- Having the skulls in our possession veloped, and the occipital spine, ro, is we study them at our leisure. 33 34 How To Stupy STRANGERS. It will be noticed that this head has a beautifully rounded top, the region of the religious and moral sentiments is well ‘developed. There is not so much Self-esteem as in Fig. 26. The sutures are very, smoothly united, and there is less of ruggedness in its structure, especially in the cheekbone, 7. The different bones of the skull are numbered in this the same as in Fig. 26. Indescribing the male skull, Fig. 26, we mentioned the principle of bone development by radial fibres or spicula, as indicated at A and B on Fig. 26 to which we referred. FIG. 33.—INFANT’S SKULL AT BIRTH. Here the formation of the frontal, parietal and occipted bones is repre- sented by radiating fibres. The cen- tral points where the bones commence to form are shown, which correspond to A and Bin Fig, 26. The grain or fibre of the bone is seen to radiate from these centres till they reach corresponding fibres from the other bones. Between the frontal bones and also the parietal bones the sutures are distinctly seen. The edges of the bones approach but there is yet no locking together of the edges. The sutures are also seen along the top- head, but they are not yet united; in fact, none of the sutures are united in the early years of life. In the centre of the top head there is a black place like open water in a partly frozen pond, that is called the great fontanelle or fountain, so named from the pulsa- tions, which are perceptible like the rising of the water ina fountain. Four bones approach this point and do not yet coverthe space. In infancy there are always two frontal bones; in adult life they are generally united by solid ossification, though we have several specimens of skulls in the office that are not ossified, they are merely closed up like the other sutures of the skull, and show two distinct frontal bones. The occipital bone, No. 3, it will be seen, has its centre of ossification, the fibres running to meet the parietal bones. . All anatomists understand that the dura mater, a tough skin (which when dried is very much like a dried bladder), encloses the brain and in position and function is very like the skin which encloses the egg before its shell is formed, since the bony material of the skullis developed out of the dura mater and formed on its surface as the eggshell is developed out of its skin. The skull is formed in patches in separate and distinct parts. There is evident wisdom in that method. At birth, as we have shown in this infantile skull, the bones are separate, and pressure upon the head might throw it into almost any form without straining or breaking the bone, or without serious injury to the brains. “fhe infants head has -aucott spot, a great. fontanelle, which some- times lasts for twelve months before it is closed up; and there is another opening in the back head where the saggital suture unites with the lamb- dodal suture, and this is called the little fontanelle, because it is smaller than the one in the top head. The bones of the skull not being firmly united, a blow or a fall is a little like striking or dropping a paper parcel, the force of the blow is not so severe as it would be if the skull were more solid in its SKULL, AND ITs RELATIONS TO BRAIN. 35 development. Another important provision in the fact of the skull being composed of parts or sections, 1s, that a fracture occurring in one bone froma blow usually stops at the suture, and the shock tothe brain and skull would thus be much less than it would be if the skull were solid. Fig. 34 represents the skull of a child with the frontal suture not yet consolidated. Perhaps one adult skull in five hundred has the frontal suture well defined and capable of being sep- arated like the other sutures. In old age the sutures in most cases are solidly united. Fig. 35. We here present the bones of a skull which have been separated by artificial means. If a person will fill a well-formed skull with beans or corn and lay it into a vessel of water so the beans or corn will become soaked and expanded, the joints of the skull will be opened as here’ repre- sented. * The frontal bone, 1, the parietal bone, 2, the occipital bone, 3, the temporal bone, 4, the nasal bone, 5, the malar bone, 6, the upper jawbone, 7, the lachrymal bone, 8, and the under jawbone, 9, can all be numbered as we have numbered them on Fig. 26. But the num- bers are mere guides, not a law. The sutures between the bones are seen wide open and their ser- rated edges, like saw _ teeth, aid in constituting the firm joints repre- sented. Now all these bones ina FIG. 35.—BONES OF SKULL SEPARATED. child’s head are available to growth. An infant’s jaw is not large enough to serve the processes of later life; and the Bret. teeth: are ‘small el heiay grows and new teeth come, and the whole business is enlarged. Imagine, then, these different bones being like the scales of an alligator with separating joints, and the bones growing as an alligator’s scales grow. It is the easiest possible thing to keep the brain covered, shielded and protect- ed. People forget that theskull is not a prison house for the brain, but a pro- tection. Human clothes do not grow much, we have to get new ones, but the skin, however, manages to grow as fast as the boy does; that is alive; clothing is an outward garment; but the skull and the scalp have living tis- sues that expand and grow as the in- crease of brain requires. Fig. 36 is a front view of the skull with the bones all separated. One is the frontal, 2 is the parietal, 3 the ma- lar, 4 the nasal, 5 the superior maxil- lary or upper jaw, 6 the vomer which divides the nasal cavity, and 7 the under jaw. ‘These bones do not look 36 How To Stupy STRANGERS. as if they were intended to imprison anything, but since they are all fed by the same heart’s blood and nutrition, FIG. 36.—FRONT VIEW OF SKULL. they grow, they live, while they pro- tect they make room for its occupant. Fig. 37 is a bottom view of the skull also” separated. ..1, \is the occipital bone; 2, 2, the tempral bones; 3, 3, the sphenoid bones; 4, the ethmoid bone; 5,5, the malar bones; 6, the zygomatic arch,and 7 shows the opening in the skull called the foramen magnum, meaning the great hole through which the spinal cord emerges from the cranium. Inthe edges of these bones of the skull can be seen a rough ser- rated method of uniting the bones. People often ask how it is that the brain can develop, being a soft, deli- cate mass, inside of such a bony box as a skull. It is not a bony box strictly speaking. When the brain is being developed rapidly in childhood and youth the sutures are not united and the growth can take place at the sutures and easily meet the necessary expansion of the brain. But people forget that the bone is live matter, that it receives nutrition by the blood just as the muscle does. A child’s thigh bone will be six inches long, later on it is eighteen inches long; it is not stretched as one would stretch an elastic piece of rubber, but it is alive and grows. The finger nails grow larger every year, they are grow- inp .all. the, \timesduringwiite we upe method of the growth of the skull is supposed to be this, if the material of which it is composed is required to be removed to make room for the grow- ing brain, the bony material is dis- solved, absorbed, carried into general circulation, and new bony matter is formed a little further off, so as not to press upon the brain and hinder its growth. Has the reader ever peeled the bark off a tree in the month of May, bark half an inch thick and hard enough to crack walnuts with? Every Spring the bark of the tree increases in size, not by wedge and screw pressure, but, the sap flowing between the bark and wood, the bark grows larger and leaves a space between itself and last year’s growth of wood, anda delicate creamy substance is deposited between that bark and the old wood to form the new grain of timber. When a birch tree is peeled, and we know of ho bark that is harder than that, inside of SKULL, AND ITS RELATIONS TO BRAIN. 37 it there is a creamy substance of half formed timber, which boys like to scrape off and eat as birch; it is very delicate. The ross or outer part of the bark of trees be- comes cracked lengthwise, it is the outside shell, it is dead, it is a mere coating to protect it against the weather; but the inner part of the bark, the living part, grows in Spring and oc- cupies more room and cracks the ross. The analogy of the growth of the skull and other bone is like that of the growth of the shell of the turtle or shell fish. For instance, a clam shell is harder than the human skull and quite as thick, even thicker, and if a person will catch two clams of the same bigness, we will say that they are two inches in diameter, the shell will be a quarter of an inch thick and harder than a matured human skull. If one of these clams shall be killed, that is to say, opened and the shell put into a safe place and locked up, and the living one planted inside of sticks driven into the ground under water from which it cannot escape, if it be left there, for say, three years, then taken and opened and killed, it will be found that the shell of the clam that was locked up three years ago will go right inside of his shell and shutupnicely. Now every part of that shell has been reorganized over and over; it has been solid all the time, and yet every particle of it has been dissolved, absorbed and removed en- tirely out of its place, even the hinge has been reorganized; now it will con- tain the other shell bodily. But the clam did not elbow its way, it did not press against the shell, it did not force its expansion. The shell grew and made room for its occupant, and was in fact a living part of the occu- pant. How does the horn of the ox increase? It ishard and thick, but it grows fast. How does the hoof of the horse become larger from a colt all the way up? It does not split, it does not stretch, but it grows as the bark of the tree grows. The rapidity with which new bone grows when it has been injured or fractured is remark- able. A surgeon told me of a new thigh bone being formed ina very few weeks, The thigh bone became diseased and an incision was made in the thigh and the periosteum which covers the bone was opened by a slit, expanded, and the diseased bony matter for a dis- tance of eight inches was taken out; and then new bony matter was de- posited by the process of nature on the inside of the periosteum, as skull mat- ter is deposited on the surface of the dura mater. The thigh bone in six weeks was sufficiently repaired or re- covered to enable the man to walk. I had a cow that would jump any- thing, but the moon, in the shape of a fence, and in one of her leaps. she broke a rib and the ends slipped by about three quarters of an inch; and years afterward when she was fattened and killed the piece of the carcass that enclosed this broken rib was corned, and when it was boiled I carved it and there I found the spot where this rib had been broken and slipped by; and Nature had put a band of bone right around the lapped ends of it and also a support at the end of each piece so as to make it strong; and that mended bone we kept for years as a curiosity. Nature repairs its damages whenit can. Re- member that in the blood there is bone material in the form of phos- phate of lime in solution, and where- ever bone material requires to be nourished the blood has the material with which to do it; and it is carried on silently, persistently and success- fully in the skull as well as in every other bone in the skeleton. In cases of hydrocephalus, the skull grows and makes room for the ac- cumulating water until the skull- will contain as many as ten pints of water besides the brain. If the skull bone thus retires and grows so as to cover one and a quarter gallons of water, it certainly does not imprison and com- press the brain. The blood vessels of the dura mater ieave channels on the 38 How To STuDY STRANGERS, inside of every skull like the beds of rivers and their smaller branches, even the fluid blood does not permit the growing skull bone to prevent its free courses. In fact, the skull bone itself has numerous blood vessels be- tween: its two plates to supply the means of its growth and change in size and form. If the brain requires more room in one particular part of an adult’s head than in other parts the bone is ren- dered thinner there and more plainly develops on the outside; so one part of the skull can thus be increased in size. Ifaperson is very much excited in respect to any faculty and not so much in respect to others, in sucha case the skull has been known to be- come exceedingly thin over the parts exercised, and after death by putting a light into the skull at the foramen magnum to illuminate the inside of the skull this thinness of the skull is vividly seen. Persons sometimes are troubled about something, for in- stance, the subject of devotion, re- ligion, or are excited in regard to property, mechanism or music, and those portions of the skull over the extra excited organs will become ex- ceedingly thin. Sometimes a faculty may be considerably more active and vigorous and the organ larger than the external examination would reveal. When the exercise and activity are equal in all parts of the brain the de- velopment will be uniform. A physi- cian is sometimes confronted by inci- dents in which development or ab- sorption may have occurred beyond the reach of his diagnosis. In the next chapter we shall pre- sent pictures of some skulls in our possession on which one of our stu- dents, Robert I. Brown, experimented by lighting the interior with electricity in a dark room, then photographing the illuminated skull. It was a pretty slow, fatiguing process, there was so little light to make the pictures by; but he made some very nice speci- mens, showing the sections of the head where the brain was most active. We could put the light into the skulls in a dark room and they showed bright places. But photographs of skulls had probably never been taken in that way before. We often pick up skulls and describe the leading char- acteristics by the fact of the extra thinness of the different parts of it. In old age the whole skull some- times becomes very thin because the brain is active and bone-making mat- ter is not sufficiently abundant in their food to supply bone support, and the skull is partially absorbed to sustain the working bones of the system. In other old persons the brain is not active and shrinks, and there being abundant bone material in the food, the skull becomes thickened to sup- ply or fill the space caused by retire- ment of the brain; some children are born with poorly formed bones be- cause the mothers have lived on fine flour, butter, sugar, which are mainly devoid of phosphate of lime, and the children. are rickety, bow-legged or hunchbacked, and the skull is a long time in closing the sutures and fonta- nelles; being delicate they are ignor- antly fed on starchy pap, butter and sugar, and they become permanently invalid, or die in childhood. Oatmeal, the entire wheat and milk, with an absence of butter and sugar, will give bone and muscle to growing children and make them stalwart and robust. In Kentucky and Tennessee, in the ‘“blue grass region,” the soil reeks with lime, and every blade of grass and every other food product of the soil is laden with bone-making mate- rial, and the cattle, horses and people are bony, tall and strong. In regions where lime is wanting, or has become exhausted by cropping, the people and cattle are less tall, bony and strong; and to raise wheat all the land must be top dressed with lime to give the straw strength to stand up, but lime being a dear dressing for the soil, such economy is exercised in its use that the grain does not get lime enough to supply sufficient bone material to build up the frame-work of the eater. CHAPTER V. THE SKULL MADE THIN BY BRAIN ACTIVITY. T has already been stated that the bone is nourished and grows and changes in its form under the physio- logical laws of growth the same as the skin or bark of a tree, which is de- signed as a covering and a friend, and it can be modified to suit the growing brain, as the shell the growing clam, the bark the growing tree, or skin the growing fruit. The walnut is first small but it has a shell, and the growth of the shell accommodates the growing fruit within and serves as a protection rather than a prison. Peo- ple sometimes forget that the skull and other bones are alive and sus- ceptible to growth and development, just as the other tissues are. This being true, if a particular part of the brain becomes specially active, the skull becomes thin by the over ac- tivity of the brain beneath it. The bony matter is absorbed and carried into the general circulation and is reconstructed on a larger pattern further out. Ifa portion of the brain becomes dormant, as sometimes in old age the intellect ceases to be ac- tive, the skull there becomes thickened. We have an interesting illustration of a case, Fig. 38, representing a skull which was presented for public examination at one of my lectures. It will be seen that there are certain parts of the skull that are light and other portions that are opaque, dark. Outward from the corner of the eye- brow there is a round spot which is bright, and the lower and back sec- tions of the skull are also light. The forehead and top head are dark. It will be observed that there is a candle inserted in the foramen magnum or opening in the base of the skull where the spinal cord unites with the brain, and the effect of the light of that candle is to render the portions of the skull covering the active parts of the brain brilliantly lighted; the opaque and dark portions of the skull are those which covered those parts of the brain that became torpid by disease. The incident I copy from my diary, which was carefully kept at the time, and is here copied from ‘‘ Forty Years in Phrenology,” page Si. ‘A most interesting fact occurred in South Deerfield, Mass., at one of our public lectures when Mr, Buell and I were travelling together. We had given several lectures, and the whole people seemed aroused in the interest of our subject. There was a Dr. A., who professed to be a disbe- liever in Phrenology, and had an- nounced his disbelief to all the people. We were carrying all the citizens with us, and the doctor felt that he must seem to the people to be onthe losing side unless he could make a rally and break us down, or bring the science into discredit. ‘*T rose one evening to commence the lecture, when Dr. A. addressed me from the back part of the room, and requested permission to say that he had a skull with him which he de- sired to submit for public examination at the close of the lecture. He said he knew the person well during life, and had written the facts so as to compare them with the statements of the Phrenologist. ‘‘Treplied, ‘We will not wait till the close of the lecture, for if we make a mistake, as the doctor evidently hopes and expects we will, the audience may not care to hear anything more on the subject, and I might not feel in the 39 40 How To Stupy STRANGERS. eo ome al mood to lecture. So if we are to be vanquished I prefer to have it done while [ am in full strength. Please bring forward the skull,’ FIG. 38. SKULL MADE THIN ‘*Mr. Buell and I examined the skull carefully while the audience re- mained in an excited whispering state. Behind the desk, out of sight of the audience, we put a lighted candle, which we carried for such uses, into the skull, and found that the light shone through it at the sides and back part of it in the region of the passions and propensities, as if the skull were made of a few thicknesses of oiled paper. In front, in the region of the intellect, all was dark, as if the skull were very thick except on each side, just where the organ of Tune is lo- cated, on a space about as large as a quarter of a dollar. This was very bright from light, and apparently AND THICK IN PARTS BY ILLNESS, scarcely thicker: than’ letter paper, Besides, the front half of the skull felt heavy, and, holding it in the center it would balance forward, with a bump. We noticed that the form of the head was like that of a female, the bones of the face were light, and the general quality of the bone was delicate and the teeth were young. Our conclusion having been thus reached, I called for a person to act as reporter, to take down all that would be said, so as to compare it with the biographical paper the doctor had prepared. All things being ready, and the audience painfully intent to hear the statement, I commenced slowly, so that every word could be written: ‘** This is the skull of a female about twenty years old. She had a well- balanced head and character up to about fourteen years of age, was bright and intelligent, a good scholar, and ambitious, energetic and affection- ate; but something happened about that time that spoiled her intellect with the single exception that her musical talent remained very active. Meanwhile the propensities were made unduly active, and not being regu- lated by the intellect or moral senti- ments, she became quarrelsome, cruel, cunning, avaricious, gluttonous, and inclined to social debasement.’ *‘T then called on the doctor to send up the biography. But he hesi- tated and said, ‘the description had in some respects corresponded with the real character, but he thought it was all guess work.’ ‘‘T replied: ‘Doctor, you brought this skull and offered it asa challenge, saying you had the sketch written in your pocket; that you knew all about the person who carried the skull, and now you try to palm off an oral state- ment and insult us by the claim that if we have in any sense described the person it is ‘‘guess work.” This course is unfair, it is unmanly, and eing a medical man, it is wholly un- professional. I demand ‘‘Cesar’s will,” and hope the gentleman near the door will not permit the doctor to carry it away. Itis due to the audi- ence, it is due to us, it is due to the doctor, and to truth, that we have it to compare with our statement. ‘Then the audience clamored for it, and the doctor sent it up. I then invited the venerable Deacon Graves, who occupied a front seat, to ascend the platform and read both papers First, the doctor’s, then our State- ment. If I remember correctly, the whispering in the audience had ceased, and there was stillness that SKULL THIN BY BRAIN ACTIVITY. 41 could be felt. The good deacon read with dignity: ‘**’The skull presented is that of a girl who was remarkably bright in every respect, and possessed a most excellent disposition until she was about fourteen and a half years old. She was forward as a scholar, and ex- cellent in music. She took a heavy cold, followed by brain fever, and when she recovered from it her intel- lect was utterly gone, except the single faculty of music, and though she lived six years as an idiot, she would sing like a nightingale. Her temper became very violent, and she was a terror to her friends, and what was worse, she became vulgar and obscene. She was a patient of mine, and I knew her entire history.’ ‘*The audience listened to the reading of my statement, and then broke out in prolonged applause. ‘* The doctor then came forward to the platform and took me by the hand, saying: ‘This removes the only stum- bling-block I had in regard to the ac- ceptance of Phrenology as a science. I thought a head sowell shaped would deceive you, but you have not only described her, as she really was before she was ill, but as she was after sick- ness spoiled her, which I thought it impossible for anybody to do.’ ‘ol (put it sto! vote, if. the lecture should then: be given, and I really have forgotten how the vote stood, but Dr. A., having taken a seat in front, I know he voted for the lecture. While we remained in town he did all he could to make our stay a pleasure and a profit.” Perhaps the above statement is sufficient to cover the whole subject, but we may say that if we had had the living case, we should instantly have detected the fact that she was an idiot from her appearance. If we could have laid a hand on the top of the head and could have induced the subject to speak orcough, the top head would have been destitute of a vibra- tion which belongs to a subject that has a thin skull, If we had laid 42 How To Stupy STRANGERS, the hands on each side of the skull, where it looks white and where doubt- less, it would have felt hot to the hand, there would have been a sense of vibration if the patient had spoken, and thus we could have determined what portions of the brain were stu- pid and dull and what were active and excitable. But we are not now arguing that every skull in every case, where dis- ease may have disturbed the normal activity of certain parts of the brain, can always be determined by an ex- ternal examination. Our object now is to show that Phrenology is true, that different parts of the brain mani- fest different faculties, and that the skull is always thin over a very active brain, and is likely to be made thin over those parts of the brain that are specially active, and thicker over those parts which are inactive. In the case of this subject, the shape of the head indicated what the girl was at fourteen years of age; that her in- tellect was good, her moral senti- ments were well developed, and the light being put into the skull indi- cated what parts of the brain had be- come inactive and what parts had remained active; and the character corresponded with the phrenological explanation of the case. I was acquainted with a lady in Brooklyn, Mrs. D., who was very in- telligent and well educated. She had large Veneration, which gave devout- ness, and not very large Spirituality, which permitted doubt and disbelief. She was inclined to be an intellectual skeptic on the subject of religion, and though she would | intellectually criti- cise the methods and beliefs and man- ners of religious teaching, her Venera- tion was so large and active that it would attract her to hear all the preachers of renown, and she would wait at the foot of the pulpit stairs until the minister came down, and cordially thank him for the interest which his discourse had awakened in her mind; and being a= stately and splendid looking woman of fine appearance and conversation, she commanded his respect, and she would ask him when he would give her an hour to converse with her on religious topics. He would politely set the day and hour, when she might visit him, and with her culture and her sharp intellec- tual criticism she would command his respect, andsometimes bother him with her questions and answers; and her intellectual skepticism on religious sub- jects was noted, and she was equally noted for the deep interest that she seemed to take in the subject of re- ligion; she was drawn to it and could not accept it theoretically; she had the feeling, but her intellect craved an analysis and a demonstration that would remove all doubt, and she was troubled to get it. She finally had apoplexy, and the apoplexy oc- curred in the very point of Venera- tion; and they made a post-mortem examination, removed the skull cap, and the skull over a place about as large as Veneration occupies was worn so thin that it was transparent almost when they looked at the light through it. FIG. 39. —CHILD’S SKULL ILLUMINATED. We now present in figures 39, 40, 41, photographic illustrations of three skulls that have been subjected to ex- periments with the electric light by R. I. Brown. Fig. 39 is the skull of a child; the skull was thin, as the light places show, and to human sight when it was illuminated it looked SKULL THIN BY BRAIN ACTIVITY. 43 like some thin’ china-ware_ ves- sel, not transparent, but was very thin and emitted light all over it; but when the process of photographing was undertaken, the room being dark, the light which was rendered through the skull was not sufficient to make a FIG. 40.—A MURDERER. very distinct photograph. It will be noticed that there is light shown in every part of the forehead, along the side head, in the back and base and along the upper side head. This experiment can be tried in a dark room with a taper or candle, and it will please the medical student to see how brilliantly the light will show itself, especially through the skulls of children. Fig. 40 is a side view of a skull we have in our possession showing that the front part of the head was narrow, pinched and diminutive, and that the portion lying behind the line drawn vertically from E, the location of the ear, was com- paratively large. The intellec- tual region is very weak; the moral is also weak; while the _ re- gion of propensity and force was decidedly _ strong. This} 1s\/ the skull of a murderer having strong Firmness and Self-esteem, large Destructiveness, Secretiveness and Acquisitiveness. The light spots are locatedas follows: The upper ones are the location of Ideality, upward and backward from the location of Tune, which isalso light. The lower large section of light shows Alimen- tiveness, Destructiveness and Acquisi- tiveness. The skull itself shows these regions very prominently de- veloped, and the light placed inside illumines the side brilliantly. See the difference between the front parts of 39 and 4o; the child was extra intel- lectual and sympathetical, and had the mental temperament, and was probably precocious, and was relieved from the worldly struggle early. Fig. 40, the murderer, was hanged in the prime of life; he was low in his tastes and tendencies, selfish and brutal and criminal in his conduct. Fig. 41 is an adult skull and the large patches of white show the activ- ity in the region of Ideality, Sub- limity, Cautiousness, Secretiveness, . Combativeness, Acquisitiveness and Alimentiveness. That is a well pro- portioned skull. It is as large be- : " iy FIG 41.—ADULT SKULL ILLUMINATED. hind the ears as that of the murderer (Fig. 40) and very much larger in the intellectual and moral regions. This man had the intellectual and 44 How To StTupy STRANGERS, moral qualities sufficiently strong to regulate the propensities and passions. Fig. 40 had the pro- pensities and passions no stronger than 41," but “hée* had" sléss ofr the guiding and restraining traits, and probably poor culture and unfavorable circumstances, which combined to lead him in the lines of low life and despic- able conduct. Mi iy FIG 42.—DIANA WATERS, VENERATION VERY LARGE. Figs. 42 and 43 are a front and side view of the cast of the head of Diana Waters, who was a resident of the city of Philadelphia and died there. She was regarded asa religious lunatic. She had Veneration and Cautiousness very large, Spirituality and Conscien- tiousness large, and Hope moderate. I) ty : mmf Gam ) . FiGl43.—-DIANA WATERS. She was remarkable for her devotional enthusiasm; when an impulse of prayer came over her, she would kneel in the street and pray. Gentlemen have told me that her prayers had an unction which seemed to bring the very heav- ens down, and hundreds of men would stand with heads uncovered as they came along, and people ata distance would hasten to hear her prayer to partake of its divine inspiration. After her death her skull was examined, and over the region of Veneration it had become so thin that it was literally worn through by the superior action of that part of the brain; it had want- ed room and the skull had been devel- oped into a hill and kindly absorbed from the inside to make room. In the front view of the head the region of Veneration towers up very high, locat- ed, as it is, on the middle line of the top head. In the side view, Fig. 43, the elevation is shown. She was not remarkable for her intellect; she hac very little culture; she earned her liv- ing by washing, and when she was ap- proaching home witha basket of clothes to be washed she would set the baske’ down against the house on the side- walk, and kneel down in the corner by the steps, and, as before describec. would have an audience of scores o: even hundreds of reverent and en- tranced listeners. y 7 Ve ) =), ae ie I Za ~ x} a a f-Z- Je a WN = Rig WS BZTs SSeS — FIG. 44.—PATTY CANNON, MURDERESS. Patty Cannon had a fine intellect, small veneration and powerful pas sions. She lived in Maryland, near the line of Delaware. She was at the head of a gang of desperados who stole slaves and run them south, was arrested for many murders, and com- mitted suicide in jail about 1830. ee CHAPTER VI. THE FACIAL ANGLE; ITS INDICATIONS. VERY one whose thoughts are turned toward the study of the mind eagerly seeks some method of estimating mental capacity. It is not strange, therefore, that any system of measurement which promises to give a rule for determining the grade of in- telligence or the relative rank of in- tellect in men and animals should awaken interest and invite investiga- tion. Prior to the publication of the dis- coveries of Drs. Gall and Spurzheim, men studied faces, measured the angles of the face and the proportion existing between the weight of the brain and body, but nothing which would serve as a sule and stand the test of criticism was found. In the latter part of the eighteenth century, just before Dr. Gall promul- gated his discoveries, on which for many years he had been engaged in study and _ observation, Professor Camper, of Berlin, proposed a new method of measuring the skull which soon attained great popularity. He claimed that the basis of comparison between nations may be found in the angle formed by a line passing from the opening of the ear to the base of the nose, and another line drawn from the most advanced part of the upper jawbone to the forehead above the root of the nose. The annexed cuts, Figs. 45 and 46, will illustrate the point. It will readily be seen that if more brain were developed in the forehead of the Indian it would elevate the line in front of the face and give a much better angle. It is not that the face is larger but that the forehead is shorter, that makes the difference in the facial angle in this case. It will be understood that the facial angle, as measured and estimated by Camper, is merely a measure of the FIG. 45.—CAUCASIAN, relative projection of the forehead and of the upper jaw, and does not measure the capacity of the cranium nor the size of the brain. If the jaw FIG. 46.—INDIAN. be long it will diminish the angle. A prominence of the lower part of the forehead will increase the angle, though the head be neither high nor broad. ‘The angle may differ greatly between persons of the same size of brain and similar mental capacity. 46 How To Stupy STRANGERS. In the lower classes of men, both in civilized and savage countries, the middle lobes of the brain, in which are located the animal propensities, are larger than in the better developed of mankind. ‘This tends to depress the opening of the ear, thereby en- larging the facial angle by carrying down the outer end of the lower arm of the angle. If the reader will look at the engraving of the Caucasian skull (Fig. 45) he will see that the opening of the ear is much higher at the end of the line D than is the front end of the line at A. A glance at the engraving of the Indian skull (Fig. 46) will show that the opening of the ear is so low that the base line rises as it approaches the perpendicular line at the base of the nose. This fact makes the facial angle of the Indian much better or larger than it would be if his ear was as high up as the Caucasian. When these angles are exhibited separately from the cranium (Fig. 47) the solid line repre- senting the Cauca- sian and the dotted line the Indian, the contrast is marked. If the opening of the-.ear- or, the Caucasian were as low as that of the Indian and the line ob therstace sas it FIG. 47—-ANGLES now is, it would en- OF 45 AND 46. large the angle and make it greater than aright angle. Or, if the Indian’s ear were raised as high as that of the Caucasian he would show a very acute angle. The relation of the ear to the face and the development of the in- tellectual part of the brain is the true point of study and the basis of value to the facial angle. Camper’s facial angle is thus seen to be defective, and quite unreliable and at best valueless. More attention has been paid by naturalists to the contrast be- tween the forehead and face than to the actual measurement of either; stheya italky Pfleamecivmrar facial angles and of the form of the jaws and teeth, neglecting to estimate the length of the anterior lobes of the brain and the size of the entire brain. They measure everything but the brain, some of them avoiding that, lest they should be supposed thereby to indorse Phrenology. A New FactaL ANGLE First DescrinED BY NELSON Sizer, We now present a new method of measuring the facial angle, with an explanation which lies at the founda- tion of all the significance and value there possibly can bein a facial angle. About the year 1857, on the occa- sion of the first exhibition of Du Chaillu’s collection of Gorilla crania toa large company of thinkers and men of science, invited by Cyrus W. Field, for that purpose, to his house in New York, I was requested to ex- plain to the company the rank occu- pied by the Gorilla in the scale of be- ing, as indicated by the cranial de- velopment. This request was made quite unexpectedly to me after the company was assembled; for I was expecting like the rest, to hear from the great Gorilla-hunter himself. Thus confronted by an exigency I hastily sent to our Phrenological col- lection for specimens of skulls, rang- ing all the way from the snake and turtle to the highest type of humanity. On that occasion, and with such ample means of illustration, I eluci- dated the fact—the first time, as I believe, that it had been done in that manner, or on that principle—that the face of the snake, the fish and the turtle is on a line with the back or spine; that as the brain is increased in size at the spinal axis, and an ani- mal is thus raised in the scale of in- telligence and mentality, the face is necessarily pushed, by this increased development of the brain, forward and downward out of line with the spine, and thus the faces made to form an angle with the spine. I illus- trated this thought before the dis- ee a ee New FAcriAL ANGLE, 47 tinguished audience, including Dr. rear end of the skull and that the Francis, Rev. Dr. Bethune, Rev. Dr. Ferris, Chancellor of the University; Hon. Geo. Bancroft, the historian, spinal column was projected straight backward—that the animal's face was on his back. Then taking the skull FIGS. 48 TO 58.—NEW FACIAL ANGLE, COMPOSITE. Fig. 1.—THe SNAKE Fig. 4.—APE * 2.—DocG ‘© ~5.—Human Ip10T ** 3.—ELEPHANT ‘* 6,—BUSHMAN and nearly a hundred others, by holding in my hand the skull of a turtle, a snake or a fish, and show- ing that the opening of the skull, the foramen Magnum, was at the Fig. 7—UNcULTIVATED ‘© 8-IMPpROVED g—CIVILIZED Fig. 1o—ENLIGHTENED * r1—Caucastan—High- est type. of a dog and placing a pencil in the foramen Magnum to represent the spine, the face formed an angle with the line of the spine of about 45 de- grees. Then the ape family, in- “ss 48 How To StupyY STRANGERS. cluding the Gorilla, with more brain at the spinal axis, turned the face still more away from the line of the spine and caused the face to make a still larger angle, and so on through the tribes of mankind. We introduce an engraving, of a composite nature, Fig. 48, to illus- trate the subject, containing eleven figures, ranging from the snake to the highest form of human development. The spine of the snake, Fig. 1, in the group, occupies the place of the spine of each of all the other figures in the engraving. In the snake, Fig. 1, the face forms zo angle with the spme,. dns theydog, Fig. 2, the brain pushes the face out of line with the spine about 45°. In the elephant, Fig. 3, the face is at right angles with the line of the spine and therefore makes an angle of go° with the spine. In the ape, Fig. 4, the face is turned beyond a right angle with the spine, and lacks only about 37° of being parallel with the spine and on a line with the front of the body. It has departed from the snake quite 143°. The idiot, Fig. 5, shows that the line of the face is raised to 155°. In the Bushman, Fig. 6, the brain being more enlarged, it pushes the face still farther toward the _ perpendicular, lacking only 20° of the Caucasian, and finally running through several grades of human development, Figs. yo, 10; t0 the, highest, Brace 11, the face, instead of being on the back, as in the snake, and on a line with the spine, it has performed half of a complete revolution and is now directly opposite of the back on a line with the abdominal surface and par- allel with the spine; the body is erect, the spine and face being perpen- dicular, the face having been carried around through 180°, solely by the development of the brain at the top of the spinal column. All the value of any facial angle as an index of the rank of the animal or the man is ex- plained by this mode of development. At the conclusion of this exposition Mr. Bancroft took my hand in both of his, and shaking it cordially, saic ‘“‘T thank you for this explanation, it seems quite new, and I feel in- Sstructed@sir il reerinstrucicuss Since the promulgation of this idea in't3857, to the present time gevery year I have sketched this illustration on blackboards and explained it to public audiences and private classes, and had sets of drawings made for use in public lectures and for our students in thelécture feld: In 1844™Dr: “Dexter, ot-Cincaga, published in the Popular Science Monthly, in connection witha labored article, an illustration under the title, “Facial Angle.” In his illustration the fish, snake, crocodile, eagle, dog, baboon and men appear. He recog- nizes, however, only one-half the change which really takes place in the development of the natural facial an- gle. Instead of keeping the spine of his fish and snake on the line of the spine of the dog and man, as we do, he projects it directly back from the head of his man, whose face is raised only at right angles with the spine of the snake, when it ought to be pushed away from the line of the spine, not go° only, but 180?. A student of ours in 1872, mark the date>C. At Beverly, ‘obtained ‘of usa set of separate and combined drawings representing this mode of brain measurement, to serve him in public lectures, and carried them with him to the Chicago Medical College, where he graduated and, we believe, Dr. Dexter was a professor; and dur- ing his stay at the medical college Mr. Beverly lectured to the students and probably to professors, showing and explaining my drawings. Dr. Dexter’s drawing was evidently in- tended to embody my idea, but he failed to do it justice by just one-half. In self-defense I had an engraving similar to the present and published it, with my discovery, in the PHRENO- LOGICAL JOURNAL for July, 1874. We commend to our readers a care- ful study of our illustration. It shows that the snake, Fig. 1, and his face, like New FAcIAL ANGLE, 49 that of fishes and reptiles generally, is level with the line of the spinal column. Between the Bushman, Fig. 6, and the highest type of Caucasian, Fig. 11, there are really very many grades of development, far too numerous to be represented. From the snake to the top of the scale, the opening of the ear is represented in the same place, and all the changes in the por- traits, shapes of head, and position of face, are due to growth of develop- ment of brain from that common centre at the top of the spinal cord, called medulla oblongata. Thus the scale of development is complete from the reptile to man. Figs. 59-60. In this double picture we represent the head of the Cau- casian, with his vertical face and ample development of the forehead. We lay over it, bringing the opening of the ears together, the head and face of the native African, who by some would be said to have a project- ing muzzle, or prognathous jaws. The face does not protrude from the opening of the ear any farther for- ward, except at the lips—that is, the bony part of the jaw does not advance any farther from the opening of the ear than in the Caucasian head, but the frontal lobes of the brain being smaller than those of the Caucasian, permit the face to fall back at a considerable angle. If by culture that intellectual region of the African head could be developed, the face would not be pro- trusive. The form of the posterior part ef the Caucasian head, which lies behind that of the African, is indicated by the dotted lines.. In the white man’s skull we some- times find the distance from the opening of the ear to the centre of the forehead an inch longer than from the opening of the ear to the occiput, while in the negro’s head it is frequently half an inch or an inch longer in the rear than in the front; then if we add the strong, uncivilized features to this setting of the brain backward by decreasing the size of the head in front of the ear, and increas- ing it behind the ear, the notion of the muzzle and prognathous jaws be- comes absurd by understanding that itis the deficiency of frontal head, not-an excess of face. Those who investigate skulls should always begin at the opening of the ear, which corresponds to the capital of the spinal cord, from which the brain is developed in every direction, as we study a wheel by starting from the hub, or an apple by starting at FIGS. 59—60.—A DOUBLE PICTURE. the core. Some apples have one side much larger than the other, and it would not be fair to centre that apple anywhere but at the core, and let the deficient side take the responsibility of its own deficiency. Hence we match the heads in this picture at the opening of the ear, and let the pro- jection of the development manifest itself from that centre. If the in- tellectual portion of the negro’s head were better developed, the face and forehead would cover the white man’s head, and, like his, be perpendicular. This contrast also intensifies the significance of the new facial angle and teaches a new and better way of studying different heads and faces from the snake to the Websterian type. 50 How To STUDY STRANGERS. If the reader will turn to the out- line heads, Figs. 1 to 4 on page 12, he will see the doctrine of the new facial angle pointedly illustrated. The face of Webster is vertical. The forehead stands out beyond the eyes, and although the face is large and strong the brain above the face is the massive factor that attracts atten- tion and commands respect. Figs. 59 and 60, page 49, show the Cau- casian and African, normal speci- mens. Figs. 1 to 4, page 12, show the large and grandly developed head of Webster, which, from the face of the snake, the turtle and fish, has made an advance of 180 degrees away from the line of the spine. The contrast between Webster and the idiot, Fig. 4, shows the extreme of healthy organizations; Webster, if regarded as standing at the head of intellectual human life, and No. 4, the idiot, ranking as the lowest healthy human being. The forma- tion of these heads shows in the anterior and upper regions more dif- ference than there is in the back head or in the basilar, animal region. Physical existence in the idiot may generally be rather low, but the mother of this one had four other similar children, and the parents, although healthy in body, were at best semi-idiotic. The physical func- tions merely may be as strong asin the philosopher, the difference being in the development of the brain. Figs. 59 and 60 show the intellec- tual superiority of the Caucasian and the relative deficiency of the African, yet the African in this case is more strongly developed in the region of the crown and in the posterior or social region than the average Cau- casian. What the African lacks is mainly intellectual development and culture. In Fig. 3, page 12, we have a malefactor, developed largely in the back head, and on page 13 the back view shows great breadth of the head in the region of the animal propensities and the chief defects appear to be in the moral and intel- lectual regions. Comparing these two views of Fig. 3 with the face of Webster, Figs. 1 to 5, in which the intellectual and moral elements are strong, and the propensities, as com- pared with the malefactor, Fig.3, are weak, we have a startling contrast. Fig. 92 is a magnificent specimen of vigorous intellectuality. Fig. 93 shows a wonderful foreheadand great power of intellect. Fig. 94 repre- sents one of the grandest men this nation has ever raised, and Caleb Cushing, Fig. 111, shows amagnificent anterior or intellectual development, a vertical face and a vertical fore- head. Fig. 114, Roscoe Conkling, was a man of intellectual capability. In Fig. 116 we find a masterful in- tellect and a magnificent imagina- tion, all serving to illustrate the pre- eminence of the new facial angle. Fig. 136 speaks for itself, and in Fig. 177, Prof. Charles E. West, the model teacher, are the elements of thought, morality and affection. Lord Col- chestér,)! Fig’ 278, Jevinces vanterior development and moral power in a signal degree. Fig. 181, Dr. Nott, one of the brightest and most com- prehensive intellectsof histime. Fig. 185, Francis Egerton, Duke of Bridge- water, had a strong physique, prac- tical intellect, but not much depth or strength of mind. In Brother Jon- athan, Fig. 186, we have a specimen of a revolutionary father with a fore- head that is majestic and masterful. Fig. 187 represents Albert Galatin; the anterior lobes of the brain are voluminous and show remarkable capability and especially financial talent. Among later men we find in Fig. 311, Wm. M. Evarts, with a long and massive frontal brain hang- ing heavily beyond the eyes and the ° face, the result of culture and intel- lectual force. In Fig. 313 we have that magnificent orator and scholar, Rev. Richard S. Storrs, D.D., who is still a living ornament of his profession in the city of Brooklyn, which rejoices to claim him as her own. CHAPTER VII. TEMPERAMENT; ITS NATURE AND INFLUENCE ON CHARACTER. HE old and familiar doctrine or statement that ‘‘size is a meas- ure of power, other conditions being equal,” must be stated and insisted upon in regard to the brain, and also in regard to every organic function of the body. This principle that size measures power, if the qualities and conditions are the same, is applicable to every kind of matter. To study temperament is to learn quality and power. When the chemist under- stands the ingredients of a specimen of gunpowder, the amount to be used for a charge in a gun fora given dis- tance or penetration is regulated ac- cording to the composition of the fulminate. One kind of powder may be twice as strong as another, and therefore but half the quantity would be required for the same result. The same principle is applicable to every other material. This is distinctly shown is respect to timber. Lignum vite is very dense; there is a great deal of ligneous matter in a given cubic inch of that wood. Ebony is compact, solid and heavy, but not so dense or heavy as the first named; then there is boxwood, another very fine and snug-grained timber. When we come to the ordinary kinds of wood, such as are used for the economic purposes of life, we reach hickory and oak, and extending our . search we have the porous chestnut, the soft willow and bass, and, last, the palmetto, the coarsest and most spongy of all. Pine wood answers very well for certain purposes, but it would make a poor handle for a hammer, an axe or an_ excavator’s pick. The different kinds of timber represent temperament, and tempera- ment means the combination of parts 51 or qualities; and applying this doc- trine of size a measure of power to textile fabrics in every variety, from fiddle-strings to crochet worsted, we have from the coarse sackcloth all the way up to the finest satin, and then we have the same grades re- specting leather; we have the kid, the cowhide, and lastly the hide of the rhinoceros and the elephant. When we come to sensient, organ- ic life, everybody understands that there is a difference between the make-up of a Game chicken and of a Cochin or Brahma; the latter isa great, clumsy, awkward bird, slow in motion as well as in thought; he will weigh perhaps thirteen pounds, and a game chicken that weighs only five pounds will beat him out of record, and conquer him in battle in short order; but when we compare Brahma with Brahma and game chicken with game chicken, the conditions being equal, then size is the absolute meas- ure of their power. When we com- pare bristles with bristles and fur with fur, we understand it; we can compare the coarse, the middling and* the fine, and things are valuable ac- cording to the grade of quality. Grindstones, building stones and precious stones are judged by the samelaw. Thesame istrueof human temperament, which means the rela- tive proportion of qualities or con- ditions which make up a constitution. Few persons are to be found who are exactly alike in their inheritance of the necessary constitutional ele- ments of bone and muscle, of the nutritive or vital organs, and of nerve power, or of the circumstances of their birth and life, so that there are almost as many temperaments, or on ) How To StuDY STRANGERS grades of temperaments, as there are persons; each one has some modifica- tion or a temperament of his own. ‘Occasionally we find men in respect to whom the temperament would seem the same, and they can be matched as to strength and speed as we match horses of similar constitution and size. As we understand temperament and employ the term in studying and de- scribing character, we recognize three temperaments or temperamental con- ditions. The elements of these tem- peraments are derived from different systems of organs. ‘There are three systems of organs or factors in each human being, and in each animal that is highly organized. First, there is the frame of bone and muscle, united by tendons, and these act like ropes and pulleys ap- plied to levers; the jointed, bony frame united by the muscles and ten- dons make up the organic framework of the constitution, and it is called Ist. THE MOTIVE TEMPERAMENT, or the temperament of motion. Some have called it the locomotive or self- moving temperament. It is not diffi- cult for a person to understand that the bones and the muscles, thus nicely united, constitute the temperament of motion. Half a century ago it was generally called the bilious tempera- ment, and by many persons of the present day, the old name ‘‘Bilious,”’ is still used. In talking about this temperament we say the Motive or Bilious temperament, so that people shall know that the Motive and the Bilious are the same, and they will not be confused. The bones and the muscles act in harmony and in con- nection with each other, hence all form a distinctive part of the human economy. 2d. THE VITAL TEMPERAMENT. The second temperament is called Vital; it was formerly called the San- guine temperament; and another tem- peramental condition or system of the organism was called the Lymphatic temperament, but since the latter also ministers to nutrition, that is proper- ly considered a part of the Vital tem- perament. The Vital temperament embraces the blood vessels, or the arteries and the venous system, and we include also the lymphatic sys- tem, which carries a _ nutritive fluid without the color of blood, that circulates freely through the sys- tem. The lungs, heart, and digestive apparatus, including stomach, liver, spleen and lymphatic vessels consti- tute the vital temperament, and its office is to manufacture and distribute nutrition to all parts of the system, and take up waste material and carry it off, thus keeping the system in health. 3d. THE MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. The third temperament is called the Mental; it has been called the Nervous, and in early time the Melancholic; it has also recently been called the Encephalic. The brain and nervous system constitute this temperament. The brain is the common centre of the physical sys- tem, and the nerves of motion and the nerves of sensation are the agents by means of which the mind, whichis related to and acts through the brain, acquires knowledge of external things, and by means of which, also, the mind sends out mandates of pur- pose and power, through the nerves of motion, employing the musclesand the bones to execute and accomplish the desired purposes. These several temperaments we will consider separately, and after- ward in their combinations and gra- dations. In point of fact every liv- ing animal must have a nervous sys- tem, or Mental apparatus; also, bone, or shell and muscle, representing the > Motive temperament; every being | also must have the Vital or nutritive apparatus, including the stomach, to make the blood, and the lungs, or their equivalent, to impart oxygen to the blood, and then the heart to cir- By TEMPERAMENT, FACE AND HEAD, 53 culate the blood through the arteries, capillaries and veins, so that nutrition can go to every part of the system for its up-building. Waste matter also is taken up, absorbed and car- ried off by the Vital apparatus, the whole making up the elements of life, health and power. The Nervous system, or Mental temperament, is the most important. Somebody has said ‘‘ Mind is Life,”’ and the brain is the instrument through which mind acts, and the nerves carry the influences of thought and purpose and wish and will to the extremities, and bring back knowl- edge from the outer world, by means of the nerves of sensation. As these three great systems be- long to each organic life or consti- tution, they are sometimes developed in complete harmony, but frequently the Motive or Bilious temperament predominates; sometimes the Vital, at other times the Mental, yet there is always something of each tempera- ment in each individual, existing of course in different degrees of strength, so that the doctrine of temperament is the basis of investigation as to the composition of each individual pre- sented for study. No single tem- perament makes perfection. No one temperament constitutes the whole of manhood, but a combination of all the qualities and conditions of har- mony give the ideal. The subject of temperament is complex, but not insolvable. One may have 50 percent. of the Motive, 30 per cent. of the Vital and 20 per cent. of the Mental; in others these combinations are reversed, or other- wise varied. We must study each per- son and learn by observation to de- tect the proportionate presence of each temperament, just as a painter does in mixing primary colors for de- sired shades. Ist. THE MOTIVE TEMPERAMENT. We may say that the general ap- pearance of the Motive temperament, where it greatly predominates, shows us the heavy, strong and bony frame, plenty of development in the muscular system, with tenacity and endurance of muscular power; the bones are large, and the outline of the system is comparatively rough; the hair is usually dark, often hard and coarse, and the complexion dark or brunette. There are’ some _ per-' sons with light or red hair who have coarseness of texture and hardness of fibre, and this light-complexioned Motive temperament is called the Xanthous: so we have _ light-com- plexioned people of the Motive tem- perament. Occasionally a man is found who has strengthof body, large, strong, angular features, and who has hair of a strong, wiry character, which he gets by inheritance from a parent who has dark hair and skin; yet he will inherit the light and sandy color of the hair, and perhaps the light complexion of the skin, from the other parent. He will seem to inherit color from one and quality of fibre from the other. The figure is commonly tall, though we find some short, sturdy, dark-haired, dark- skinned, enduring men; but usually the Motive temperament shows tall- ness of the body and length of bone, especially lengthof limb; also long, bony fingers and feet; strong features, wide cheek bones, and usually a heavy, strong voice. People of this temperament are fond of substantial affairs; they like to do rough, heavy, manly business, and we have noticed in different trades and occupations that persons of the Motive tempera- ment are from choice connected with hard and laborious pursuits; they like to lift and carry burdens, they like to wield heavy tools and imple- ments, they enjoy striking heavy blows and in the construction of houses, they willlay the cellar walls and handle the heavy timbers. In New York there is a class of men who fulfill these duties in reference to house building; they go from one place or structure to another and are thus occupied all the time; then 54 How To Stupy STRANGERS others with this temperament pretty strongly marked but with a combina- tion of the vital will do the brick work; that is not light, but it is not and the implements of his trade are not heavy nor coarse, nor do they re- quire a rough, bony, muscular hand; and men should classify themselves in the prosecution of different kinds of work and business according to the temperament which they have, and so adapt themselves to the nature of the business. The choice of occupation, therefore, and the assignment of dif- ferent persons to pur- suits, require that the eal ¢ nature of the work or busi- I) of u)) o Zw \e \\\ \) ae . Sy —— ERM oo AS FIG. 61.—THE HUMAN SKELETON, so heavy as the other—it requires quicker motions; then another class of men will follow the brick masons and do the inside work, which is called the ‘‘finishing”’ of the houses; then comes the painter and decorator; he has a finer temperament, and the quality of the mental and physical development is adapted to that which is artistical, elegant, and ornamenta! ; he has more of the Vital and Mental temperaments; he uses a light brush, ness should be studied and adapted to the organic con- dit onsof temperament and \ the mental peculiarities of \ the persons who are can- didates for the work. Fig. 61. THE HUMAN SKELETON. This skeleton appears to have belonged to a person of a strongly marked Motive tempera- ment; the heads of the bones forming the joints appear to be large; there are large ankle joints, large and heavy joints at the knee; the thigh bone is heavily and roughly de- veloped; the bones of the hips, the pelvis, seem massive and large; the shoulders are amply devel- oped; the spinal bones are heavy and the elbow and wrist joints are large. Heh ate The bony processes for the insertion of muscles are sarge on different parts of the skull and wherever on the skeleton the heavy, working muscles are at- tached. Fig. 62. POSITION OF BONES IN THE BoDY. Shows the position of bones as they are situated in the complete body, it being a back view. It is acon- trast to Fig. 61, showing the bones by themselves; and the plump, well- rounded outline of the figure made of muscle and muscular connective tissue, with something of fatty tissue, make up the bulky develop- ——— ee By TEMPERAMENT, FACE AND HEAD, os | wt ment of the body. ‘The legs, the thighs, the arms and ribs are united by hundreds of muscles, which are generally attached to the heads of the bones, and by their action give to the system all the motions that are required for the varied duties of life. The human hand has been regarded as the most facile implement in the world; a horse’s upper lip enables him to gather the standing grass FIG. 62.—POSITION OF BONES IN THE BODY, within reach of his teeth and to take up the feed which comes to him in any form; the tongue of the ox serves the same purpose, and while the thick lips of the ox are very immobile the tongue serves as a hand; the lips of the camel are large and loose, and are employed by him as a hand to gather in food or whatever he wishes to take. ‘The muscles which operate the tongue and the lips are related to the bony structure, and the nery- ous system imparts to the muscles their impetus to act, but the bony frame is the fulcrum; the solid ground on which the muscle is attached and the bony frame thereby becomes the basis of action. The most rapid manipulation of musical instruments by the fingers and the erms are per- formed through the legitimate me- chanical adaptation and activity of the muscles and bones, acted upon by the nerves of motion, and when one watches the rapidity and accu- racy of the motions of a distinguished pianist, he marvels at the wonderful possibilities exemplified in such artis- tic manipulation, and he concludes that the mechanical conditions and facilities of actionin obedience to the law of human dexterity corstitute the most marvelous facts in the whole economy of life. The sturdy steps of a horse and every motion of the pianist’s fingers, and all other mo- tions are under the law of organic action; and if one muscle, fiber or nerve becomes paralyzed it destroys the perfection of the muscular result ; thus motion is governed and con- trolled by nerve, muscle and bone, FIG. 63. MUSCLES EXPOSED. This figure represents the mus- cles with the adipose matter dis- sected away, leaving the great mus- cular masses exposed to view. Of course this figure is not intended to be an exhaustive representation of the action of muscle and nerve; it is simply to show the massive agency through which the Motive or mus- cular temperament works out its re- sults. It is not strange that so troublesome a disease as rheumatism, when it is located in the muscular structure should give intense pain and suffering to the unfortunate victim. This muscular system is subject toa 56 How TO STUDY STRANGERS high degree of cultivation, not only in development, but in facility of action, and is of late years attracting more attention among men of leisure FIG, 63.—THE MUSCLES EXPOSED. and learning than previously; hence some people think our colleges are making more of mere physical culture thanpiswexactly (required, -butrisuch matters are apt to regulate themselves and find the proper channels in which to work out their destiny. Fic. 64. MUSCULAR CULTURE. This is a back view of a student of one of our Universities, who is an ath- lete in boating. The photograph is taken with the muscles of the arms and the shoulders wrought up by the law of the mind acting through muscle, and shows how the different muscles of the arms and back can be enlarged by exercise and hardened and devel- oped for the duties and services re- quired. The large deltoid muscles of the shoulders and the upper arm are very finely rounded, and the biceps between that muscle and the lower arm is very finely cultured and shows in the “figure: -Chiswdces not show a figure of a heavily endowed Motive temperament; the Mental tempera- ment is well represented. The extra muscular development is induced by athletic training. Some forms of development make the muscles large and hard, and other kinds of develop- ment, that which has to do with quick and accurate motion, gives peculiar fibrousness to the muscles. The biceps muscle in the right arm between the elbow and the shoulder on the front of the arm does not show in this back picture as much asif the pict- ure were a front view. The lower extremities of this figure seem large, plump, well-rounded and heavy, but the arms and shoulders have been developed differently from the lower extremities by being made to undergo a very much more positive, active and complex exercise than the muscles of the legs; and here we see largeness in the legs, but not so much a sign of special culture as in the arms and shoulders. The legs have the de- velopment which indicates sturdy strength; in other words, still strength, a condition in which the muscles are fixed, while the shoulders and the arms show the culture of the muscles in active working order. Some years ago two gentlemen came into our office and requested me to give a description of one of them who was a stranger. I took hold of his right wrist with my right hand and grasped the biceps muscle with my left, and he clinched his hand and flexed his arm to develop the muscle, and I was astonished at the By TEMPERAMENT, FACE AND IJEAD, 57 peculiar liveliness and multiplicity of the muscular fibers,—they seemed to be like a bundle of whip cords, and I said, ‘‘What do you do with these muscles ?”’ And he said, ‘‘ Noth- ing.”” And I said, ‘‘I should suppose if I were blindfolded and had hold of this arm that it be- longed to the great violinist, Ole Bull. For I can think of noth- ing but the intense exercise required to work the violin which would give such a peculiar de- velopment, to the muscles. When I got through with the examina- tion I found out he was Ole Bull’s son, himself a great violinist. If he had been lifting timber and making coarse and clumsy use of the muscles, they would have been hard and solid instead of fibrous strings, all alive, and feeling like a bundle of worms or of snakes. Mr. J. J. Watson was the gentleman with him, and he, being an eminent violinist himself, wrote the matter up for publication, thinking it was very interesting. This temperament then is one of motion, power, en- durance and executiveness; per- sons having it well developed, especially if it be well sustained by vitality and nutrition, will be hardy and well adapted to ex- tended marches and long, weary days of work; they will carry heavy loads and wield heavy in- struments, and so become mas- ters of motion and strength; a man of this temperament, on an iron grey horse, well trained as a cavalry man, would make a charge and wield a sword with won- derful effect in battle. FIG, 65. A GOOD MOTIVE TEMPERA- MENT. Fig. 65 has a strong predominance of the Motive temperament, which is shown by the large bony hands and the rough outline of the shoulders, legs and arms; they do not look plump; to be sure the coat sleeve pre- vents the perfect outline, but it will be seen that the upper and lower ex- tremities are lean and bony, and that the cheek bones stand up rather FIG. 64.—MUSCULAR CULTURE. roughly; the shoulders are square and the neck muscular; the forehead has a bony ridge over the eyes, and it is rather a tall head, and especially tall in the region of the crown, and is somewhat narrow above and about the ears, and if that man knew how to wield his fists in encounter, he would be quick and positive in motion and his blows would be heavy and effect- ive. The hair, eyes and complexion 58 How TO StTupDY STRANGERS are dark; his head is long from the chin to the crown; the bones and skin are rather thick, and the whole make-up is enduring. observation what kind of men can be most relied on for the accomplish- ment of such duties and service, and will select their men accordingly, QR Gas FIG. 65.—A GOOD MOTIVE TEMPERAMENT. In the selection of men for labori- ous work, where heavy implements have to be wielded, and heavy weights carried and controlled, this type of temperament will furnish the best material for such work; and men who are engaged in railroad building, bridge building, or the handling of heavy timbers or stone, will learn by Young men looking out into the open field of life, wondering what they would best endeavor to pursue as a life calling, if they lack the Mo- tive Temperament they should not learn to ve blacksmiths, stone cutters, or bridge builders; nor should they go into the heavy lumber business. A man without the excessive develop- By TEMPERAMENT, FACE AND HEAD. 59 ment of the Motive Temperament can do heavy work, or make a successful muscular effort in emergency and ex- citement, but it wears on him. A horse with this Motive Tempera- ment, large bone and strong muscles, ‘ will take a heavy load, but he don’t like to be pushed and be obliged to work quickly; and men who are wise in the management of horse flesh, will not allow a nervous, sensitive, thin, sprightly horse to be overloaded or placed in a condition where he will be obliged to use more muscular power than his constitution properly war- rants. FIG. 66.—ABRAHAM LINCOLN, Abraham Lincoln is a good repre- sentative of predominant Motive temperament, but in an extended and careful analysis we would say Motive Mental; the Vital tempera- ment was the lacking or delinquent one in his organization. He was six feet four inches high; his arms and legs were long, lank and bony; he had a long, strong neck; the bones were prominent; there was little but muscle, and that was made up of tenacious, hardy tissue. The tendons which connect the muscles with the extremities were large and ample, en- dowed for power; he was a man who could wield the ax; he was called a ‘‘rail splitter,’ because he was fa-: mous asa young man for his ability to work timber into that necessary form for fencing in the great, New West. In the border States, which were heavily timbered, the: man who could use the ax in felling the forest and in making timber into rails or into cord wood, or preparing it for the saw-mill, or cutting it into lumber, was considered the head worker of the country. In the lumber camps every where the work requires muscle and bone, and the men are generally tall and high shouldered, they have also long arms and great, long fingered hands, but there is not a single pound of surplus flesh on them. Abraham Lincoln lived in ee eat ee the forest-leveling days; he was in the glory of his laborious life about 1830, and in his Western forest home he was a great chopper, a powerful wrestler, and was a mighty man among men, but he had hardly an ounce of fat on his whole masterful frame; it was all bone, muscle, sinew and nerve. As he advanced in life he laid aside the ax, though he was proud to let any friend see he was a good chopper, even while he was President. As he studied law and practiced it, and brought his mind into relation with mental topics, his Mental tem- perament was increased and it be- came more influential; but he never essentially modified his bony struct- ure or the muscular development; of course, as he used the pen more and the ax less, the tensity and hardness and general power of the muscles abated, but a recurrence of the labor which developed it would have called back the former power, and with his added mental develop- ment would probably have given that power a-better direction than it had in earlier time. The features of Lincoln were bony and coarse because the bones and muscles were mainly manifested. There are men who have a good bony structure and also plenty of the Vital temperament, but the bony frame in such cases is clothed and covered with abundant flesh and _ adipose, while Lincoln had but little of the Vital temperament which gives one plumpness and smoothness. But the Mental temperament was mani- fested in him in various ways; whenever he was pleased and was surrounded by conditions — that awakened in him the gentle and tender feelings, his face would lose its hardness, there would come over ita mildness that made his face particularly sunny, especially when he smiled. I have watched him for an hour sitting by his side, while he was listening to one of Henry Ward Beecher’s discourses, and as Mr. Lin- 60 How To Strupy STRANGERS coln was intent in listening to the sermon I had opportunity to scan his face at my leisure. When a certain thought was being uttered by the speaker, anything that was brave and peculiar, his face would be knitted with intense interest, and as it cul- minated in a flash of wit, or in an outburst of benevolent enthusiasm, Lincoln’s rugged face would glow like a burst of sunshine upon the mountain’s brow. Again he would show an eager enthusiasm as if he were making a speech himself. This was in the Spring of 1860, before he was nominated for the Presidency. The strength of Lincoln’s style of speaking and writing, and the com- pactness and earnestness which exist in his sentences are the result of mentality working out through the Motive temperament. Mr. Calhoun had the Motive, Men- tal temperament, and his utterances were like the stacatto expressions of the strings of a musical instru- ment, hard and intense rather than like the waving folds of a flag in the breeze, easy and graceful. Mr. Cal- houn never joked, he never used a soft and mellow figure of speech; in his sentences he called things by their Saxonynames,. if thevyehad one, a Ve remember some of Mr. Calhoun’s con- temporaries: there were Webster, Lewis Cass, Silas Wright and Buchanan, men having an abundance of the Vital temperament, and there was pliable- ness and mellowness in their lips, man- ners and methods, but Mr. Calhoun’s voice was like the twanging of a gui- tar string, as if his thought and his voice came from a string tuned up to concert pitch, only it was not espe- cially musical, there was no fun or persuasive playfulness in it, but direct- ness, sincerity and intense earnest- ness. Mr. Lincoln had a strong social nature; he hada keen sense of humor and wit, and his mind was sharply analytical, and therefore he could see in a story the culmination of a long argument, This was often illustrated by him while he was President; a little story would settle a knotty controversy. A Virginia farmer, a man about as tall as himself and about as bony, came to him witha chronic grievance; the farmer had had about twenty or thirty acres of wheat trampled on and nearly spoiled, first by one army and then by the other, and as he was loyal to the United States he felt that the United States ought to pay him for the dam- age, and he frequently came to see Mr. Lincoln about it right in the midst of the war, when it seemed question- able as to what the result would be. This tall, lank man stood in his pres- ence and Mr. Lincoln said: ‘‘ Yes, I now remember, you are the Virginia farmer who wants to see me about that field of wheat. It reminds me of a story. When I was running a flat boat over the falls of the Ohio River at Louisville, and trying to work the stern oar so as to keep the boat off the rocks, we had some passengers on board, and among the rest was a woman and her little boy; presently I felt some one tugging at my coat tail, and there was the little boy, and he said to me, ’Mister, will you please to stop the boat. I have lost my apple overboard?’” The Virginian thought a moment and then Sadi 0. Tsee: The eenaiggee a And. he bowed himself out and never troubled Mr. Lincoln again until the war was over. There was grim humor about that, but the humor and the absurdity were very much better than a sharp argument. General Jackson would have thundered at the man and told him to go back to his farm and de- fend his wheat, as he did in the case of the New Orleans merchant when Jackson used bales of cotton to make breastworksof them. The ownercame out and said, ‘‘ These cotton bales are mine; I must have compensation if they are to be used for the public good;’’ and General Jackson took a musket out of the hands of a soldier, and, handing it to him, said: ‘‘ There, go into the ranks and defend it,” iT, FACE AND HEAD, 61 By TEMPERAME in that way. Through all his ad- ministration he would tell a funny story, when a solid argument would That shows the difference between Lincoln and Jackson in a_ similar case: Lincoln told a story and sent Vhiigpeets) 4 ttl, Me sS ‘ 2 SSP TILA See ed gd fae POLO. Bee cite to eae Toren s) Nh} NY SE aS SIS PRBS 6Se SANS SSE ceee ores na a SAY. rm te Recta ge eC p= iis F oe. neath "> aoe FIG. 66.—ABRAHAM LINCOLN, be likely to provoke an angry re- joinder and perhaps enmity, the man off feeling cheap but good- natured, and so got rid of the trouble 62 How To Stupy STRANGERS FIG. 67.—MISS MIDY MORGAN. This very remarkable woman died June. 1, 1992; she \ was sborny. in Cork, Treland, .. November; jez; 1828; her name was Maria—Midy was her nickname that the cattle men gave her. She was one of a large family of brothers and sis- ters. Her father was a man of con- siderable consequence and wealth. As a girl, she became fond of horses on her father’s estate, she was a fine horsewoman, and obtained great reputation as a daring rider. She was over six feet high, had a large frame, but was thin as well as tall and lively and vigorous. In her country she used to ride after the fox and hounds, and often led the chase among famous horsemen. . Her father died when she was a young woman, and left practically at the head of the family, she took gen- eral supervision of the farm, studied farming, cattle raising, and frequently visited the city markets. She raised cattle for the London markets, and also bred horses; and horses were her hobby. The mother went to Italy with Midy and her sister, who was some- thing of an artist, ¢In- Rome; the young woman resumed her horseback riding, and it was a bold ride that she made one day which secured for her an introduction to the king, Victor Emanuel. He, learning of her fond- ness for and knowledge of horses, ar- ranged with her to go to England and Ireland and purchase a stock of Irish Hunter mares for his private stable. She accomplished her mission, took six valuable mares from England, through France, over the Alps, to Italy. The commission had been so satisfactorily executed that the king presented her with a gold watch, on the case of which was his monogram in diamonds; he also gave to her a great diamond star. After fulfilling the king’s mission she established a Zoological Exchange, and purchased and exchanged wild animals for the various zoological gardens in the old country. Mr. Lawrence, the American con- sul at Florence, advised her to go to America. In 1869 she arrived with letters of introduction to Horace Greeley, Henry J. Raymond and Leonard Jerome. She applied for a position as a writer on the New York Times. Mr. Raymond having died just before she reached America, Mr. Bigelow became editor. He listened to her pleasantly, then remarked, ‘* that there is not a vacant place on the staff, except that of cattle and live stock reporter.”’ “Weil lcansfill that. she said: He laughed and told her she might try; and she so thoroughly filled the position that she commanded the re- spect of all the cattlemen and re- porters,and was employed onthe Z7zmes in that capacity for twenty-seven years. She suggested improvements in the treatment of cattle, and her writings fairly forced a reform in these matters. She wrote editorials for the Tribune, Rural New Yorker, Turf field and Farm, Hearth and Home, florseman, Breeders’ Gazette, and other papers. Her acquaintance grew large and valuable; her opinions came to be looked up to; she received invi- tations to lecture; she made an ad- dress before the Legislature at Albany; went to Washington by invitation of the President and gave him her views on ‘‘cattle transportation.” She in- dulged her passion for horses on all occasions and permitted no oppor- tunity to go by to see the best horses in the land. She became acqvainted with such men as Robert Bonner and Cornelius Vanderbilt, and was elected member of the ‘“‘ American Jockey Club.”” She built a singular house on Staten Island that was thoroughly fireproof, of stone and iron, as her home, and was proud of it. She was a_ big-hearted woman and was always ready to help any one in distress. She loved all forms of animal life, and probably had more animals, of every sort, named after - a “tS Fl _her. By TEMPERAMENT, FACE AND IIEaApD, 63 her than any woman living. It is thought she left a comfortable for- tune. She was a well-known figure Square” about ‘‘ Printing House strong but regular, and her head high, and she carried herself with that spirit of steadfastness and inde- pendence that attracted attention; FIG, 67,—MISS MIDY MORGAN, and at the cattle market. She wore the regular boot, and, she being above most men in height, walking with a long stride, she attracted attention; but her amiable face, her intelligent expression and her pertinent words, full of wit and gen- iality, won the respect of all who met Being six feet high, and en- dowed with an ample amount of bone and muscle, she was a good repre- sentative of the Motive Tempera- ment. Her features were large and and her voice was pleasant, her eye invited confidence, her words were magnetic, and her presence was al- ways commanding. We cordially cherish the thought and the memory of her presence and words for the last quarter of a cen- tury. If she had been more endowed with the Vital Temperament she would have been more plump, and therefore would have been very massive as well as stately. 64 How To Stupy STRANGERS Fig. 68 is taken from life by photograph ofa boy 17 years old. He had not been employed at hard work, FIG, 68,—MASTER TRYON, but he was an athlete among the boys, and he would wrestle, tussle and jump and run and play ball. His parents were endowed with abundant muscle, and the mother was tall, strong and muscular, and had a good Vital temperament added to the Motive; her Motive tempera- ment stood in relation to the Vital about as sixty to forty. This boy, there- fore, inherited a magnificent Motive temperament with a full degree of the Vital; he was well nourished by the Vital temperament, consequently the bones are well grown and the muscles are ample and plump. ‘The picture thus taken from photograph shows the different pairs of muscles on the back, on the arms and on the neck, and if he could have a thorough men- tal training to develop mind as wellas body, he might be a man of notable brain power as wellas of brawn. In daily life there is a tendency for those less endowed with bone and muscle, and more of brain and nerve to become absorbed in study and brain work, and neglect bodily train- ing—and those who are stalwart, take nearly all the exercise of body and less of brain work, Fig. 69 represents a boy witha pre- dominance of the Motive tempera- ment. His hair is dark, strong and coarse; the bones are amply de- veloped and his muscles are firm, ten- acious and enduring without much of the Vital or Mental tempera- ment to smooth, soften and refine his make-up; he will make a man adapted to earn- est business, requiring more or less labor and physical ex- ertion and endurance, mani- festing a firm spirit and quiet, hardy courage; he will not be quick, flashy and impetuous; there is not kindling wood enough in his temperament to set him off quickly in the strifes and controversies of life, and when he becomes fairly imbued with a subject and his mind is made up, then positiveness will express as much as any word can of what be- longs to his character. A girl with Ly (i\ ‘ FIG, 69,—BOY, MOTIVE TEMPERAMENT, this temperament will be an energetic thinker and worker with positiveness and endurance, and be worth a dozen soft handed, pliable specimens of grace and beauty. CHAPTER VIII. 2d. THE VITAL TEMPERAMENT, HE organs and functions which make up this temperament are called the nutritive system; they min- ister to the nourishment, feeding and up-building of the whole constitution, and take in the entire digestive system, beginning with the mouth, and includ- ing the stomach, the intestines,and the messentary system which absorbs the nutritive material and carries it up through the thoracic duct into the sub-clavian vein and thence into the heart. This fluid is a whitish, milky substance called chyle, and when it passes from the heart into the lungs and comes in contact with oxygen, it thereby becomes of a scarlet color and is called blood. The digestive apparatus may be supposed to end where the thoracic duct empties the digested food-material into the blood- current. The heart is the next organ of the vital apparatus which operates upon the fluid, sending it into the lungs, where it is charged with oxy- gen, and then bringing it into the other side of the heart, which by muscular contraction starts it into the system of blood vessels called arte- ries, The heart, lungs, veins, stomach, and intestines are not represented in this engraving (Fig. 70); simply the arteries are shown. ‘The office of these is to carry the blood to the ex- tremities and into the minute hair- like capillaries, from which nutrition is absorbed by the tungry tissues; these capillaries are so numerous and so extended that every particle of the entire economy is pervaded by them; there are branches of these from the larger vessels all along on the way to the extremities, which supply the intervening parts with arteriae blood, laden with nutrition, and then there is a system of veins (Fig. 71), which FIG, 70.—THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM, returns the blood from all the points to which the arteries have carried it out; in fact, the arteries and the veins are united at their extremities. Each hair-like artery becomes a hair-like vein and returns the blood to the 66 How To Stupy STRANGERS heart to be sent again through the lungs to be revivified, and then out through the arteries and back again through the veins. The arteries re- semble the service pipes of the water works of a city, carrying the clean water to every house and every room, and then the veins, like the system’ of drain pipes in the houses, take up the blood, when it has done its work of nutrition and cleansing, and car- ries it into larger vessels and, like the system of sewerage, the veins bring back with the blood imperfections or impurities which it has in its journey taken up, and the blood is thus changed toa dark purple. In going through the liver the blood leaves some impurities, others are deposited in the kidneys, and some are excluded through the lungs and the skin; so the arteries carry out nutri- tion, and the veins bring back the blood that has become exhausted of its vitality, and has taken up im- purities and the waste material of the system; and this process of carrying out and bringing back blood keeps up the current of life and vitality, and tends not only to nourish but to purify the whole system or constitu- tion. This process of house clean- ing and refitting which is performed by the blood is sharply illustrated by the house maid with her pail of clean water, scrubbing brush, pearline and wiping cloth, who loosens the dirt by the brush and pearline, wipes it up with the cloth and empties the ac- cumulation into two sinks, called liver and kidneys, and so leaves the prem- ises cleaned and sweetened, as the house is by removal of smoke, dirt and grease andthe application of a coat of fresh paint and whitewash. A dwelling has a general cleaning once in six months, a partial cleaning once a week, and a daily tidy touch; but the ‘‘House Beautiful” in which mind lives has the cleansing process going on allthe time. The scrubbing, wiping, rinsing process never ceases, or when it becomes lax the condition called disease occurs, threatening decay and death. Proper food and hygienic conditions will make new blood of the right sort, and then if not polluted by bad habits, the nor- mal action of life’s functions will keep the system in happy, healthy working condition to ripe old age. Early death is the result of human error in some form; it is premature, and is a penalty of violated law, ignorantly or otherwise. aN | i \ f , p x Ass ~ A ; = YY 3 z s ey oe 5 = —— i SP Ze — FIG, 71.—-THE VEINOUS SYSTEM, So completely does the system of blood vessels pervade the entire con- stitution, for purposes of up-building and cleansing, that there is nota place as large as a needle’s point on the whole surface of the body which will not bleed if we prick it with a needle, showing that there is a blood vessel there. Now if everything else about THE BLOOD VESSELS AND LYMPHATICS. 67 the body could be disposed of, leav- ing the blood vessel system intact, we should have before us, if the ar- teries and the veins were filled with blood as in daily life, a complete man, formed like the living man; even the skin is pervaded by blood vessels except the outer cuticle; so that the blood vessels would consti- tute a man of a blood-red color, and shaped exactly and in every feature like the man in life and of the same size within less than the thickness of a sheet of paper; thus, the blood vessels are found everywhere, carry- ing nutrition and bringing back im- purities to be disposed of through their proper channels. Thus once in five minutes all the blood in the body, twelve or thirteen pounds, passes through the heart and visits all the extreme points. We have in a previous chapter shown a man of bone and muscle. (Fig 62.) We now show two engrav- ings which represent imperfectly the blood vessels, the arteries and the veins, (Figs. 7o and 71), which if complete would be shaped exactly like a man of bone and muscle, just as large, and showing the entire outline of organs made up of the blood vessels. THE LYMPHATIC SYSTEM. We show another man in Fig. 72 made up of the lymphatic system, somewhat similar to the arterial and veinous systems, and these are small, delicate vessels and of whitish color, and carry, not the red blood of the arteries nor the purple blood of the veins, but the white fluid of the lym- phatic system. The largest only of these lymph vessels are represented in Fig. 72, and they, like thearteries, enter in microscopic minutia into every organ of the body, and have an important part to perform in the great function of nutrition. This lymphatic system, instead of being a temperament by itself, properly be- longs to the nutritive system. The digestive system makes the nutrition; the arteries, veins and lymphatics dis- tribute this nutrition, and the result is the up-building of the body; hence the temperament represented by all the vitality-making organs is called: FIG. 72.—-THE LYMPHATIC SYSTEM, ’ the Vital temperament because it is the source of all vitality. The bones themselves are fed by this nutritive system called the Vital temperament; the muscles are built up by it, the nerves are built up by it, and even the veins and the arteries themselves are nourished and replenished with new 68 ~ How To Stupy STRANGERS material of nutrition which they help to manufacture and absorb as health and the system require, so that every- thing that belongs to a man’s consti- tution comes through the Vital tem- perament which is made up of the factors which we denominate the vital organs. This temperament used to be di- vided; one part was called the San- guine temperament, but in that case they regarded only the heart, lungs and arteries as constituting the San- guine temperament; they left the di- gestive and lymphatic systems out of the question, and called this part of the nutritive system the Lymphatic temperament. Thus they cut the blood-making and blood-distributing systems apart, calling them by two names as twotemperaments. In Mr. Combe’s time it was customary for lecturers——and Mr. Combe did it him- self—to ridicule the unfortunate peo- ple who had a superabundance of the digestive system. The Lymphatic temperament was a source of joke and merriment, and nobody wanted to be charged with having that tem- perament. In fact, that which they called the Lymphatic temperament was a partial disease; it was an unbal- anced condition in which there was more nutrition generated than was assimilated and worked into complete life power, and thus, a man would be- come extra fat and heavy by an extra amount of lymph being induced. It was like pulling a lamp-wick too high, which gives imperfect combus- tion, and fills the room with smoke. The Vital temperament includes the three systems illustrated by Figs. 70, 71 and 72, and also the organs which convert food into blood, which being combined, constitute the digestive apparatus (Fig. 73). This shows A, the heart; B B, the lungs; C, the liver; D, the stomach; E, spleen; f f f, intestines; m m, kidneys; g, bladder. All these organs are en- gaged in the processes of preparing ‘food for nutrition and cleansing the ‘tissues and blood of the impurities and waste material which need to be carried outof the system. ‘This tem- perament is distinct from the Motor or mechanical system, and also from the nervous system, yet both of these systems render indispensable aid in carrying on the processes of diges- DT We vid} ) D7 uL Dp S ZA oN Z ~.38 ~ SS ~ ~ THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. \N FIG. 73. tion, from the chewing of the food all through the various processes of making healthy tissue and life power. In the early history of Phrenology in this country it was found by lec- turers that there wasa great misun- derstanding on the part of the people in regard to the nature of the tem- peraments. Since my public career of Phrenology commenced in 1839, I frequently had this experience before an audience. I used the names of the temperaments as Mr, Combe always pub -in,- a FALSE NOTIONS OF TEMPERAMENT, 69 did, recognizing four temperaments, named Sanguine, Nervous, Bilious and Lymphatic, and I would say of a man before an audience, ‘‘ This man has the Sanguine temperament.” And the man, thinking I meant that he was happy and cheerful, would con- tradict, and plainly say that it was not so; that he was not san- guine, but inclined to look on the dark side, and then I would explain that it was not disposition I was talking about, but temperamental constitution; then another would come up for an examination who was of the Motive temperament, and as we Called that Bilious, I would say ‘‘He has astrong Bilious tem- perament.” And many times I would be contradicted on the spot, and the man would say “You are all wrong there; I haven’t hada bilious attack for six years.” The people thought the Bilious temperament meant a dis- eased condition of the liver and the bowels, and that the Sanguine tem- perament meant that a man hada cheerful and _ enthusiastic — spirit. When we found a man who had the Mental temperament strongly marked we would say: ‘‘You have a pre- dominance of the Nervous tempera- ment.” And often a man would reply: ‘‘ You are mistaken, I am not nervous at all; in fact, the doctor always sends forme to assist him in surgical operations, because I am calm and never nervous.” The Messrs. Fowler, coming in conflict, as they often did, with this error on the part of the public, were led tostudy the nature of the lymphatic system, dropped the term Lymphatic as applied to a tem- perament, and merged it into and as a part of the nutritive system, call- ing the combination the Vital tem- perament because both systems min- ister to vitality. Some still use the term Bilious for the Motive tempera- ment, thus rendering themselves liable to be misunderstood. At all events the term Motive applies to the Sones and the muscles, their functions mean mction; and vitality is the re- sult of digestion, circulation and assimilation; hence Vital is the true name for the nutritive functions. The characteristics of the Vital temperament are vital warmth, a steady and vigorous pulse, abundant and complete digestion, good circula- tion and assimilation, and therefore a tendency to plumpness of figure, a ruddy complexion and ardor in feel- ing, and ready recuperation for life’s work. People who have the Vital temperament in excess are generally inclined to be fat, and as they become advanced in years are liable to get heavy and too stout, although they are not necessarily lazy, even if they are heavy. There are some such people who, though too stout, too much laden with adipose tissue, are yet earnest workers and great drivers ; they have strength generated by good digestion; they have an abund- ance of healthy blood freely dis- tributed through all parts of the sys- tem, giving life and vitality, and so they are cheerful, zealous and hearty. Many persons of this temperament have too full a development in the re- gion of the stomach for their comfort. They have also a broad and deep chest; they have well rounded limbs and full, plump and thick hands. The complexion is often florid, the eyes blue or gray, the hair light or sandy, the cheeks red and the skin a peachy white, with abundant per- spiraticn. We are speaking now of persons in which this temperament predominates, even as extra bone and muscle come from a predomi- nance of the Motive temperament. Lincoln, Calhoun and Jackson, having the Motive temperament, were slim, tall and bony; Lewis Cass, Silas Wright, Levi Woodbury and James Buchanan were rounded, heavy and plump, full of blood and had the Vital temperament ; others, like John Randolph and Henry A. Wise, were thin, nervous, sensitive and excita- ble, had light bones and muscles and delicate features. These had the Mental temperament in predominance, 70 ————— How To Srupy STRANGERS. FIG. 74—THE MARQUIS OF SALISBURY. In this portrait of Lord Salisbury we have an excellent illustration of the Vital temperament. The great size ishment, giving ability to manifest breadth of thought and capacity for great affairs, such as a prime minister requires. In conjunction with the FIG. 74.—MARQUIS OF SALISBURY-——-THE VITAL TEMPERAMENT, of the chest, the fullness of the entire person, the large and healthy looking face, the stout limbs, plump hands and the well nourished appearance of the whole system, show ample diges- tion and nutrition, abundance of blood and a free circulation. His large brain is well supplied with nour- ample vital power, he had with his large brain also a full share of the Mental temperament which gives him clearness of thought, and with his great vital endurance, the ability to think clearly and acutely, and bear the fatigues incident to his long and eminent public career. THE VITAL TEMPERAMENT. FIG, 75——AMELIA E, BARR. VITAL TEMPERAMENT. The portrait of this lady indicates a decided predominance of the Vital temperament. In the appearance of that face, neck and shoulders there is evidence of excellent nutrition, fullness of life power, abundance of blood and of healthy tissue. It will be noticed that the features are not angular, massive or rugged, but pli- able, mobile and expressive. The cheek is plump outward from the nose, also full outward from the mouth, and the fullness and plump- ness of the neck below the chin indi- cating a person who is well nourished, whose digestion is excellent and whose enjoyment of life is ample. The forehead is developed in the lower and middle sections rather than in the upper part; there is more ten- dency to gather knowledge, remem- ber it, rehearse it, or reform it, ac- cording to her own impressions, than a tendency to follow a line of strict, logical reasoning; she translates her thoughts into feelings and clothes her ideas with sentiment and emotional life. The back-head seems to be amply developed, indicative of the temperament in question, and also for great sociability, and especially the love for children. Her intellect is that of a writer, and her tempera- ment and motherly spirit have made her an eminent writer for children. Every function rejoices in abound- ing activity; the affections are strong and responsive; the thoughts quick, the emotions genial and smooth, making her a sympathetic centre wherever she may roam or rest. Fig. 76. This boy is a good illus- tration of the Vital temperament ;— the fullness of the cheeks outward from the nose and outward from the mouth show breathing power and di- gestion, and the fullness and strength of the chin indicates good circulation. The quality of constitution, fibre and disposition area good contrast to Fig. 69, and rightly trained he will make -~I = a man of vigor and abundant vital power, and he will manifest also har- AID Vlas, mony of character, and most decided brilliancy and vigor of intellect. FIG. 76.—VITAL TEMPERAMENT. FROM A PHOTOGRAPH BY ROCKWOOD. 42 How To Stupy STRANGERS. FIG. 77—MR. R This gentleman, who came to us in the ordinary way of business, kindly consented, at our request, to have his picture taken for publication. He is a good specimen of the Vital temper- ament; his weight is 245 pounds. FIG. 77—MR. R—VITAL TEMPERAMENT. The relatively small and delicate feat- ures, as compared with the size of the body, the fullness of the percep- tive organs, and the largeness of his back-head, which, however, does not appear in the engraving, all show the Vital temperament, and also a strong resemblance to the mother, and from her he derives the comparatively nar- row shoulders. His arms are very arge at the shoulders and taper off, showing a comparatively small wrist and hand, and fora man standing five feet ten inches high his arms are short. The reader will observe the broadness of the hips and the large- ness of the thighs and the fullness of the abdominal region; he had a large digestive apparatus and made an abundance of blood, and he is strong, earnest and active for a heavy man; his feet are small, and we found by measurement that the FIG. 783—MASTER H. T. thigh measured twenty-seven inches; we rarely find an organization to show a finer nutritive and digestive appara- tus, and the ability to convert food into life-power more readily and abundantly. Then his head is large, and he can make steam as fast as he needs to useit. From the knee to the waist it will be seen how ample the development is, and that indicates largely where he got the last forty- five pounds. FIG. 78 H.T.—VITAL TEMPERAMENT. Shows a boy thirteen years of age. He is heavy in the region of the waist and below it, his legs are large and taper rapidly, his hand is deli- BREATHING, DIGESTION AND CIRCULATION. %3 cate, and his features are also deli- cate, contrasting sharply with Fig. 69. The chest is full, but not prom- inent, and below the waist he is full, well rounded and stout. He weighed 135 pounds, and that is a heavy ’ weight for a boy thirteen years old. BALANCE OF TEMPERAMENT. Some are evenly balanced in tem- perament. Washington was supposed to be evenly balanced. We think Chauncey M. Depew has a pretty fair representation of the three tempera- ments. General Lee was well repre- sented in all the temperaments. Mr. Beecher had a fair balance, with per- haps a little surplus of the Vital, which made him stout in his later years. Rev. Dr. R. S. Storrs is a good specimen of Harmonious tempera- ment, as his portrait elsewhere repre- sents. His head is large, his face plump and full and his body was just full enough to be grand at sixty years of age. Rev. Dr. Cuyler is thin and wiry; the Motive Mental tempera- meni prevails in him, and the Mental Motive is more conspicuous in Mr. Talmage, though his complexion favors the Vital. In the examination of persons in respect to character, constitution and temperament, it iscomparatively easy to recognize the Motive temperament in the large bones, strong hair, in the dark complexion and in the fullness and hardness of the muscles. The Vital temperament generally has depth of chest and a good development of the shoulders and arounded fullness of the abdominal region (see Figs. 74,75, 76, 77, 78), with ample fullness and largeness of the limbs and plumpness of the face and hands. There is, however, a special method of estimat- ing the development and healthy con- dition of the lungs and of the digest- ive system and also of the circulatory system by the form of the face of the person, THE BREATHING POWER. A large and healthy condition of the lungs will generally be found with a strong development of the malar bones, or a frontal prominence and width of the cheek bones outward from the nose, and if there is an abundance of good, healthy flesh on every part of these bones we expect to find large and vigorous lungs, and where that section of the face is broad and strong, we generally find a large chest, capacious and healthy lungs. No matter if the man is tall and slim, if that part of the face is well filled out he will have a good development of the lungs, though there may not be an ounce of fat on him, and, like the large-chested, slim-built greyhound, he breathes deeply and abundantly and he is not short-winded. When consumption or any diseased condition of the lungs invades the system, it produces a feverish expression of the face outward from the nose, the hectic flush, as it is called, appears thereon, and as the disease advances that part of the face becomes wan and paleand thin, the cheek bones show plainly and the eyes look glassy, glaring and cavernous. I have seen the late Dr. Dods, in magnetizing a person, put his fingers on that part of the face and nearly stop the man’s breath; he would not say anything, but the man would soon pant for breath. Writers on magnetic and physiological subjects, some yearsago, used to talk about the poles of the lungs being rep- resented in the malar part of the face, and they also spoke about the poles of the stomach having relation to the middle side sections of the face out- ward from the mouth. DIGESTIVE POWER. Anybody can observe that those who have good digestion are apt to be plump in the cheek outward from the mouth, sometimes unpleasantly so. Young persons who have healthy digestion and good, wholesome food are fat and full in the cheeks. It may not have escaped the ob- servation of nearly every reader, especially mothers, that when a child is troubled in the Summer with a dis- 74 How to Srupy STRANGERS, ES turbed condition of the digestive ap- paratus, he falls away in that spot; the middle of his face, called the cheek, gets hollowand thin, and that part looks pale; and when a person is nauseated he looks white about the mouth, and the part of thecheek that should be fresh or red, looks white. People have a contemptuous expres- sion, ‘‘He looked white about the gills,” when he was seasick or nau- seated by the sight of blood or his stomach was ‘‘turned”’ by something else. Dr. J. B. Dods would place his fingersand thumb on the sides of the face at the poles of the stomach and the robust man would at once turn pale and become deathly sick at the stomach. Now, to come back to the child, let him be cured of this Summer trouble, and in four or five days he seems to be as plump in the cheeks as he ever was, and no other part of his body has fallen away; his legs and arms seem as plump as before, but during his short sickness his cheeks fall in, and as soon as the stomach trouble is ended his cheeks fill out again and he is healthy and happy as ever. His loss of flesh was chiefly onthe cheek. People are often astonished when we charge them with being troubled with dyspepsia; they confess the fact, but wonder how we know it, but it will be readily shown in a thousand photographs that might be presented ; so this sign of poor digestion is manifest and easily discerned. THE CIRCULATION, or the strength and activity of the heart and the integrity of the circu- latory system, are indicated by the fullness, length, breadth and strength of the chin, and to use the old phrase, the poles of tthe heart are represented in the chin. I think a Phrenologist would recognize, in looking over the faces of a thousand men in regimental line, every man who is especially liable to a disturbed action of the heart, as well as every one who was stern, staunch and steady in that respect. The same, also, as to the breathing and digest- ive power. We sometimes say of a person under our hands, “ Your circu- lation is perfect and strong, you are likely to hold on to life to a good old FIG. 79——-LARGE CHIN, HEART STRONG; CHEEK FULL, DIGESTION GOOD, age; if your stomach does not break down, your heart will do its work with steady vigor and strength until all the other functions of the system are exhausted.” And to another per- son we will say, ‘* Your circulation is not naturally good and strong, there- fore you should avoid the use of articles that are by their nature cal- culated to disturb the action of the heart, or the ‘nerves which operate the heart.”’ Tobacco, coffee and spices induce a disturbed action of the heart, and I suppose that thousands of men and women have been benefited and saved by giving up those habits re- lating to the use of coffee, tobacco and spices through my professional advice, and there were some notable cases where the patients had a dis- BALANCED VITAL ELEMENTS. 75 ee — -- - — eased condition of the heart or of its by looking at his photograph; and functions, and afterwards perfectly re- let any one look at his picture on the covered from the trouble by avoiding those articles which it was supposed produced the disturbance. More than fifty years ago I had an attack of dis- turbed action of the heart and I sent for a physician in the middle of the night, and when he came and felt of the pulse and studied the action of the heart, he said: ‘‘Do you use cof- fee?’ nik Wes ak isatd. You had better stop it,” hereplied. ‘Do you use tobacco?” ‘‘Yes,’ Isaid. ‘‘You had better stop that, too, for if you do not, your heart will stop some time and you cannot start it again.” I dropped coffee and tobacco, and I have had no trouble with the heart for half a century. : It may be said within the field of < safety that three-fourths of the peo- ple who die suddenly of heart trouble, or heart failure, to use the popular term, will be found to have been hab- itual users of coffee, spices or to- bacco, and sometimes of all three. On the 31st of January, 1891, the Secretary of the Treasury, Mr. Win- dom, as will be remembered by not a few people, died at the close of a great speech he had made before the New York Chamber of Commerce. Of course it was an exciting position, but he had been Senator, and was not afraid of the presence of men of cal- ibre and knowledge, and, being an excellent financier, he was looked up to by the distinguished company he was addressing, which well knew how to appreciate him. Hewent through the speech grandly, but before the applause was ended which followed his last sentence he fell prostrate with heart failure, and the newspapers ‘ innocently said that ‘‘he had taken : a cigar out of his pocket ready to % light and that it was in his fingers in death.” He might have lived twenty years longer and have continued his usefulness if he had avoided that habit, and seven years before his death I frequently predicted that he would probably die in that way, just = ——— i nl FIG. 80—DIGESTION POOR, CHEEKS HOLLOW} CIRCULATION FAIR. \\ WY \\ AAI FIG. 81—D. G. MITCHEL, VITAL- TEMPERAMENT BALANCED. BREATH- ING, DIGESTION AND CIRCULATION GOOD. 76 How To Stupy STRANGERS national bank note! He was a mag- nificent looking man, but his chin was small, and his heart was the one weak part of his system. We have twenty millions of people, men and FIG. 82—-GEN. ABRAHAM DALLY, AGE 93. He was a soldier of the war of 1812. In 1889 he appeared in his uniform at the Centennial Celebra- tion, and was seated with President Harrison on the grand stand at Madison Square, New York. His face shows the integrity of Breathing Power, Digestion and Circulation, Hence his long life. boys, in this country who are smokers, and they are all candidates for such an end, and some will perhaps reach it before long; then the coffee drink- ers and those who use spices heavily are liable to the same trouble. A neighbor of mine had a bright little girl of nine years, and one day she had convulsions. A doctor was hastily sent for half a mile away, and when he came he questioned the family as to what she had been eat- ing, for he surmised that there was some: trouble with the stomach, and he managed between times to get an emetic down her throat. She then threw up a large quantity of nutmeg. She had been to the nutmeg grater and eaten all the little ungrateable pieces, and so she had taken perhaps the value of an entire nutmeg, and when she threw it up the whole house was filled with its odor, and it covered the floor, looking like Indian meal. Then the doctor said: ‘‘ Now she will be all right.” And so she was. A medical friend of mine had a patient, a young man who had recently gone as clerk into a village store where he could have opportunity to eat all the cinnamon and cloves he wanted. So he was nibbling at something of the sort all the time; but he soon began to have trouble with his heart and he went to the doctor, who, smelling the odor of spices, asked him whether he ever eat any, and he replied: ‘* Oh, yes, I eat spices all the time.’’ And the doctor told him that was the cause of his trouble, and advised him to quit their use entirely, and he soon got quite over the difficulty. But there are some people who tell me they do not care, they like cer- tain things, and they are going to enjoy life whether they live five in- stead of fifty years longer or not; but the use of these articles is founded not on a natural want but purely on habit. A man has an uneasy feeling, craves something, and indulges him- self; then his system gets used to it, and his desire for it grows, and all these unnatural, artificial things, tobacco, alcohol, spices and coffee, have an evil effect on the nervous system, Animals generally by in- HARMONY OF TEMPERAMENT, stinct evade them. We learn grad- ually, little by little, to use them, until a habit is formed, which craves the accustomed indulgence, 77 Mrs. Garfield had a harmonious temperament, fine quality, and a good education. her with four children, James A., Her husband dying left BIG, 83—MRS, ELIZA GARFIELD, MOTHER OF THE PRESIDENT, AGED 80. THE FACE CARRIES THE BEAUTY OF A HARMONIOUS VITAL TEMPERAMENT. and we become its slaves. A _ sys- tematic, gradual lessening of the amount used will enable any person to go out of the habit as he acquired it, and perfect freedom from the de- sire for it will be reached ina few months. The veriest slave of alco- hol, tobacco, opium, arsenic, tea, coffee or spices, by lessening the amount used by a constant and sys- tematic rule, will save his health and utterly conquer the habit and the ac- quired desire. the future president being a babe. Her slim resources consisted of a log house and a farm in the forest half cleared. She had a hard time in raising and educating them. Hex fine intellect planned well; her industry and econ- omy made her the master of her con- dition. Her face was marked by the signs of Breathing, Digestion and Circulation, and was beautiful and Winsome even in old age. Our pioneer, patriotic and pious mothers, ‘‘God bless them every one!” CHAPTER IX. THE MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. HE brain and nervous system con- stitute the important apparatus which we call the Mental Tempera- ment, It is the centre and master of all the structures which make up the bodily organism. Everything else is the servant of this. The genial, hard- working butcher, who, in plying his trade, Jhas cut) upsdroyes -o17ocen: sheep and swine, if questioned on the subject of the nervous system, would remember that in the cranium of his victims there is a conglomerate mass called ‘‘ brains,’”’ and when he splits with his clumsy cleaver the spine of an animal he has seen a white sub- stance in its long cavity, which he calls the ‘‘ pith of the backbone.” To him it is meaningless, and while he hews his way through the quiver- ing flesh, severing myriads of once conscious nerve filaments, if he should chance to discover a large branch nerve he would regard it as merely a ‘‘string,”’ precisely as he would a portion of the cellular tissue which lies between the layers of muscle, and with as little knowledge of its use. It is only the eye of the anatomist which detects the more considerable nervous fibres and requires careful attention and sharp analysis to trace them on their way towards their in- finite divisibility. These filaments, moreover, cannot be recognized in their last analysis without the most powerful microscope. In fact it re- quires something more subtle than microscopic power, faith and experi- ment even, to appreciate how in- finitely extended and minute the nerve fibres really are in the human system. It is not a stretch of fancy, it is no flight of the imagination, to say that if all the parts of the human body, except the nerves, could be removed, and these should occupy the same positions precisely that they now do, the man would stand forth in full size and ample proportion, though probably he would not weigh ten pounds. The eye could not penetrate between the fibres. We know that the finest point can- not be brought in contact with the surface of the human system without producing sensation—without hitting a nerve; if, then, there is a fibre of nerve at every point of the human surface which the sting of a bee can- not fail to touch, not to say the clumsy point of a cambric needle, it shows that the nerves have been divided till they so completely fill all the space constituting the bodily surface, that nothing visible to the naked eye sepa- rates the nervous filaments; that the nerve fibres fill the space as complete- ly as particles of moisture fill a given space in steam or vapor. In making this statement, it is not forgotten that the blood vessels are distributed in asimilar manner, though less minutely, throughout the system, so that the needle’s point perforates one of them also whenever it is made to penetrate the surface. As the heart is the great centre of this minute network of blood vessels, so the brainisthe centre of that almost infinite network, the nervous system. This vehicle of the soul, the intellect THE MENTAL TEMPERAMENT 79 and will, this agent of all sense and feeling, is more emphatically a distinct man than any other part of the human system would be. ‘True, health re- quires a harmonious condition of frame, muscle, digestion, circulation and assimilation; but may we not as- sume that bones and muscles, stomach and circulatory power, are mere ad- juncts, aids and servants of the werve- man? We do assume that the brain and nervous system constitute the agent or instrument through which the soul be- comes cognizant of external things, and by means of which it exercises its power upon matter. If we may use the illustration, it is the handle which enables the soul to take hold on mat- ter; it is the connecting link between gross matter, oak, iron and granite, and that interior thought which deter- mines into what forms and uses iron and oak shall be fashioned and made subservient to human power and pur- pose. In Fig. 84 we introduce a rude illus- tration, a kind of trellis of the nerv- ous system, it being the fourth in the series of systems which combined make up manhood. ‘This shows the nervous system somewhat as the map shows the Mississippi and Missouri rivers in a rude and general way, without showing the ten million small streams and contributory rills which after a while get large enough to be shown on the map. The nervous system is quite as per- vasive in the constitution as is the muscular and bony structure, Fig. 62, or as the arterial and veinous systems, Figs. 70 and 71, or as the lymphatic system, Fig. 72, it pervades the whole human structure; it fills the entire body. The nervous filaments con- nected with the brain penetrate every- where, piercing bone and muscle, ac- companying every artery and vein with its smallest ramifications. This is the man of ncrve. Imbued with sensitiveness the most delicate, capacity to suffer pain, or to enjoy pleasure the most exquisite, the nervous system must be regarded as the crowning excellence, the sub- limation of the physical organism. All the other parts of the structure are mere ministrants to this. What BRAIN FIG. 84. AND NERVES, were bone to give form, and erect- ness, and substance, and stamina to the human body without nerve to in- spire and direct and utilize their action in producing motion and force? The history of paralysis an- swers the question. What were digestion and assimilation to feed and nourish and develop the man if he were without nerve power, without sensitiveness to pleasure and pain, and without the power of motion? What were delicious tastes, what were beautiful sights, what were har- monies of form and proportion, what were enrapturing strains of music without nerve to carry the report of these external facts to the internal man? FIG. 85. EARL GREY. Fic. 85.-Eart Grey. This picture represents the mental temperament in very high degree. The head and face are pyriform, wide at the top, and tapering like a pear toward the chin. What delicate outline of figure! How refined and classical! How To STuDY STRANGERS MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. stn a LE ee eee Observe the hands, long and thin. This is taken from a fine engraving published in London in 1848, with the fashions of dress of fifty yearsago. The elaborate white neckwear then in vogue, with the high Coat collar to cover the dressing of the neck from the THE Let it not be said that we would endue mere nerve with soul-power; that we would make the immortal man to consist of mere matter, If anything more than another evinces the wisdom and skill of the Creator, it is this adaption of the nerve fibre to be the medium through which ex- ternal things can be brought, so to speak, in contact with mind. The immaterial spirit, indestructible, im- mortal and invisible, is brought into connection and co-operation with outward life by the instrumentality of the varied and peculiar apparatus under the general name xervous sys- Lem, Certain it is that the eye is not sight; it is but the instrument of sight. The auditory apparatus is merely the agency through which all sounds are brought tothe soul. The olfactory and the gustatory nerves are as necessary to tasting and smelling as are those of sensation to the function of feeling. But they are external. Behind the eye, which receives and forms the image, is the nervous retina, which is but the optic nerve spread out to receive the impression. This is carried through the optic nerve to the brain, and within that brain, using it as its agent or instru- ment, resides the conscious spiritual being that we call man. Any one of the external senses may be destroyed, sight for example, while all the rest remain perfect, by destroying the connection of their nerves with the brain; still, within the mind, in his interior life, in his con- sciousness and memory, man sees the glorious rainbow; he pictures to him- self faces of friends, the landscapes he has known and the starry heaven he has so often admired, but which, in the flesh, he shall see no more. The old composer who had lost his hearing could still write oratorios and MENTAL TEMPERAMENT 81 play them with masterly skill. Though his ear refused to transmit the sound, his inner life knew the harmonies and his memory enabled him to enjoy, in silence, the music by which others were enraptured, FIG. 86. MENTAL TEMPERAMENT, LAURA D. BRIDGEMAN. Laura D. Bridgeman, the first deaf, dumb and blind person ever educated, had so sensitive a touch through the education of her nervous system, that she was able to select different colored worsted, and manufacture elegant patterns of crochet work with the accuracy and taste in combina- tions of color that belong to the work of those who can see. Behind, or within, all these deli- cate contrivances, these sources of joy and of sorrow, the soul sits serene, communing directly with its God, and indirectly, through its nervous instru- mentalities, with all the works of God. If this nervous system, this most delicate of all God’s structures, has such exalted labors to perform in the outworking of the soul, need we argue «ar to the shoulder ; the watch ribbon and seal at the hip, are characteristic of the time. Observe how classic are the features--slim nose delicately formed, and the eye keenly cut, and the refined lips, pointed, chin, and the broadly expanded temporal region, and breadth and elevation of the top head. Such a mental and physical development indicates literary and ar- tistic taste, and an irresistible leaning toward cul- ture and refinement. 82 ; How to Stupy STRANGERS the necessity of keeping this soul- house free from every abuse and con- tamination? Who, with this view of man’s excel- lence, with this view of the infinite wisdom exhibited in his structure, can innocently violate the sanctity of this house he dwells in? Consider how this sensitive nervous system is tor- S SS FIG. 87, tured by the use of alcoholic liquors, how it is abused by the narcotic and the stimulating effects of opium and tobacco, how tea and coffee and con- diments tend to pervert its normal action and promote disorder and un- happiness! Is it surprising that dys- pepsia, gout, rheumatism, neuralgia and delirium tremens, heart trouble and nervous prostration, should utter their protest and thus seek to instruct the soul how better to govern the temple it inhabits ? \S fies LUCRETIA MOTT. Let those who would play upon this. delicate human instrument with rude appliances do so if they will till wis- dom reform them or death kindly rid the world of their presence and malign influence; but let it be ours to treat this temple of God with a refine- ment and gentleness, with a wisdom and care commensurate with the MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. beauty of its structure and the glory of its being. This, the nervous system, like the blood vessel system, consists of two analogous systems: /77s¢, the nerves. of motion which go from the brain and spinal cord, and carry the man- dates of the mind to the extremities, and are the basis of muscular action or motion, and these are called motor nerves. No musclecan act without a nerve-to giveit impetus. Second, the other system consists of nerves of —T TuE MENTAL TEMPERAMENT 83 sensation or feeling, carrying in- formation, pleasurable or painful, from the extremities everywhere to the sensorium, to the brain and mind. Taking these two systems of nerves, it is impossible to conceive of a sub- stance more pervading, more omni- present. We have said that at every EET AN ly, \\ yy in) FIG: 88. EDGAR ALLAN POE. MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. _ Fic. 88.--EpGar A, Por was remarkable for an ex- cessive mental temperament. His frame was light, slender and refined in its outlines; his features were delicate and sharply chiseled; his brain was uncom- monly large for the size of his face and body ; his skull and scalp were thin, his hair fine, and his head widened in its upper development. How massive in the upper part of the forehead, in the region of Rea- soning! How broad in the region of the temples, where Ideality, Constructiveness and Sublimity are located! And the region of Spirituality was also enormously developed. He was remarkable for a critical and original intellect,a vivid and brilliant imagination, and for sensitiveness of temperament which was often painful to himself. His entire life was an intense excitement. The wierd and solemn sadness which runs through every line of ‘ The Raven,” had in his own life as much of truth as of poetry, and we can but regret that so gifted a nature could not have had environments which would have blessed and given sunshine to his life. He was the son of theatrical parents, and, of course, inherited the tendencies toward the dramatic with the peculiar sus- ceptibility of the mental temperament. He died in 1849, at the early age of forty. Hisshort but brilliant career has made an ineffaceable impression upon the world, Edgar A. Poe had dark hair and eyes, which carried a vein of sadness and shadow. needle’s point all over the body a blood vessel could be punctured and the vital fluid would respond; and now, at every needle’s point of space on the surface of the body is a nerve or a multitude of nerves. We have, therefore, an all present sense of feel- ing, since every perforation of the needle’s point everywhere gives pain. If every other tissue of the system but this, the nervous, were dismissed from the constitution, there would be left acomplete nervous man. Imagine an image of exactly the size and form of a man made up of cotton fibre, and if it were colored a kind of pearly grey the cotton fibre would look like the nervous filaments; if everything else were dissected away, there would be the nerve man of the form and size of the original man, an essential part of the physical ego; and this is the nervous system. When people complain of being ‘‘nervous,’’ therefore, this infinitely diffused sensitive organism being everywhere, can it be wondered at that whenever this shall become fever- ish or in any way disordered it should make the whole man suffer? When we think of this delicate composition of manhood—muscle, bone, blood-vessel, lymphatics, and then add the nerves, so related as each to affect the other— we may well say, ‘‘ Man is fearfully and wonderfully made.” And yet people rudely kick and cuff, they stab and pierce, they pound, they bruise, they shoot and lacerate this complex and sensitive structure, and wonder why it does not always recover when it has been thus maltreated. Is ita wonder that a sensitive student, read- ing of the organic systems and the diverse ailments to which those struct- ures are liable, should feel and imagine, as is nearly always the case, that he has all the diseases that are described? And this, remember, collectively, is only the machinery of manhood; we have a man of mentality besides, and these are only his tools, his imple- ments of health and power of con- 84 How to Stupy STRANGERS ————— sciousness and achievement. The man of mentality, the soul power, lives in this house of many members, which are united by the great senso- rium, the brain, where mind and mat- ter coalesce and interplay in the de- velopment of mind and power. And this, which feels, knows and inspires to action, is called the Men- tal Temperament; this is the machin- ery of that temperament; this be- comes the connecting link between mind and matter. And onthe healthy condition and harmonious working and interworking of these organisms depends the outcome of life and health and power. Verily, it is ‘‘a harp of a thousand strings,” or ten thousand millions of strings. For who can count the nervous __fila- ments? And every one is a factor. Who can count or estimate the capil- laries which carry blood and nutri- tion or bring back waste material to be disposed of for the maintenance of health? Is it not really strange that a harp of so many strings should really keep in tune, or approximately in tune, so long? It must be re- membered that the Mental Tempera- ment is a part of every human con- stitution, though in some of the lower forms of idiots the mental system is so small, weak and defective that it is a large charity to call it Mental Temperament. That which we denominate the Mental Temperament depends upon ' the predominance of the brain and nervous system. In a harmonious or balanced temperament, each system or temperament being represented in equal degree, the person is capable of manifesting the characteristics of each of the temperaments equally; but there are few persons so well bal- anced that they do not show mani- festly a predominance of the Motive, of the Vital, or of the Mental Tem- perament. _ Where the Mental Temperament predominates, Fig. 89, the frame is light, the head large as compared with the size of the body, and especially a. hy as compared with the size of the face. When decidedly predominant, we see the high, pale forehead, broadest at the top, delicacy of features, expres. siveness of countenance, fine hair, FIG. 89. MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. JOHN GARDNER. Fic. 89..-Mr. JoHn GarpDNER has outlines of face and head, as well as the qualities of body and mind, which belong to the Mental temperament. How sharp and definite the features! How elevated and expanded the top head, giving clearness and force to the moral qualities! His head measures over twenty-three inches in circumference, and his weight, about one hundred and thirty peunds, is forty-five pounds too light forsucha head. He has a remark- ably active intellect, is very sensitive and susceptible in his feelings, keen in intellect, and is one of the most successful of inventors. Mr. Gardner has the blonde type of complexion, which gives sunshine and cheer to life, unlike Edgar A. Poe. He is superinten- dent of the ‘‘ Winchester Arms Co.,’’ New Haven, Conn. thin, sensitive and fine grained skin, and often a high-keyed, sharp, ‘but flexible voice; the figure is deli- cate, elegant and graceful, but seldom strong or commanding. In dispo- sitions and mental manifestations, such persons are refined and suscepti- ble; they have taste, a sense of the THE MENTAL TEMPERAMENT 85 beautiful, vividness of expression, in- tensity of feeling, and are generally MENTAL TEMPERAMENT. FIG. go. inclined toward study, thought, medi- tation, and to general mental mani- festations; the thoughts are quick to come and rapid in their progress; the senses are keen, the imagination lively, and the moral dispositions strongly marked. If a line be drawn around the head from the center of the forehead to the most prominent part of the back head, those having the Mental Tem- perament will generally show a head larger above that line than below it. If the temperament be of the vital type, it will often be found larger below that line than above it. The brow will be prominent, the side head broad, and the base of the brain com- paratively heavy. With the Mental Temperament, the upper side head is prominent, ample and broad; the head is likely to be long and broad on the top, and well expanded and rounded upward. The logical, the sym- pathetical, the eesthetical and the as- piring elements are stronger than in those who have the Motive and Vital temperamentsin predominance. Most of the scholars and leaders of thought will be found endowed with more of the Mental Temperament than of each of the other temperaments. In this temperament the skull is usually thin and the bony material fine, and the scalp generally not so thick as in the Vital and the Motive temperaments. Fig. 91. This indicates fineness of organization, delicacy of features and of quality, and a fullness of the brain development indicating a decided predominance of the Mental Tem- perament. In any collection of men the contrast between him and Figs. 74, 77 Or 80 would be prompt and decisive. Little criticism is required to detect a decided predominance of either temperament. This head is broad above the median line; is de- cidedly intellectual, and clearness and vigor of thought would readily be inferred. ‘There is nothing of coarseness of fibre or features or of the general make-up or of the expres- sion that would give one the idea of FIG. QI1.—EX-GOV. CHAMBERLAIN, the robust vigor of the Vital Tem- perament and the hard, bony, endur- ing power which belongs to the Mo- tive Temperament. CHAPTER X. . BALANCED TEMPERAMENTS. HE proper balance of tempera- ment, or that which is desirable, is secured when all the temperaments are strong as wellas equal. The best results in life come from harmonious conditions of temperament or constitu- tion, with organic vigor enough to make each temperamental element amply effective in the make-up of character and results. Some kinds of ore make iron that is hard but brittle; other kinds are tough but not hard. In making car wheels, which require hardness in the “tread” and toughness in the spokes or plates, hard iron, which can be “chilled” in the process of casting, is mixed with tough iron, and the result is safety and success. Spring steel is soft while being wrought, but the pro- cess of tempering makes it hard, elastic and useful. The same is true with edge-tools—tempering gives the requi- site hardness for the cutting edge. It is rare to find an ax which will not break. from too much hardness, or bend from being too soft, if used in hemlock knots. When all the mowing was done by hand, an uncle of mine reluctantly bought the last scythe in a store at twenty per cent. discount, because, be- ing defective in form, it had been re- jected; and it was so excellent in quality that it carried an edge nearly allday without being whetted, to the gratification of the owner and the wonder of all others. .In its structure the right material was heated, ham- mered and tempered in such a manner as to make the best scythe, perhaps, ever produced ; and for ease of using and lasting qualities it was worth any dozen scythes ever made. In constitu- tion and temperament that instrument was to common scythes what Milton Shakespeare, Alexander or Napoleon were to average manhood. A balanced human temperament, ora balanced horse temperament, is the one that is most desired. All the mod- ern struggles for superiority in horse flesh, paying as much as forty thousand dollars for a single horse, means that there is a difference in the quality of horses; that ten hundred pounds of horse does not mean the highest order of quality or constitution; but when the highest order of quality or constitu- tion for given purposes in the composi- tion of a horse has been reached, then the price, among knowing men, goes up. The qualities combined in the game chicken, in the race horse, in draft horses, in horses for courage and endurance, always aiming toward the desired result, are examples of consti- tution or temperament Horses are wanted for speed and for endurance, and then the horse alsoneeds to possess the kindly spirit, docility, integrity and intelligence. Most men who attain to distinction reach it through some specialty of men- tal development. or of temperament. Some men have the temperament of strength; they can lift or run or fight masterfully; others have the tempera- ment of mentality, the power to think and invent and to do mental work; another has the sentiment, the pathos, the goodness, the love, but not so much courage, force, or even talent. But an all-around person with a perfect BALANCED TEMPERAMENTS, 19 4) ~ temperament or constitution represents the motive or framework, the vital or nutritive, and the mental in har- monious proportions; and, as we have said, these proportions may be har- monious, but not strong. They may be equal in their force, but with not enough force in each of the compo- nents to make the sum total grand, and the quality high. The best temperament undoubtedly is the one which so represents each of the three great temperaments that a keen observer can hardly say which is the better, the stronger, the superior ; each quality must be seen, must be evinced in each person so that it is dis- tinctly observable, and yet the other two temperaments backing and sus- taining it so that itis difficult to say which is the stronger; and this being reached, then the question is, how much power is there in each tempera- ment, and in all combined. Human success comes by a harmonious com- bination of the temperamental ele- ments joined with enough of each and ofall to bein the highest degree powerful. Washington has been regarded as a model man; writers have hunted for words of adulation; perhaps patriotism had something to do withthe reverence which he called out. Possibly a sharp analysis of Washington temperamen- tally might indicate more of the motive. than of the mental; being more than six feet high, he had a powerful frame, and was all his life noted for physical agility and strength. Some of hiscon- temporaries were his superior 4n intel- lect, but perhaps none of them in self- control and that dignified integrity, which in him elevated principle above profit or fame. Franklin was a better thinker. Hamilton had more versatil- ity and mental brilliancy; Jefferson probably more .of the astute logical powers, but Washington, in many re- spects, made his own fortune and fame by his harmonious character and con- duct. He could wait and economize his force, and win by wisdom and pru- dence joined to courage and fortitude. We introduce a few portraits which have a leaning towards harmonious temperament. Fig. 92. Chief Justice Chase, had a magnificent brain; the Mental temper- ament was amply and vigorously mani- fested ; the smoothness which pertains to the outline of figure and features, show abundant vital or nutritive power ; and he had a vigorous frame and ample muscle, showing a good Motive tem- perament. His body was strong and full, and at the same time tall and well proportioned. Salmon Portland Chase, was the son of a farmer in New Hampshire, and was born Jan. 13, 1808. His ances- tors were English and Scotch. His father died suddenly, and Salmon at the age of twelve was committed to the care of his uncle, Bishop Chase, of the Protestant Episcopal church who lived near Columbus, Ohio. The boy divided his time between farm work and hard study in the Bishop’s academy. His uncle next placed him at school in Cincinnati until 1823, when he returned to New Hampshire and taught school, meantime preparing himself for Dart- mouth College which he entered in 1824, and graduated two years later. He went to Washington to take charge of a school, which numbered among its patrons Henry Clay, Wm. Wirt and other distinguished men. During his leisure he studied law under Wirts su- pervision, and settled at Cincinnati. He was opposed to slavery and acted with the Free Soil Democrats. On Feb. 22, 1849, he was chosen United States senator, and labored for the Pa- cific railroad, the Homestead Law, Cheap Postage and Reform in Public Expenditures, and in slavery debates took a commanding position. In 1855 he was elected Governor of the State of Ohio, and re-elected in 1857, and in March, 1861, he was elected United States Senator for a second term, but was appointed Secretary of the Treas- ury. In 1864, Mr. Lincoln appointed him Chief Justice of the United States. He died May 6, 1873. Asa legislator, as an executive officer in the Government during its trying period as Secretary of the Treasury, 88 How To StupyY STRANGERS. and as Chief Justice of the United the fulfillment of duty. He had fine States, he filled every position grandly; fiber; he had ardor and endurance; FIG, 92. CHIEF JUSTICE SALMON P. CHASE. From Carpenter’ s **Emancipation Proclamation.”’ there was the right quality in him, and he had a manly face, a noble head, and there was abundance, muchness, for acommanding frame. 89 intelligence, integrity, stead- tendency in their specimens. to shade a little more toward one temperament than the others; but in this head and body and face, the temperaments are strongly marked, with perhaps a trifle advantage in favor of the Motive. TEMPERAMENTS, was enormously large, but he had three to give it support; more than six feet h, he walked as aruler, recognized ig 1 n BALANCED framework of the Motive Fig. 93, Lucius P. Robinson, was one of the most efficient, wise and success- York, and that is saying much. In that ful Governors of the State of New face th temperament is strongly marked; in that face and form the abundance of Capacity, HALAL) // iit LH MA) /// HMM HY | | {| YY j brain shows the Mental temperament. the Vital temperament is ade represented; and the largeness uv =o a 3 ts et Y rid oa Y) Y Uff f, 4 n 2 YY YY ///// oe We YY YY S ae HY yfyf, ee ee Soke Wy Y ae oe / ; a? ks a = YY & Geo YY Tg a | {Yj; eae co “Hf /j = aA ws /| Yow on eS 0 0 O58 nm FE & ee Ons ee wn ae Mgaes pete , oO - oO NY) ee ING doce hae Fy OS } ee 3 oF a Hi) » aS = = if) 5) o Yih) > | Wy at re / Lf}rlil ae UY ff, ; Yf Lf Hy] > Yf, i fe ron e) - smoothness, and perhaps a little less Chief Justice Chase shows a little more hardness. Observers will find, ifthey hundred pounds of manly development undertake to select a perfectly balanced temperament, there will be a constant How To Stupy STRANGERS, 90 Lae er Sa es Ore. OEY Oo f- aS VO a’ wn ~lalspte ewes pe) —— nE OS Se nel oe Oe aS a Be pact ok pret UR ve Vw Ot Paes FESR ~ an Ree” cae, fours eo) o 39 Ke: =e%08 BSc Oo 8% o oe Aw, AZ oO men felt What emperament the fullness than one. in his presence Then it ! among men; small in more senses How the Motive t in a face! shows ; PHILANTHROPIST. GERRIT SMITH FIG. 94. In early ffer, and f plumpness of thropist, here. mitigate misery everyw life, the characteristics 0 raduate of Hamilton College, and constitutionally a philan inclined to benefit all who su ON Pa mw 3 ze Ga oO gy) om acetic a @ Og © o 3 Oo Os wae GuS co 7.0 7 See qd Gem & SEER 1e, ua s2fSog any & wag & w tigen BY es eee nea as n & es o WMD g YL S a Ss 8 2D ce vo Br gnes ard .v oy Ty MUSE Sce2o CP mS BALANCED TEMPERAMENTS, 91 the face were manifest, and only became exceedingly heavy from the progress of years. He was one of the brainy men of his age,and one who sought to do good. Onsome points he was called fanatical, but the fanaticism had a basis of kindness, and the sentiment of jus- tice as he studied justice. he is capable of a great deal of work, and his biography shows that he is the worker of his church in this country. Without being especially robust, he is electric, sharp, positive, practical, clear cut and harmonious as a thinker. He should be known for energy, briskness, good nature and kindness. Fig. 95, Cardinal James Gibbons, was born in 1834. This picture was made for him when he was about fifty years of ageoralittle less. In its study as a harmonious organization, we see the refinement of the Mental tempera- ment, especially in the form of the nose and eyebrows and inthe set and expres- sion of the eyes; we see the Vital in the smoothness and comparative plump- ness of the system; we see the phases of the Motive temperament in the com- pactnessand moderate angularity of the organization. His features and his or- ganization impress us with the idea that ¥ Few have his even poise of will and ability to meet and overcome diffi- culties and annoyances. The face shows culture, not the one-sided train- ing that is too often found in men of the professional callings, especially clergymen, but a harmony of de- velopment that belongs more to the man of affairs than to one engaged in a special line. He should be a good administrator or manager, with so many signs of practical talent in the forehead and sidehead, and with so much versatility he could be at the head of an institution or of a system, 92 How To STUDY STRANGERS. and organize and direct its operation, however many sides there might be. Activity is the marked part of his nature, and in varied activity he finds his best means of usefulness and suc- cess. FIG. 96. Fig. 96, James B. Eads, the eminent engineer, had the three temperaments handsomely and well represented. The first impression is that he had a pre- dominance of the Mental; the large- ness of the head, the smoothness of his development, the accuracy and almost classical elegance of his features serve to show it; and then his height, his endurance and hardihcod, and the length of his features, and the length of his head and face indicate the Motive temperament. Probably the Mental temperament slightly predominates ; but the temperamental constitution has much of each of the temperamental elements. In this head we see also large Combativeness, and this, joined with his practical talent and firmness and self-hood, would lead him to feel that he could overcome any difficulty JAMES P. EADS. which could be mastered. He could have become a great military com- mander had he been thrown into thatlmeotmdntyes ‘he might nage been a great statesman and scholar; he had inventive talent, mechanical originality and a great deal of that faith, which, working with the in- ventive, tends to reveal new pro- cesses and new fields and methods of achievement. His Hope was large, hence he was liable to magnify his prospects, and perhaps startle the world by his hopeful projects. To him, however, they seemed clear and BALANCED certain; and with his ingenuity to plan, and his force to energize en- deavor, his achievements took a high rank. He is known and remem- bered for his improvements at the mouth of the Mississippi River, and for his construction of the St. Louis bridge across the Mississippi River. He was born 23d of May, 1820, a native of Law- renceburg, Indiana, and was a resident of St. Louis from thirteen years of age. =~ TT FIG. 97. Fig. 97, Sir Garnet Wolseley. His services in the British army and his campaigns in Egypt and other parts of Africa show the caliber of the man and the confidence reposed in him by his country and government. The whole aspect of this portrait indicates mental and physical activitv, positive- ness, intuition and force. The plump- TEMPERAMENTS. 98 ness of the face shows the Vital, the delicacy of the structure indicates the Mental, and the power and endurance embodied in his constitution show the Motive. His type of talent was in- tuitive rather than philosophical; hence he is a man adapted to emergencies, rapid and prompt to follow old rules and to make new ones according to the circumstances. We see in his his- tory and in his make-up something of the SIR GARNET WOLSELEY. dash of Custer, the pluck of Sheridan and the steadiness of Grant. ‘The ele- vation of the crown of the head shows not only the Motive temperament, but that masterful dignity and power of command which such an organization is expected to evince. On the return of Sir Garnet to England, he received the thanks of Parliament,and a grant of Yt How To Stupy STRANGERS twenty-five thousand pounds “ for his courage, energy and perseverance” in the conduct of the Ashantee cam- paign, and was also knighted and pre- sented with a sword, and with the free- dom of the city of London. Fig. 98, Rev. Morgan Dix, D. D., the son of General and Governor John A. Dix, was born in the city of New York in 1827, a graduate of Columbia College in 1848, and from the General Theo- logical Seminary in 1852. At thirty- five, in 1862, his character and talent had won for him the Rectorship of Trinity parish, New York. His face and head indicate clearness of thought, resoluteness of purpose, definiteness of integrity, persistent thoroughness anda clear sense of what he deems to be his duty; and he is a thorough disciplin- arian. Perhaps he inherits some of that spirit from his father, which, during the war, gave the order, ‘“ Whoever pulls down the American flag, shoot him on the spot.”” In this head the organ of Firmness is very largely developed, and that, working in con- junction with his Conscientiousness, renders his mind decided and positive, and even absolute. When he has reached a conclusion with his well- : . N defined intellectual development, his \ Conscientiousness and Firmness com- * bine to render that decision final, and so he will often be felt to be inde- pendent even to severity. His Self-esteem is also well indi- cated in the face as well as in the head; and that which his own facul- ties reach as a result, his Self-esteem gives him a consciousness of the worth of his own work, so that he readily comes to feel as well as to think that his plan is the right one, and his method that which ought to be adopted and perfected. Then, he is cautious, but not timid; it makes him conservative and guarded and safe, and sometimes slow in reaching a point of progress and reform; he inclines to conserve everything that is worthy of being saved and protected and to concen- trate and consolidate the facilities which he holds, rather than to dissi- pate his strength or his skill or waver in his administration. If he had taken engineering as a line of effort, he would have been accurate and excel- lent in doing carefully whatever is nice in its needs and responsible in its uses. While some men are not keen thinkers, are not persistent and decisive and are inclined to do the ex- FIG. 98, REV. MORGAN DIX, D. D. terior, loose work where niceness is not required, as a cabinet-maker requires a nicer touch and a keener eye and a sharper perception and better Order than the man who fells the forest trees and works them into rough lumber. In a financial pursuit, acommercial or manufacturing business, he would have shown traits that would have made him a master in such fields, and with his culture in the way of scholar- ship, his training in the rules and regulations of a systematic hierarchy, he would build up his cause and make close joints and firm work. BALANCED Fig. 99, Eugene W. Austin, has a plump, well-nourished body, a full, manly face without hardness of ex- pression ; he has a good-sized brain and well balanced, and his temperaments are so blended that he is able to carry himself with courtesy where it is a trial FIG. QQ. to do it, with courage and earnestness when necessary, and with aclear intelli- gence always. He is urbane and smooth in his manners, earnest in his purposes, and yet manages to achieve without jostling other people or making his life and efforts offensive to others. It would be troublesome to tell what temperament were the more manifest in his make-up. In this portrait we have not only a large head, but one that is harmonious in development and fully brought out in several prominent particulars. The meee EUGENE W. TEMPERAMENTS, 95 admirable development of the per- ceptive organs across the brow indicate ability to make himself acquainted with the external world and the de- tails of duties and particulars regard- ing business or scholarship. He has a good memory of things and persons. wore“ 1 ff al LEE} ALY VELLA ANE y, \ A. AUSTIN. He remembers facts; is apt and suc- cessful in relating that which transpired within the range of his knowledge, and he tells an anecdote in a manner that makes it entertaining and memorable. He is orderly and systematic in his work, critical and definite in his ideas, and arranges his plans and his efforts with relation to his other knowledge, and so he becomes a critic and a careful inspector of affairs. He has human nature well developed and reads strangers readily, and with his smooth and pleasant methods of 96 How tro Stupy STRANGERS address and his easy conversational power and his cordial sociability, he can make friends wherever he moves, and secure the sympathetic assistance cof others in the furtherance of plans and purposes that minister to his own pleasure or profit. He has the power of friendship and the ability to make that friendship apparent and effective and efficient. Sociability, politeness, wit, good talking talent, and the power to adapt himself to circumstances and individuals will mark his career and conduct. We now turn with pleasure to the feminine physiognomy, phrenology and constitutional endowment. | Fig. 100, Miss This is a strong and harmonious temperament, to represent which, a figure for our pur- pose might have been hunied for among thousands of people without success; and when a friend of ours brought her into our office and intro- duced her, our first impulse and im- pression was a decision that we would solicit her picture for this purpose. We have read of “‘loveat first sight” among young people, but this was an absorb- ing physiological, temperamental zm- pression at first sight, for which we felt very thankful. She has a strong chest, square shoulders, ample frame, firm and ex- pressive features, massiveness of brain, power of constitution, joined to good vitality and mental susceptibility. The head measures twenty-two inches, and the weight is one hundred and forty-eight pounds. The figure being of good height, five feet eight, has also fullness and smoothness; the hands are plump and well nourished ; the face is strong and smooth and at the same time expressive ; the brain is amply developed across the brows ; in- telligence, memory, reasoning power, and moral sentiment, force of charac- ter, and affection, are among the strong traits; and then the temperament being harmonious, her physical and mental life, health and vigor should carry her to eighty-five yeais of age with a clear head and a steady hand. The excelient representation also of ROCKWOOD PHOTOs FIG. 100. MISS . the Motive temperament, in harmony with the other temperaments, gives her more strength of countenance and firmness of build than is often found among women. One might look a long while for a better temperament or a more harmonious constitution, or one whose capacity for duty, usefulness and happiness are better provided for in the organization. BALANCED Fig. ror, Mrs. R. B. Hayes (Lucy W. Webb); hada strong face ; the nose, the chin, the cheekbones, the arched eyebrows and breadth of the face just forward of the ears,indicate the Motive temperament. Thealtitude of the head at Firmness and Self Esteem represents that temperament; then there is a WA Uy yy ; Hy, Ae fi Li} by7, smoothness in thestructure of the figure, the face and the head, which show the Vital temperament; her manners were mellow and gracious; she made no enemies; had a conciliatory spirit, and was personally welcome and attractive ; and she had brain enough to show a marked amount of the Mental temper- ament; so that she had harmony of temperament, and it puzzles a critic to tellin which of the temperaments she TEMPERAMENTS, 97 was most amply endowed. Her Firm- ness and Conscientiousness, and her Motive temperament to sustain her in her positions, were manifest in the strength of purpose which she adopted during her residence in the White House. Some people thought her fan- atical in some of her moral notions, but she had the firmness and the steadiness to carry them out. The portrait exhibits a large devel- opment of the perceptive organs, which gives that great prominence and intel- ligent expression to the lower part of the forehead. The fullness of the eye indicates abundant language, and there is in the whole lower half of the forehead an expression of observation, quickness of 98 How To StTupy STRANGERS. perception, and sharpness of criticism and excellent memory. The upper part of the forehead indicates good common sense, but not a broad philo- sophic turn of mind. She was the scholar rather than the thinker, the brilliant conversationalist with power to gather up facts and information and have them ready for use. The crown of the head was well elevated. She had strong determination, ambition, pride, self-possession. Every feature was in- stinct with intelligence, energy, deter- mination, and positiveness. PIGS .102, Fig. 102, Miss Helen Potter, lectur- erand personator ; a brilliantwoman, a woman of power and positiveness, cour- age, fortitude and force; hearty, zealous, healthy, plump, impassioned, brave, with a relish for wit and humor, a capac- ity for the dramatic, and an impulsive, loyal friendship which carries weight wherever she moves. Perhaps the Vital temperament would seem to be more manifest than the other two, when she says nothing and does nothing ; but the moment she begins to act, the ardor, the executiveness, and the power, evince the Vital, the Motive and the Mental tem- peraments. This face represents power, self- reliance,.thoroughness, health, good perception, and decided force of character, and with herample physique she can put into her professional work as an elocutionist a great deal it A a il of force, fire and soul. Her per- sonation of John B. Gough was a marvel of imitation, embodying sym- pathy, intensity, tenderness, pathos, power, andall that made Gough mas- ter of his audiences. Another of her characters was Lawrence Barrett in ‘‘Julius Czeesar.” She recited the MISS HELEN POTTER. BALANCED text while dressed in costume similar to that which Mr. Barrett wore in playing the part, and many people thought the imitator surpassed the FIG. 103. model. Oscar Wilde was another of her characters, and it was astonish- ing to see how she could go from the impassioned Gough to the peculiarly mellow pliancy and smoothness that belonged to Oscar Wilde, and she has just the kind of wit and sarcasm combined that enables her to carica- ture gently while she merely proposes to imitate. Susan B. Anthony at- tended one of her representations in which she herself was portrayed by Miss Potter in dress, manner, tone and voice in one of Miss Anthony’s masterly speeches, and some said that Miss Anthony laughed at the TEMPERAMENTS, 99 representation until she cried. Miss Potter has intense realism in her per- sonations, and the original, sometimes outdoes MADAME DE LESDERNIER., Fig. 103, Madame De Lesdernier, This lady was amply endowed with the three temperaments—Motive, Vitaland Mental. She stood nearly five feet ten inches high, had a large frame, strong and expressive features, indicative of the Motive temperament; her hair was nearly black and abundant ; her eyes were dark and magnetic. Her plump- ness was such as to give her about 160 pounds in weight, and, for her height and frame, that was as nearly right as art and fancy could wish it. Her intel- lect and all her mental make-up evinced the Mental temperament, and she was avery fine uramatic reader. CHAPTER XI. TEMPERAMENTS NOT BALANCED. N a crowded city a person may hunt for a month to find a well- balanced temperament. The term temperament means a mixture or com- bination of constitutional qualities useful and necessary in the make-up of manhood or animal life. There are all grades of balanced tempera- ments from strong to weak, as there are of wagons, from the heavy truck to the light road wagon, all parts of each made proportionate to the other parts, like Dr. Holmes’ ‘‘ Wonderful one-horse shay,’ which lasted ‘‘A hundred years to a day,” and became worn out ata given moment and broke down into a worthless heap. Balanced temperaments being rare and seldom found, either at par or at any other grade down to harmonious weakness, it follows that the impor- tant study of the temperaments be- comes, for the most part, a study of departures or variations from the true standard of development. Observe with something ofa tailor’s admiring criticism a company of cadets or soldiers on parade, and see how few, notwithstanding some pad- ding of the breasts and sleeves, have satisfied you. Go toa gymnasium or to an athletic or calisthenic club, where exercise is done publicly and where the clothing does not, by puff- ing or padding, obscure the form; or goto the bathing beach, where the crowd of sparsely clad _pleasure- seekers tempt the restless waters and display the structural form of their constitutions, and how few there are in a hundred whose figure is satis- factory. And those who chance to have a favorable temperament for health, grace and power, how joyous does the man or woman seem in the display of it! If one with thin limbs, narrow shoulders, flat chest and weak structure generally, starts for the surf, consciousness of deficiency, not mod- esty alone, is expressed in every timid motion, till the kindly surf defeats criticism; whereas any one man, woman or child, with faultless figure and ample endowment of vitality and power, will walk with ease, graceful self-possession and evident pride. We have, in Chapter VII., discussed the Motive temperament; in Chapter VIII. the Vital temperament, and in Chapter 1X. the Mental temperament, showing and describing parts of the constitution which belong to the differ- ent temperaments respectively. In these discussions, we have aimed to show how much the Motive tempera- ment covers of the constitution, what part of the organization it is that makes up that temperament, and so of the Vital and of the Mental. When these temperaments are equal and harmonious, we call the temperament balanced, and we have discussed, in Chapter X., what the general appear- ance of the constitution is when the temperaments are harmoniously and strongly developed; and with these expositions of the several tempera- ments and of the temperaments in harmonious combination before the reader’s mind, he will be able, all the better, to understand that which now remains to be done in reference to TEMPERAMENTS Not BALANCED, 101 temperament, namely, the unequal developments of the temperaments, or the ‘‘ temperaments not balanced.”’ And we wish the reader here to dis- miss from his mind the idea that a balanced temperament, whatever its grade of power, is all that is required. It needs to be strong as well as har- monious. Housesare built with light timbers, scanty covering and im- proper fastening, but it is the same from top to bottom; it is all alike; it is harmonious but not strong. Thediscussion now before us relates to structures that are not harmoniously developed, or where the qualities are not of equal power and influence. The reader goes out into the world and begins to study temperament; as a person approaches him he says to himself, ‘‘ Now, I will see whether the Motive, the Vital or the Mental temperament predominates; some- times he can readily see it and feels satisfied; sometimes he sees evi- dences of each of the temperaments; but then he is puzzled to know how much there is of one and how much proportionately there is of another, how well the balance is indicated?” If he cannot tell which of the tem- peraments is most adequately en- dowed or most prominent in its devel- opment, the inference will be that it is a balance of temperament; but balanced temperaments are so scarce, one will tire himself in hunting to find one. We wish the reader to be so well versed in the matter, that when- ever one appears, he will know it as quickly asa draughtsman would know a perfect circle, or an astronomical observer a moon that was perfectly full, not phased at all. In the portraits that we present under this head, we wish to say in advance, if we happen to get a por- trait of any man who is almost as well balanced and as strong and perfect as might be desired, it is an object lesson to the reader; he may carry itin his mind to contrast with some other less perfectly balanced and less vigorously endowed. And though the portrait is inserted under the head of temperaments not bal- anced, it does not mean that what- ever illustration we may give is there- fore unbalanced; it will be seen, and we will be careful also to state the fact if we think the temperament is well balanced. ’ Fig. 104. In this portrait of Cyrus W. Field, the father of sub-marine telegraphy, there is distinctly seen evi- dences of the Motive temperament; the long, strong nose, the height of the person, and the height of his head in the region of the crown. He stood six feet high, was a man of strong. frame and he had also in connection with these ,evidences of the Motive temperament, a great deal of natural mental excitability, so that the Mo- tive-Mental temperament would be the title we would give his organiza- tion. He was born in 1819 in Stock- bridge, Mass., and was one of the hardest workers in the world. He had toughness and endurance origi- nating in the Motive temperament; he had also a fair share of the Vital and a high degree of the Mental temperament. Hence an active de- velopment of mind proceeding from such a constitution rendered him prompt, determined, persistent, alert, keen and earnest, and he had a kind of magnetism about him that com- manded attention and respect, as evinced in his wonderful achievement connected with the disappointments and delays in laying the Atlantic cable. In 1856 he organized in London the ‘‘Atlantic ‘Telegraph Company,” and he subscribed for one- fourth of the whole capital of the company. By personal effort he pro- cured from the British and American Governments aid in ships, and accom- panied the expeditions which sailed from England in 1857 and 1858 to lay the cable across the Atlantic Ocean. Twice the attempt failed, once in ’57 and once in ’58. The third attempt was successful, and in August, 1858, telegraphic com- munication was made across the 102 How To Srupy STRANGERS, ocean. It worked a few days and be- came silent; the public lost faith and resisted; the project now became more difficult than ever, but its chief pro- moter, Mr. Field, renewed his efforts, crossing and recrossing the ocean scores of times during seven weary SX SS \\ N SS ws to the Western shore. Mr. Field had the prophetic sagacity to see what ought and could be done, and the courage to make the effort, the iron will and the persuasive wisdom which could lead, govern and co-ordinate the mental, financial, legislative and aeegal y YY Wy Lf Uy) 17 Lapse) FIG. 104.—-CYRUS W. FIELD. years, until at last in 1865, a better cable and better appliances were pre- pared, and the ship, ‘‘Great East- ern,’ a marvel of unwieldy folly ex- cept for cable laying, took it on board and sailed west, and after pay- ing out twelve hundred miles the cable broke and was lost. The ship returned to England defeated. In 1866 another expedition set out and was successful. The Great Eastern returned to where the year before it had lost the cable, found it and spliced it with one which she had on board for the purpose, and carried it popular forces requisite to begin, manage, and finish such an under- taking, which qualities in any one man might not again be found in a century. John Bright pronounced him the Columbus of modern times. At the age of thirty-five he devoted himself to the great untried task, and at forty-seven he had realized his hopes and won the perpetual grati- tude of the human race. He wasone of four brothers, each being pre-emi- nent in his sphere of effort. Judge Field being one, and David Dudley Field was another. He died in 1892. TEMPERAMENTS Not BALANCED. Fig. 105. In temperament, George Law was in some respects a contrast to Cyrus W. Field; each man was a power and a success in his way. What sturdy features! What astrong, full, massive development, indicating the Vital temperament! What broad 103 at the bottom of the ladder, namely, as hod carrier, and worked thirty- three days and earned thirty-three dollars. In the Winter work failed, and he studied arithmetic, geography and bookkeeping. In the Spring he went to work as a mason and FIG. I05.—GEORGE LAW, A MIGHTY MAN. cheek bones, showing that the Mo- tive temperament was amply de- veloped! Whata broad and master- fulchin! What projecting eyebrows! What wealth of black, wiry hair! His voice was bass and terrible when aroused; his will was the law where he had aright to rule. He left the farm and became a builder, starting bricklayer. His employer failed and he lost his Summer’s work; but nothing daunted, he walked twenty- two miles toa job, earned the same wages per day, and walked back and paid his landlord. He rose to bea sub-contractor and finally a con- tractor; and before he was thirty years old he had made a fortune, 104 married, and was the father of a little family. He bid for, and obtained some sections of the Croton Aque- duct, and to him was awarded the contract for the building of the High Bridge over the Harlem River for the passage of the Croton Aqueduct, and it was the execution of this work which made him a millionaire. He was a natural mechanic, a good in- ventor, and he contrived ingenious plans for saving labor on this great job, so that, although he took the work at a very low estimate, he made it immensely profitable by means of the labor-saving apparatus which he invented for the purpose and used. The High Bridge across the Harlem has been for fifty years the wonder of visitors to New York City ; but re- cently when making the new Croton Aqueduct, as they approached the Harlem River, instead of crossing it, as George Law did, by a very costly bridge, a shaft was sunk in the solid rock vertically below the river; it was continued horizontally under the river, and an upward shaft was made to bring the water back to the original level, and then it was sent on under ground through rock to the city. Iihe: steam Sdrilleand, elecitic light made this possible and profita- ble. This serves to mark the change in engineering methods since 1840. George Law, having made a for- tune, engaged extensively in ocean steam navigation, having at one time not less than sixteen large steam- ships. To him belongs the credit of the Panama Railroad; though he did not originate the idea, without the aid of his capital and energy the road could not, at that time, have been built. In 1855 he was much talked of as a candidate for the Presidency. He was a mighty man, bodily and mentally; he weighed heavily, was solid, hardy and enduring, was tall and brawny asa giant, and he hada strong, practical brain to match, and he was a law unto himself and always a law to all whom he employed. He knew what ought to be done and How To StTuDY STRANGERS. how, and would brook no delay or deficiency. He was rough in his manners when annoyed. His integ- rity and efficiency were recognized, and what he laid his hand to was ex- pected to succeed. He would be master of his affairs. A captain of one of his steamers ordered some re- pairs without consulting Mr. Law, and when the bill of $250 came in he declmed tow pay it; “Buti Captain Wardsordered it.” “Chentsaid Geo, Law, ‘‘Let Captain Ward pay it.” _When the captain refused to pay it the claim was renewed and a suit threatened. Geo. Law replied as roughly as language could be framed. The suit was brought and a verdict taken by default, and Geo. Law paid the execution. Capt. Ward and the other fifteen captains, when in the home port afterward, asked the owner’s consent to spend any con- — siderable amount on a steamship. Geo. Law must be recognized as mas- ter of his own business if they were captains of his ships. In George Law there was a high degree of two of the temperaments, the Vital and Motive, and a strong manifestation of the Mental, and Combativeness, Destructiveness and Self-esteem enough to master resist- ance. Fig. 106. The temperament of Mr. Longfellow indicated a full degree of the Motive, a large degree of the Mental, a good share of the Vital temperament; and the Vital and Mental combining rendered his feel- ings and character smooth and plia- ble, and his language was sympa- thetical rather than coercive. He was affectionate and hopeful rather than dominating. He had very large perceptive organs, which rendered his mind fertile in description. His Language was amply developed, so that what his Perceptives recognized or his imagination suggested was pre- sented in smoothness of diction and with a rhythmical harmony. He was a poet of things as well as of senti- ment, and if one will read his ‘‘ Hia- TEMPERAMENTS Not BALANCED. watha”’ and note the thousand and one things which he draws into his lines, and by reiteration renders them rhythmical and musical, it will be seen how his large Perceptives and knowledge of things enabled him to \ \ N ~ SWAY \ SSA ~ NSS WY Wy NY ARS NSS x\ 105 Hawthorne and John G. Whittier. His style was smoothand musical, his sentiments pure, elevated and genial, and his charming melody is loved and appreciated alike by scholars and those not favored with critical culture. FIG. 106.—HENRY W. LONGFELLOW. do that which, in the hands of a poet like Moore or Poe, might have suf- fered. They were poets of sentiment, and outside of the realm of sentiment and imagination not great. The low- er part of the forehead of Poe, Fig. 88, when contrasted with that of Longfellow, shows why their style was unlike. Mr. Longfellow was conspicuous in that brilliant galaxy of genius which included James Russell Lowell, Dr. Oliyer Wendell Holmes, Nathaniel The genial Dr. Holmes is the only one of that gifted circle now left, and though he has passed several of the milestones beyond the four-score, his mind seems as bright, his inner life as young, his social spirit as cordial, and his wit as keenand playful as when no gray messenger of time had ventured to touch his honored locks. Mr. Longfellow was bornin Portland, Me., Feb. 27, 1807, and died at his resi- dence in Cambridge, Mass., March 24, 1882. 106 How To Stupy STRANGERS. Fig. 107. Thomas A. Edison has a temperament indicating a _ pre- dominance of the Mental and Vital. The Motive temperament is not specially marked. Physically he is not to be thought of in connection with such men as Cyrus W. Field or George Law. Mr. Edison has the Mental temperament highly devel- oped, and a full degree of the Vital temperament to give it nutrition; but he works smoothly, silently, patiently, is always busy, never tired, never in a hurry and never idle. He was born at Milan, Ohio, Feb. 11, 1847. When a boy running the streets he would get old clock-works and make struct- ures with great ingenuity. came a telegraph operator in the West, and was known to a few as one of the very best. His advent to the East has been humorously told among the experts in the art, and may not be out of place here. A leading man in a large telegraph office in Boston was offered a situation elsewhere, and the manager inquired of him if he knew a person who could fill his place; he told him he knew of but one man, and that was Thomas A. Edison, and he was in Chicago. He was telegraphed for, and when he reached the city he had a misshapen straw hat which had seen service and become pyramidal; he wore cotton clothes, and looked, after his long jour- ney, anything but attractive. When he quietly announced his name to the manager all hands in the office looked upon him with contempt, and laid a plan to “‘roast him out,” and placed him at the instrument to ‘‘receive’’; that is, to hear and write out the matter as it came over the wires from Wash- ington; the operator at Washington having been secretly requested by some envious operator in the Boston office, to ‘‘ shove” the one who was receiving. He sat for four hours thus receiving, with a row of men standing with open mouths, watching his mar- vellous speed and accuracy. The machine clicked faster and faster, in- He be- . creasing the speed beyond precedence, and still there was no outcry from the receiver to ‘‘repeat,” and finally the operator at Washington, who knew of Edison in Chicago, inquired - over the line, ‘‘ Who have you receiv- ing? It must be either the devil or I07.—THOMAS A. EDISON. Tom Edison.” The man with the dilapidated straw hat quietly re- sponded over the wire: ‘‘It is Tom Edison at your service,’ and that ended the extra speed, and convinced all the observers that the man under the straw hat was not to be despised; and several other people have since found it out. Mr. Edison is known as the inventor or improver of the Telephone, of the Electric Light, and of the Phonograph or talking machine; also of the duplex system of telegraphy. He is modest and commonly silent, never boasts, but quietly works his way on to vic- tory. We suppose he has made an ample fortune; he has doubtless done the world a thousand times more ser- vice than his fortune amounts to, and his name is yet to be elevated and more widely known. His work is but just begun, and his usefulness and fame, like that of Franklin and Morse, will broaden and brighten by time. TEMPERAMENTS Not BALANCED. 107 Beneficent invention is the sure pass- port to perpetual gratitude and fade- less renown. Fig. 108. Mark Lemon.—This por- trait indicates a man very highly en- dowed with the Vital temperament. ’ He was large, heavy, plump, and as FIG, 108.—MARK LEMON, EDITOR OF he became older, was fat and un- wieldy. He had hard, strong hair, large bones, and a very solid and substantial muscular development; hence he was Vital and Motive, more strongly Vital than Motive. If such a man would live temperately and ex- ercise abundantly, he would be likely to attain toa greatage. He evidently resembled his mother, from whom, probably, he obtained his Vital tend- ency. His forehead indicates prac- tical talent and excellent memory and ability to use all he knew to a good advantage at a moment's notice. There was in that development, a tendency towards intemperance in eating, in other words, over-nutrition. He could digest twice as much as he needed. Obesity was therefore his bane; though he was a man of wit and brilliancy, his temperament was Ny MI) i) i, ‘“STONDON PUNCH.”’ a temptation to degeneration in tone and character. Fig. 109. James B. Richards had a remarkably fine quality of organiza- tion, was tender, gentle, sensitive, susceptible and exceedingly sympa- thetical. He had large Mirthfulness and was witty. He had large Ideality and was poetical. He had large Lan- guage, and was one of the finest de- lineators of tender and touching and sympathetic subjects that I ever knew, personally. He was broad in the region of the temples. With large Ideality, Mirthfulness and Self- 108 How tro StTupyY STRANGERS, esteem, he had rather large Con- structiveness; he had good percept- ive intellect, wonderful order and patience that knew no fatigue, per- sistency without parallel. He was an assistant of Dr. Howe, of Boston, who educated Laura Bridgeman, the BG: deaf, dumb and blind girl. Mr. Richards astonished the world by educating idiots that seemed to be utterly helpless and senseless; and in the progress of time, calling out the feeble spark and culturing it so that one such boy repeated the Lord’s Prayer after three years of training, and a distinguished bishop said, with tears trembling in his eyes, ‘‘I never heard it better recited.” Mr. Rich- ards had a school in New York for feeble-minded children which I often visited, and it was a marvel to witness from time to time the changes that he would make in the condition of those that had been neglected and despised. SS FIG. 133. A B, the seam mide between the duodenum, D, and the stomach M; B E, seam on the stomach; D, duodenum; P, new opening into the stomach. STOMACH REPAIRED. favoringly of the profession of phy- sicians, but shrug their shoulders and shiver when they think of surgery. And there are people who blame alk BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND. SS sessessssssssisnsnsinesnsnsneseseeesssteeen —_————}2 $$ surgeons, butit is a beneficent branch of knowledge, and is the means of savingthe lives of many thousands,and giving comfort to those who are suffer- ing from afflictions that are grievous to be borne, and the marvels of mod- ern surgery, could they be condensed into half a dozen pages, would be rich reading, and a basis for congratula- tion and thankfulness, that the skill and courage of surgeons have been cultivated and invoked for the benefit of suffering humanity. Fig. 134. This portrait is a speci- men of self-reliance and independ- ence. The head is broad at the ears, giving courage. Itis thrown upward and backward, indicating large Self- esteem, Approbativeness and Firm- ness. The crown region of the head is high. The dignified attitude and the complacency of his face show a contented self-respect, and his career was a continuous task on self-reliance and skill. He has the organs of perception across the forehead im- mensely developed and large Con- structiveness, and in these practical elements of ingenuity and skill lay the source of his success, of his prominence in surgery, especially in his line—the surgery that appertains to the nose and throat. He hada fine quality of tempera- ment. Was sharp, sensitive, clear- headed, discriminative, wakeful to all the truths that related to his life. In this country and elsewhere his fame has been impressed upon the public attention by the position he occupied in being invited from England to Germany to treat the throat disease of the Emperor Frederick, whose lamented death cast such a shadow over the civilized world. He hada cancerous affection of the throat, which disturbed his power of breath- ing, and was relieved by Sir Morell, and his life much prolonged. Such an independent, critical, and susceptible type of development could hardly fail to rise to distinction in any pursuit. The temperament being strongly Mental, which gives clear- ness and sharpness of intellect, with enough of the Motive to render him prompt, energetic, thorough and per- sistent, he was a ready student, a hard worker, ambitious, eager for success; was fond of approval, yet manifested the spirit of independ- ence. He was born in England in 1837, studied medicine in London and also in several Continental cities, taking up diseases of the throat as a spe- cialty. He became familiar with the application of the laryngoscope. He was a member of the Royal College of Physiciansin London. He prac- ticed in London, where, in 1864, he was elected a member of the Royal College of Physicians. Previous to that he organized a_ hospital—the first in England of its kind—for the treatment of diseases of the throat and chest; was appointed lecturer on diseases of that sort in the London Medical College. In 1870 he presented to the profes- sion a work on “Growths in the Throat;” still later a work ‘‘On the Hygiene of the Vocal Organs;” an- other, after twelve years of study, ‘On Diseases of Throat and Nose.” His reputation was largely enhanced by his connection with the remarkable illness of the German Crown Prince Frederick, whose life he prolonged until he became Emperor, which gave him special eminence the world over. And his wonderful success in that case conquered the prejudice of the German physicians, many of whom were for- merly opposed to him and his methods. The sending to England fora spe- cialist was an offence to the eminent German physicians; but he had spe- cial fitness for that peculiar line of diseases, and probably was the best in the world on that subject. At all events the Emperor's life was pro- longed for months, greatly to the advantage of the German people and much to the advantage of his family, especially his wife, the Empress, who was the eldest daughter of Queen Vic- toria, who very properly knighted Mac- 154 kenzie, and later an important order of the German Royal House was pre- sented to him by the German Emperor who owed so much to his brave, skill- ful and loyal surgeon. So large a brain as his, related to so fine and intense a quality of tem- perament and organization, developed as his head was so amply in theregion of perception and ingenuity, and also How To Strupy STRANGERS. everywhere and especially of those who are prominent in talent and in the sciences which relate to his pecul- iar profession. : Being called to attend so distin- guished a patient in the very home of medicine and surgery exalted and in- tensified his renown and _ rendered his own death at the early age of fifty- five years at once an astonishment FIG. 134. in the realm of criticism and sympa- thy, and then sustained by his admi- rable development of the organs of self reliance and stability in the crown of the head and in those in the base which give force of character, made him a brave, skillful, rapid and accu- rate operator, and won for him the Tespect and confidence of people SIR MORELL MACKENZIE, M. D. and a grief to the whole civilized world. He died Feb. 3d, 1892, of tu- berculosis of the lungs. With such a sensitive organization as his, the difficulties attending, and the great national interests involved in the case of his imperial patient over- taxed his constitution, aggravated his own ailment and hastened the end. BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND. 155 FIG, 135. JOHN JAMES AUDUBON, Had a physical organization re- markable for its compactness, vitality, power and activity, as seen in his broad chest, athletic frame, prominent features and strongly marked outline of countenance. In conjunction with this temperament, he had great Firm- ness, self reliance, independence, en- ergy, and force of character—hence, perseverance in whatever he under- took, independence of opinion, and executive ability were leading traits of his character. Cautiousness and Secretiveness do not appear to have been large, and hence frankness of expression and boldness of action should mark his whole life. But what most interests the phrenologist in his mental organization, is the immense development of all the perceptive or- gans, giving a sharpness and severity of expression—a restless energy to his countenance, which must have been almost painful to those on whom his searching eyes might fall. Although the eyes are prominent, showing large Language, yet the perceptives over- hang them to a remarkable degree, See that bold projection at the root of the nose, between the eyebrows— the location of Individuality, then the general fullness across the brow to its exterior angle, and we get the great secret of his remarkable genius as a Naturalist; the close observation, the ready perception, the critical knowl- edge.of forms, colors, and arrange- ment of all the minute and varied phe- nomena of Nature’s works, as devel- oped in his researches in ornithological science, and that great monument to his fame, ‘‘The Birds of America.” Lo- cality, Eventuality, Individuality, and Comparison are equally remarkable, hence the power to classify, analyze, distinguish differences and resem- blances and power to retain facts, a knowledge of places and desire to travel the trackless forest. Construct- iveness was also large—he would have made anexcellent mechanic or engi- neer. Causality does not appear large, and, unlike Humboldt, he was much more of an observer than a philoso- pher, he had less power and inclina- tion to deal with principles than-with facts and things. The moral organs were large, particularly Benevolence and Veneration, and the spirit of ado- ration and of kindness were among his strongest emotions. His Hope pre- dominated over Cautiousness, while his practical talent, energy and perse- verance made him one of the most in- dustrious and successful of men in whatever he engaged. Sucha frontal development marks himasa genius, which his life, as set forth in the fol- lowing biography, will fully elucidate. John James Audubon, the cele- brated American naturalist, was born in Louisiana May 4, 1780; died in New York Jan. 27, 1851. His admi- rable work, ‘‘ The Birds of America,” now in the Astor Library, was pub- lished by subscription at $1,000 a copy; was pronounced by Cuvier to be the most magnificent monument that art ever raised to ornithology. But one hundred and _ seventy-five copies of this great work were published; eighty of these were secured by his countrymen, and the price paid the expense of their publication. He sought and killed the birds in their wilderness homes, and, with match- less skill, with his own hands, drew them the size of life, from the hum- ming bird to the imperial eagle and wild turkey, and colored them himself with marvelous accuracy and beauty. In the work of gathering his material for the prosecution of his great errand in life, ornithology, he was obliged to make solitary wanderings in the dense forests. Then the Ohio River, and, in fact, nearly all those great Western streams, were as soli- tary as if they had just come from the hand of Nature. Down these streams he floated with his little family and two servants, till they at last had reached their habitation in the wilder- ness of Kentucky. Think of the task of hunting in the primeval forests for specimens for his future work, and 156 How To StTupy STRANGERS. then his skill in studying their habits where the sound of the axe and the crack of the rifle had hardly been heard, and the patient effort neces- sary to procure so large a number of fine specimens! For years he sailed the silent lakes and rivers, traversed the trackless forests with horse and culture of the old. He was a gentle- man by instinct and culture, and full of poetic and artistic tastes. Hehad a fine and strong nature, at once of a hero, iavipoet. and an rartisteeeeiie description of birds in their various moods are not the dry, dull details of a naturalist, but the warm picture 135. JOHN JAMES AUDUBON, The Great Ornithologist. dog where rarely even the hunter ever disturbed the silence. He had taken lessons in France at sixteen years of age and qualified himself under the best masters to do the work, which he succeeded in accomplishing, thus bringing to the wilderness of America, his native country, the finest artistic paintings of a poet. To open any page of his volumes is to step at once into a region of agreeable facts and enrapturing sounds; he seems to sing when they sing, and to rise as on wings when they fly. But while his life was one of joy within, it was one of toil without; and when he had wan- BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND. 157 dered and toiled for years and gotten accurate representations of American birds, he found that two Norway rats had, in a_ night, destroyed two hun- dred of his original drawings con- taining the forms of more than a thousand inhabitants of the air; all were gone except a few bits of gnawed paper, upon which the marauding rascals had reared a family of their young. ‘*The burning heat,’’ says the noble sufferer, ‘‘ which instantly ran through my brain, was too hard to be endured without affecting the whole of my nervous system; I slept not for several nights and days, passed like days of oblivion, until the animal powers, being recalled into action, with the strength of my con- stitution, Ipicked up my gun, my note- book and my pencils, and went forward to the woods as gayly as if nothing had happened.” He went forth, and in less than three years his portfolio again was filled. FIG. 136. HON. WILLIAM E. GLADSTONE, Late Prime Minister of England. This gentleman has a most re- markable physical and mental or- ganization, and one remarkable ele- ent about it is that he is hale and hearty at an age beyond eighty-four years. His mind is vivacious and executive, energetic and thorough, even at his great age. His tempera- ment is strong and well balanced, and his head measures about 24 inches. He weighs more than 180 pounds, and stands about six feet high. The organization is not eccen- tric, but smooth and _ harmonious. His long life of active usefulness has kept his great body and brain active, healthy and wholesome, ‘The brain being very large, strong and well sustained, we have in him an instance of power, endurance and susceptibility in excellent combination. Endowed, as he is by nature, with abilities to be the peer of the ablest statesmen, his culture and associations have been such as to ripen him for his work, and the times have opened for him a pathway to renown such as rarely falls to the lot of any man in any country. The world knows what eminent positions he has occupied for sixty years, and the commanding influence which he has exerted in the states- manship of England, and the question naturally arises, ‘‘ Wherein consists his powers of long life, endurance, intelligence, memory, dominant authority and the ability to win and hold friends?” His large body is harmoniously developed. The dif- ferent elements of vitality are amply represented. His large chest corre- sponds to the fullness and breadth of his face in the center, the breadth of the cheek bone, prominence of it for- ward, and the length from the open- ing of the ear. His front head and front face show constitutional vigor. He has a large chin, which is the sign of a strong heart action; the heart works steadily, vigorously and thor- oughly nourishes the system by a free circulation. He has adequate digestive power, and physiologically, he is to-day the equal of most men of half his age in the various functions of vitality. Readers who are phrenological will understand what we mean by saying thatihe shasea ‘lone. lifectney>: the opening of the ear is low down below the cornér Of athereyé, -1f Aline be drawn from the eyebrow to the occipital spine or bony point in the back of the head, it will pass above the opening of the ear about an inch and a half; and the distance between where that line passes above the ear opening, in a right angle to the open- ings ot the ear) isyealled. the ©‘ life line.”” Readers of the PHRENO- LOGICAL JOURNAL may refer to the March number of the JOURNAL for 1893, page 123, where the ‘‘ life line”’ is illustrated and explained. Another method of studying that, which is approximate, is to lay a card over the portrait, beginning at the corner of the eye and running it level back, and the ear, though it is large asa 158 How To Strupy STRANGERS. a oY whole, is entirely below that line and succumbing to its detriments and the opening of theearverymuchbelow. diseases. Persons with that development have The forehead of this gentleman is FIG 120. HON. WILLIAM E. GLADSTONE, LATE PRIME MINISTER. a strong hold on life. Children born very large; it is not only broad and with the opening of the ear low down _ high, but it is long from the opening are likely to live and go through with of the ear to the center of the lower all the exigencies of life without part of the forehead above the root BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND. of the nose. Some heads are short rom the ear forward, and the intel- ect is cramped and deficient. This s unusually extended. The organs across the brows are admirably de- veloped, showing very large percep- tive organs, the power of gathering knowledge by observation, and appreciating the differences between objects and the qualities and condi- tions of things. He gathers knowl- edge in detail and can recall it at pleasure. He has an excellent memory of events; he must be a charming talker in the way of remin- iscence. He will tell stories seventy- five years old, but new to the lis- tener, with a vividnessand accuracy that would be entertaining. The organs of the reasoning powers located in the upper part of the fore- head, are massive; in the center of the upper part of the forehead is located Comparison, and this gives him the power of analysis, discrimi- nation, criticism. The regions out- ward of the center of the forehead revealing that massive squareness, show the organs of Causality, which enable him to take a logical survey of a subject, and give the causes, the entities and equities of it. In the region of the temple, above a line drawn from the centers of the eye- brows backward, there is great full- ness at the region of Constructive- ness and Ideality, enabling him to understand the complications of affairs, andto employ his imagina- tion in giving glowing descriptions of a subject or an object which has interested him. ‘The eye is large, dark and full, indicating a magnetic expression of face. It was said of Webster that when he turned his great, earnest gaze upon an opponent in debate, his look was withering, masterful and majestic. Mr. Glad- stone has the power of doing the same thing in the midst of his ora- tions. _ Another peculiarity of Mr. Glad- stone is his large Cautiousness. Ifa vertical line be drawn from the back 159 point of the ear, it will cross the organ of Cautiousness as it rises toward the top of the side head. It gives the head great breadth in the region above the ears, and it will be remembered that he has been non- committal, he has manifested wis- dom and tact in talking with appar- ent plainness ona subject, and yet not quite revealing his full purposes. He has large Secretiveness; and that gives width of the headon a line drawn vertically from the open- ing of the ear, about half way from the opening of the ear to the top head, or on a horizontal line cor- responding to the tops of the eye- brows running back. This organ being large, enables him to reserve his purpose without explanation; he can talk around a topic that he does not wish to make entirely and fully understood, and make a speech in connection with matters of a public sort and reveal asmuchas he wishes, and retain the rest until the time has ripened for their expression; yet he has a wonderfully clear intellect and can express himself with warmth and vigor, dignity, breadth and _ incisive- ness, and yet with a reserve that evades the points that may not con- veniently be openly set forth. His large Ideality gives elegance of diction; his strong Combativeness and lDestructiveness, which give width and fullness to the side head, give him force. His large Construct- iveness enables him to understand the entanglements and complications of a subject, and treat them with masterly success, and yet without committing himself ina careless or undesirable way. He has large Firmness and Self- esteem, which give determination and strength of will, combined with masterful dignity, which enable him to hold people under his control, and command the respect of strong men in times that are turbulent and unset- tled. He has large Veneration, which gives him religious impulse and devo- 160 tion; he has a good share of Benevo- lence, which renders him generous and sympathetical. He has large Mirthfulness, which gives him the power of wit, but he has so much of prudence and Secretiveness, and such an earnestness of purpose that he is not so playful as many a man of lighter type of mind. The back head is also large and the social feelings amply developed, hence he has the power of personal magnetism in friendship that wins people to him, partly through his majestic power and presence, and partly through the magnetism of sociability ; and also he has the tower- ing intellectual capability which makes ordinary men feel small in his pres- ence, and therefore they accept him as a teacher, a guide and ruler, from the massiveness of his intellectual power, and he thus cements by social- ity the minds of men to each other and to him. His face is astudy. The massive- ness of the head gives dignity to the face, but the face of itself, studied alone, is very strong. That nose, when he was younger, would have been called very handsome. ‘The lihes> Ofiithe” tacesaresexpressivermic has a good-sized mouth, a long, strong upper lip, a massive chin and length of jaw from the corner below the ear to where it makesan angle going for- ward to the chin, about where the whisker is and the collar passes it. That indicates strength of will and purpose. The nose indicates intelli- gence and stability and thoroughness. His long and strong upper lip shows firmness and stability, and also indi- cates the spirit of friendliness and loyalty to companions and associates. He has the sign of human vature, capacity to study mind and character and motive, and the ability also to impress people who come into his presence with his power, his intelli- gence, his prudence, his policy, his courage, and his ability for construct- ive management, in holding men to- gether and leading them, That isa How To Strupy STRANGERS, strong phase, and it is a good one. Few men of his age carrysuch digni- fied expressions of features; there are few men who stand as erect and speak with that clearness and force which belong to him. Most able men who are fifteen years younger than he, are as old in their manner, methods and appearance as he is. He has the faculty of recognizing the counte- nances and the names of people, and will hold men in his friendship by the fact that he remembers all the detail of their acquaintance, and many of the characteristics and experiences of the persons in question. His Self-esteem is indicated by the fact that he has declined an earldom which was offered by her Majesty. He is greater than any title; he is a nat- ural master among men, and does not need, the @letterse MAAS ore Lin. attached to his name, nor the term Lord, Earl or Duke in front of it. He will be known as ‘‘Gladstone” down the coursing ages. If he had been born to the title he would have made a King or an Emperor in reali- ty, for he is every inch a man, and no title couldadd anything to his renown. It is generally known that he has taken a great deal of exercise; it is even a matter of mirth that heisa wood-chopper; he likes to fell the sturdy tree and show that he has the power over the ax and the king of the forest; and he has been particu- lar in reference to his diet, especially in regard to mastication, in respect to which most people are either ignorant or utterly careless. Hence he has kept his health of stomach and brain and circulation and muscle. His general health is believed to have been splen- did, and we do not remember that the gout, dyspepsia or rheumatism have ever been attributed to him. The Right Honorable William Ewart Gladstone was born Dec. 29, 1809, at Liverpool, England. He was the fourth son of Sir John Glad- stone, Bart., of Scotland. His father, originally of Leith, had won eminence and wealth as a West India merchant BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND. 161 in Liverpool. Gladstone was sent to Eton, and afterwards to Christ Church, Oxford, where he closed a brilliant college career by taking a double first- class degreein'1831. Heentered the House of Commons in 1832 for the borough of Newark. He held the post of Lord of the Treasury, and afterwards that of Under-Secretary of State for the colonies in the Peel gov- ernment, for a few months in 1835. He has often held ministerial office under eminent Prime Ministers and has several times been Prime Minister. His resignation March 3, 1894 as Prime Minister, on account of age, _ doubtless closes his public career ex- cept perhaps as member of the House of Commons, FIG. 137. LORD ROSEBERY, The new Prime Minister of England. The retirement of Mr. Glad- stone as Prime Minister of Eng- land on the sd day of March, 1894, completed and turned over one of the brightest and largest pages of English history, and the opening page, representing his successor, with a head and face full of promise and power, invites our present atten- tion. Massiveness, coolness and self- possession are embodied in this physical and mental endowment. The head is large as the basis of mental strength, the face is indica- tive of power, but reserved power. There is an expression of calmness, but a consciousness of capability— abundant courage with energy under the control of judgment; steady determination and resolution, but no haste in manifesting his ultimatum. Then he has a wise conservatism joined with a reformatory and pro- gressive spirit. He has a far-seeing, prophetic sense that looks for the good he desires, and that can par- tially wait and work till he wins. His features are an _ interesting study. His long, massive upper lip indicates steadfastness and integrity. He has a social, friendly mouth, and a fraternal face. The nose shows dignity, self-reliance, persistency, keen prescience, and a_ well-settled confidence in himself and his cause. This is also an honest face. He is willing to work by straight lines and accomplish results by the equities that are fair and honest. He has a calm, steady eye that will not flinch in the presence of great- ness. He does not lose his self-respect, nor confidence in his own power. His progress and success in life would naturally come to him through steady pressure rather than through blows. He is not a man to make eager onsets. If he were a lawyer he would treat his opponents in a case with respectful and kindly consider- ation. He would cross-examine an opposing witness in a manner that would indicate forbearance and kind- liness, and if his statements contra- dicted each other he would quietly ask him to explain it, and thus per- haps tangle him up. He can keep his temper when other men will boil over; he can speak calmly, respect- fully and considerately when other men forget themselves and say that which they will in an hour regret, but cannot then take back. His perceptive faculties are strong and he judges promptly and accu- rately in respect to science as applied to things physical He judges well of form, magnitude and weight; he should balance well as a horseman and walk with an easy poise. That intellect is intuitive, clear, distinct. He is able to hold a large number of facts and interests in his mind. He has an excellent memory; he has an analytical intellect, and yet there is a reserve of logic that comes to his aid when the facts are all analyzed and ready for the sum- ming up. He has an excellent judgment of strangers; he reads their character well, and is rarely at fault in his estimate of them. A man who 162 How TO STuDY STRANGERS. “= talked kindly and pretended to be friendly he would hold polite rela- tions with for months or years, until the secret opponent was ready to in his purposes, and that there was a masked battery ready for him. He is a man of remarkable cool- ness and presence of mind. He has FIG. 137. LORD ROSEBERY, NEW ENGLISH PREMIER. show his aggressive purposes, and who would be astonished to learn all at once that he had been anticipated the power of comprehending compli- cations. He isa good financier, and if he has a fault which may be incon- 7 BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND, 163 venient for him in regard to his present undertaking, it will be in the direction of forbearance and _ leni- ency. He has faith in manhood; he has faith in goodness; he loves the truth because it is true, and he is not hard, tricky, nor selfish. He will try to win on lines of integrity. If he were a business man, carrying great responsibilities, and some pub- lic financial pressure should confront him, so that it were necessary for him to ask for an extension or liquida- tion, it would be found that his affairs had been honorably con- ducted. Such amanas he would get an extension and liberal treatment. We judge that his social feelings are strong, that he inherits as much of his mother’s nature as of his father’s and easily makes and retains friends. His power to resist aggres- sion we think he gets from his father, and also his power of intellectual comprehension, but his tact, sym- pathy, faith and affection he gets from his mother’s side, and therefore he never will be regarded as a hard, overbearing, unjust man; even his enemies will give him credit for sin- cerity and fairness. His temperament is_ evidently Vital, Mental. He has a full devel- opment of the physique, and it 1s in the direction of nutrition, healthful- ness and ardor. The Mental temperament gives him a large head, and the Vital gives him harmony of body and brain. If he had a little more of the Motive temperament it might give him more emphasis and positiveness, but it might not benefit his character. The top head is well elevated and is long and broad, and he will respect virtue and duty and temper justice with mercy. He is endowed with a body, mind and character to deserve success, Like Mr. Gladstone, Archibald Philip Primrose, Lord Rosebery, is descended from a Scottish family. His ancestors have been distinguished for centuries, and allied themselves by marriage with the greatest names in Scotland. The present Premier is forty-seven years old, having been born in 1827, and from the beginning of his life he was destined for politics. He was educated at Eton and at Christ Church, Oxford. As he was certain to inherit an Earldom if he outlived his grandfather, this taste for public life was sure to be gratified sooner or later in the House of Lords, but the young man preferred to win his first honors in the House of Commons. His father died when he was only four years old, and he was only twenty- one and had just been elected to the Commons when his grandfather died, and he took his seat in the House of Lords as the Earl of Rosebery. HON. NEAL DOW. Fig. 138. This man, with a world- wide reputation, celebrated his goth birthday on the 2oth of March, 1894. The portrait presented was made some years ago when he was in his ripened vigor, and he now ‘has a bright and brave look, even at ninety. His father died in 1861, at 95 years Ofpiage;vand his) smotheryxiedt: ten years earlier at 75. So he has in him the elements of endurance, power of thought, and harmony of physical and mental development, which permits, and with right living reaches old age. Every line of his face indicates power and positiveness, and though he has been called a great fighter, the term is hardly appropriate to him, because it would be better to call it a struggle, a moral effort against immorality and the bane of human life. His head from the opening of the ears forward is high, showing large Firmness, Self-esteem, Approbative- ness, Conscientiousness, Hope and Veneration, and if ever a man was called to a long campaign of strife and persistent effort against the pop- ular sentiment, and against fearful combinations and opposition, Neal Dow is just that man. He has an 164 How To STuDY STRANGERS. intelligent expression of countenance, and it is harmonious; there is no extravagance or exaggeration about his face. His chin supports his lower lip and that sustains the upper lip, and the nose is built on it as if it were a part of masonry, and hada good foundation to rest on. ‘Then look at that broad, strong cheek bone, show- ing good breathing power, and the possession of that kind of heroic courage and thoroughness’ which requires power, resolution and vitality. What a calm, steady eye he has! It is bright without being bitter or acrimonious. It looks as if he was hunting for evil to be removed rather than himself to do evil works and wickedness. His large perceptive development shows wonderful power of observa- tion and ability to gather up facts and attend to detail. He has a rare and. retentive:memory “of? stacts; places, and methods. He has a good memory of countenances. He judges color well, measures form, size and weight, could have been a mechanic or an artist, and would have been use- ful in these departments, and is adapted to gather and use informa- tion to excellent advantage. He has large Comparison; the center of the upper part of the fore- head is very full, consequently he is full of appropriate illustrations and figures of speech. There is such a right onwardness to his diction, and such thorough earnestness to his purposes that they are focalized, as the rays of light and heat are focal- ized through a lens and converged to a point, to make it hot where they touch. His Human Nature, just where the hair unites with the center of the top part of the forehead, shows criticism in reference to persons and dispo- sitions, and gives facility to manipu- late people, saying the right thing at the right time and in the right way, and acquiring great influence with people. His large Benevolence gives elevation to the front part of the top of the head, but that of course is somewhat obscured by the amount of hair, but it shows that it is amply elevated. Veneration lies behind Benevolence continuing the elevation of the top head, as the line extends backward. ‘Then the region of the crown is well marked; Firmness is large, showing steadfastness, dignity, ambition and integrity, and he hasa fair share of prudence, but he is not always consulting safety. He studies what should be done, and how it should be done, as an engineer lays a railway through a broken country ;— not going around all the hills, plow- ing through them, or tunneling them and using the débris to fill up the valleys between. So he has tried to do what ought to be done in a straightforward, earnest, and honest way, without equivocating. He has been as persistent in his line of effort as William Lloyd Garrison was in his, who said, ‘‘I will not extenuate, I will not equivocate nor yield a single inch, and I will be heard.”’ His head is fairly well developed in width. He has the elements of courage and executiveness. a fair share of the feeling of economy, and desire for acquiring, and in ordi- nary lines of business, if legitimate, he would push them to successful results. The form of his body does not look bony and broad, but plump, smooth, and harmonious. He hada wonderfully young face for his age, when this picture was taken, and even to-day there is, for instance, enthusiasm, balance, and harmony in every expression of his features and in the organization of his brain; no part seems to predominate beyond the influence and activity of the other parts. If he has courage, he has also prudence to guide it. If he has practical talent, he has also reasoning talent to absorb, balance, and rightly direct the facts. Then the moral sentiments work with courage, dignity, and practical talent, and these have given him his influence and his power. But he hasa gentle He has - BENEFACTORS OF MANKIND, 165 nature; there is much in him of his mother, which leads him to seek out and cultivate the gentler side in the common walks and affairs of life. He is a very companionable and cheery man, not rough or lordly. In his earlier life he was slim, and comparatively thin and wiry; in his later life he has rounded out more fully, indicating that his nutritive FIG, 138. system was amply developed, as derived from his mother, and_ his health, as a consequence, was_har- monious, and the whole mental and physical make-up substantial and available. Hon. Neal Dow was born on the 2zoth of March, 1804, in Portland, Maine. He came from English Swit n An WS SQ A RSS stock that settled in New Hampshire in 1637. His father settled in Port- land, Maine, where Neal was _ born, and lived to the age of ninety-five years. Neal Dow’slongevity is hered- itary, two of his ancestors having lived over a hundred years, and several overeighty. He was married in 1830, and has four chi'dren now living. He attended public and 4G ON ; bij / Lif Me bgp Wh ect, Wy Rs AS \ HON. NEAL DOW, THE APOSTLE OF TEMPERANCE. private schools in Portland and the Friends’ Academy in New Bedford, Mass., his family on both sides being Friends, though he left the society before he was of age. In the village debating societies and in towm meet- ing, he acquired facility in extem- poraneous speaking. Active in the politics of his day, he was an efficient on 166 How To Stupy STRANGERS. and acceptable speaker. His judg- ment and integrity placed him in the directories of banks, manufacturing, railroad and other corporations. Later, when nearly sixty, at an age when most men are unequal to the hardships of army life, he volun- teered in the war for the Union, serving as Colonel of a Maine regiment and afterwards as Brigadier- General of Volunteers, was twice wounded in battle, and for many months a prisoner of war. Mr. Dow's world-wide, enduring fame has come through his long and self-sacrificing service for temperance. The present generation has little conception of the task which he undertook more than sixty years ago. A man with less than iron nerve and without an unconquerable will, would have faltered before it. The liquor traffic constituted a large part of the business of Portland. Authorized by law, it wasa legitimate trade, sup- plying an almost universal demand. It was sustained by an overwhelming public sentiment there as elsewhere. In the midst of such conditions, to declare the liquor traffic hurtful in effect, a wrong. in itself, was regarded aS an insult — tothe intelligence and an impeachment of the integrity of most respectable citizens. Of: course, “he, met, with hostility, but, convinced that no prog- ress could be made while the liquor trade was legally considered necessary and respectable, Mr. Dow aimed to strip it of its legal endorsement, and to this end, to convince the people that the trade was aprolinc parent of poverty, misery and crime. Thus he became an object of studied and persistent hostility in various forms. Incendiaries fired his building, mis- creants assailed his house with missiles, attacked him in the street by day and by night, though always to their own discomfort ; his skill in sparring enabled him to clear the track through many a riotous crowd. Again and again he appeared before a legislative committee with enor- mous petitions urging the adoption of prohibition, only to be repulsed. He then appealed to the people to out- law the liquor traffie through the Legislature. In 1851, Mr. Dow was elected Mayor of Portland by a larger vote than; before’, had {:béen}ie1vensta Mayoralty candidate. Clothed now with the influence of official position, he appeared before a legislative com- mission with a draft of a prohibitory law, pledging himself that if this was enacted, that within nine months the open traffic in liquor in Portland should be annihilated. This pledge he subsequently amply redeemed. The bill was passed and was ap- provedmuy, the. Governongs|ineusa 1851, and has ever since been known as the Maine Law. In the Spring of 1855, Mr. Dow was again elected Mayor, and again successfully enforced the law. He was elected unanimously to the Legis- lature, a tacit and courteous acknow- ledgment on the part of the political opponents that he had been unjustly assailed. He visited England, spent four years advocating prohibition, and served to establish the princi- ple which is at present agitating the British Parliament on that sub- 16Ct; Mr. Dow is still leading the move- ment which enlisted the strength of his youth. ‘[Wwo generations ago he put his hand to the plough and hasn’t looked back. Whoever else has faltered, he has not wearied in well- doing. Appreciating the magnitude of the task before him, no success has elated and no reverse has dis- couraged him. For this reform, at ninety years of age, he is laboring with a hope and enthusiasm worthy of youth, the determination of mature life and the earnest conviction and calm faith of aripe old age. He hopes to die in the harness and be able to say with the Apostle Paul, ‘‘T have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith,”’ CHAPTER XVII. LITERARY AND BUSINESS SUCCESS. CYRUS H. K. CURTIS. Founder of the Ladies’ Home Journal. The following analysis of Mr. Curtis was made from a personal examination of his head, he having been introduced by a friend of his without giving his name or occupa- tion, ‘and it was literally the ‘‘ study of a stranger.” We give it verbatim as reported: Your head, measuring 224 inches in circumference, and from ear to ear over the top of the head 15 inches, is large enough for a man who turns the scales at 160 pounds instead of 132. You are a compactly built man; are positive, executive, intense, quick, and enduring, and you are not as likely to break down by over-work as the majority of men, because there is a kind of tenacious, wiry endurance connected with the fiber. Your dark hair, dark eyes and firm fiber indicate the Motive tempera- ment. The second temperament with you is the Mental, including the brain and the nerves, and with your nervous susceptibility and ex- citability you are likely to impel your locomotive system, or mechani- cal system to do a great deal more work than is common with per- sons of your weight. Any work that comes within the scope of your strength, you can turn off effectively and rapidly. If you were put into heavy work, like the lumber business, for instance, you would over-work and get broken down. If you were build- ing something that was within the scope of your strength, you would be rapid and accurate in the work, and there would be few men who could do as much as you would. The third temperament is the Vital, and that in you shows good lung pow- er, pretty fair digestion, and good cir- culation, and if you will avoid coffee, tobacco, spices, and other articles which are apt to disturb the nerves that operate the heart, you will be likely to live toa good old age; where- as if the action of these nerves were disturbed, it would tend to produce heart failure, even if there were no disease of the heart. With your largebrain and sensitive temperament, which inspires you to thought and effort, you are sharp, earnest and emphatic. Wherever you act, something is achieved. When you strike, the bell sounds; wherever you use force the diamond point cuts the glass. Your head is broad from side to side, and you are energetic and positive. You have the financial elements, which, if devoted to business and to finance, would make you wise, efficient and successful. You always see the profit and loss, the financial or com- mercial side of all subjects which in- volve the expenditure and accumula- tion of means, and if you were trained to a business of manufacturing you would beable to financier definitely so ‘that there should be no leaking of cost unnecessarily. You would organize in a business departmental methods or responsibility and criticism; for in- stance, ina bookstore you would have accounts kept with each book. Ifa 168 How To StTupy STRANGERS, book did not pay you would drop it out and would put extra push into that which did pay, because it had merit of its own. So inthose lines of economic procedure you would ana- lyze, criticise, and organize, and make things successful, or else drop them. You have the faculty of judging character which helps you to work through other people. You would be able if you had business wants to be served, to find men who were adapted for the work in temperament, culture and habit. One likes accounts, another likes to collect, and another likes to handle the material, to work with his hands and his thought. One man will sit at his desk and rulea thousand agents, peppered all over the land; he will pull these wires, or act through them and so produce de- sired results; and yet he might not be worth much to take one of those departments himself. Intensity is one of your special qual- ities. This gives you the tendency to feel in a hurry and you may over-do in that way. I would put people un- der your influence who would have a quieting, sedative effect upon you— people who would receive your re- bukes, your instructions and your hurrying, and seem gratified and thankful that you had favored them with information, and who would go about what you would tell them to do without objection. But if people were like sand-paper to matches, when friction came, they would hardly know whether the fire came from the match or from the sand- paper. People around you ought to be quick to think, but they should not be very emphatic in their actions. They should move with an easy SWeep of effort—they should shut doors easily—they should not walk with heavy shoes, they should not talk very loudly, and they should not answer back until you wanted them to. You have the faculty of holding people in hand, as a skillful driver can hold four pair of reins. You are capable of organizing because you have large mechanical faculties, that is to say, you have the power to plan what needs to be done, how it should be done, and thus organize the efforts of others so that they would work profitably and harmoniously. For instance, if you understood printing, you would make a good foreman ina printing-office. You would divide an article into as many ‘‘takes’”’ as the time would demand, and you would put force into all your efforts and all yourthoughts. The base of the brain gives urgency, and you act, walk and talk as if you had no time to waste. People would learn to work faster by working for yon. If a person were to come to you for instructions, you would lean forward in your chair, open your eyes wide, look him squarely in the face and give your instructions as fast as you could; you would not lean back, put your thumbs in your vest, revolve in your chair, and say, ‘* Well, we must consider that.” You would have made a first-rate surgeon; because you would have worked rapidly, and you would have worked boldly. You would have a sharp memory of ideas. Impressions that you derive from seeing, hearing, experience and from thinking—these experiences are fadeless—you remember the thought and the idea you get from them, you may forget the facts from which an im- pression is derived, but the impression lasts—it is indellible. In dealing with human nature, and in working through it you would select the right factors for doing certain things; and you might select men who could do the work better than you could do it yourself, but you would do the direct- ing. You would assign different duties to different men according to their peculiarities. If you.were a captain of police, you would know all your men and what men would be requisite for a particular job, and you wouldassign the men to duties accord- ing to their peculiarities. You might not be able to go into the field your- self and do the work, but you would LITERARY AND BUSINESS SUCCESS. 169 on ee ee A BS a ee es | ee eee understand it so well that you would assign the right man to the right place. The same would be true in carrying on general business. If you wanted aman visited on some delicate or intricate business, you would consid- er his temper, and his circumstances, gives you an aggressive spirit, the tendency to push whatever you are interested in. You would get more miles out of a given team on a Cer- tain road than most men who drive teams, because your voice would be an inspiration to effort. You would FIG. 139. and then you would choose a man to go whose temper would not rasp the other man,—you would send a man who would be mild, mellow and con- ciliating, but who had _ Firmness enough to stand quietly, but still persistently. Then if you wanted a man visited who needed a dominant spirit to manage him, you would select a man of the requisite type. Combativeness is rather large, which CYRUS. pike’ GURTIS:. not need a whip, you would only draw the reins and speak in such a way as to inspire the horses to effort, and then they would go. In going up- hill you would let them go slowly, and when they got on a level stretch again, where you could push them, and where they had nothing to do but keep out of the way of the wagon, then you would manage to get distance out of them; so it would ~N 170 be easy for the horses, because you would plan for them,—you would make them go according to your idea of what was easiest and best, and so you would bring your horses home all right; as a livery-stable man would say, you would bring them in ‘‘dry in good wind,” and you would drive quickly too. You would drive business in a similar way. You are fond of argument,—you like to take the opposite side; where you seem to be opposed you are apt to respond in kind, but if people present a subject, and do not seem to oppose you, then you will say, ‘* Well, yes, that subject is worthy of consideration.” The moment you find you are not being opposed you are open to conviction; and if a man has any suggestions that are better than your own, they would be accepted by you with more courage and promptness than by most men. You want the best, and if somebody knows better than you do on some point you want to find it out as quickly as you can, and then yousay, ‘‘ Why, yes, John, that is a good idea; incor- porate that into your plan, it will work~well.’’ You would take up the new plan heartily, you would not act as if you had been defeated or sur- passed in your judgment. In fact, your mind works so rapidly that very few men get ahead of you. If you had the chance to be the director and controller of affairs, you would work up prosperity right along, but perhaps there would be more friction in you than in the business. Whatever is interesting to you gets attention, and you are on hand in season and out of season, and you plan and accomplish desired results. You do not let grass grow under your feet, as the saying is. You do not let things go by default. Destructiveness gives you effi- ciency, and Combativeness gives you aggressiveness, industry, push and activity, and the desire to exert influence. Destructiveness gives you How To Stupy STRANGERS. solidity and executiveness and makes you good in a pinch. Your Secretiveness qualifies you to conceal that which you do not wish to communicate. It is very little trou- ble for you to hide thought and knowledge on topics that do not con- cern other people. You do not con- fess your weakness, at any rate, not until the crisisis past. I have known men after they had become rich to tell how near they came to failing, seven years before, but they do not tell that until after they stand on a good, firm foundation, Then there are some people who show their con- dition in their faces. You have Secretiveness that leads you to con- ceal your thoughts and to use your knowledge to good advantage, and not to use it where it is not best. You have large Friendship, there- fore you are influential in that field. The friendship of other people influ- ences you and you want to cement alliances between yourself and them. The social tie is strong between you and those you can affiliate with. The love of home, the love of chil- dren, and the love of woman is strong; and woman exerts, and always did, a beneficent influence with you. Your father might scold at you, he might beat you, but your mother’s word was an inspiration, and her wish would influence you better and per- haps more deeply and more continu- ously than the father’s stronger method. You have the domestic spirit. If you were a physician you would be popular in the families. Woman likes you, childhood likes you. You can win the interest and the sympathy of childhood and of womanhood, and, therefore, you would have made a good teacher of a female seminary. The girls would have looked upon you as an elder brother, and they would not have conspired against you so as to get the best of the teacher. If you were a preacher there would be a larger number of women who LITERARY AND BUSINESS SUCCESS. I7I ot ean Sos aS OF a ee ee Be ee ee would like your discourses and your pastoral influence than would be com- mon in other congregations with other men. The truth is, you inherit a great deal from your mother—your tem- * perament, your spirit, your refine- ment, your affections, your faith, and your intuition come from her. The fineness of your quality indi- cates your intensity and susceptibil- ity, and does a great deal to explain your tastes and tendencies. You like the fine, the nice, the perfect and the clean, using the word clean in its largest and best sense. You are executive, brave, plucky, enterprising, strongly affectionate and loving. You have tact, ambition, thorough- ness and moral judgment. You will contend more earnestly for that which you think is right than for that which you think is merely profitable; and when things are wrong, no matter whether there is any morality inthem or not, you want them corrected. You would make a good proof- reader for that reason. You would see all the errors and you would want to revise the proof to see that all your marks had been noticed and made. You enjoy music, appreciate art and beauty. You have enthusiasm, and that enthusiasm is backed up by courage and ambition, therefore we judge that you area factor of influ- ential force wherever you move, and you are an inspiration to other people’s capabilities. In photog- raphy there are chemicals applied which serve to make the body of the picture, andthen there are certain sensitive influences that are brought to bear which bring the picture out quickly with a flash light. It used to take two and a half minutes to make a picture, but they have been work- ing towards shortness of time, and now they have the instantaneous pict- ure. You serve among men, in business and in affairs like that special sensitive chemical influence in photography which brings a picture out quickly and clearly. The criticism that we would make for your benefit is that you are liable to take on too much duty,—to be too hearty and tooearnest in the fulfil- ment of duty, and thus wear your- self out and break yourself down before your time. You are fortunate in two things; in the first place you work easily, considering your speed, and secondly, you have tenacity and activity, which make effort earnest and rapid. BIOGRAPHICAL, Cyrus H. K. Curtis, who founded the Ladies’ Home Journal, is its present owner and publisher. Mr. Curtis is a typical, energetic ‘‘ Down- Easter,’ having been born in Portland, Maine, on the 18th of June, 1850. He was twelve years of age when he turned his attention to the world of periodical literature. He was a schoolboy, but outside of those hours when not laboring with problems of geography and arithmetic, he sold newspapers. Hesoon built up for himself a lucrative ‘‘newsroute,” and success in this led himto try his hand at publishing a paper of his own. The result was a unique production; its title was the Zhe Young America, and it styled itself ‘‘the best and cheapest monthly in America.” Its price was two cents per month, and the name of Cyrus H. K. Curtis was blazoned forth as ‘‘editor and pub- lisher.”” Heset all the type him- self, printed his own paper ona boy’s press. Moderate success crowned his efforts, and, with youthful enthusi- asm, he gloried in his journalistic achievement. At this time, Phrenology, as repre- sented by Prof. O. S. Fowler, was the rage in Portland. Along with hun dreds of others, Mr. Curtis tried the skill of the phrenologist. The result of Prof. Fowler’s examination of young Curtis’s head was that he was destined for large success in a_ busi- ness inwhich he would deal with 172 Iiow To STuDY STRANGERS, women—a prophecy which has cer- tainly been verified. In 1868 he removed to Bostonand entered the advertising business, and subsequently became engaged in the publication of several periodicals. A desire to bring himself closer into contact with New York business men and houses led him to remove to Philadelphia in 1876. He chose this city with the shrewd observation that a man can throw a_ stronger light on a great metropolis from a short distance than by actual _esi- dence within its borders. His first Philadelphia venture was the establishment of a weekly peri- odical called Zhe Tribune and Farmer, which he brought to a bona fide cir- culation of 46,000 copies. This periodical he conducted until the idea of Zhe Ladies’ Home Journal occurred to: him; vand;::on)Dec.1155 1832) the first number was issued of the peri- odical which in seven years was des- tined to astonish the literary world. Mr. Curtis is a firm believer in generous advertising, and no maga- zine of to-day is advertised on such a large and extensive basis. He makes the advertisements attractive, gives them plenty of space, and he may be said to be one of the best advertise- ment writers of the present time. ‘* Does it pay to advertise so largely ? Yes, in .every: respect, A» mancan never advertise too much, so long as he is judicious, has something which the public wants, and exercises care- ful judgment in the selection of his mediums,”’ His business principles commend themselves to every believer of hon- esty in commercial transactions. For any form of deception he has the most sincere hatred, and _ believes that not only is honesty the best policy in business, but that it is the only one which a man can follow with any hope of permanent success. Personally, Mr. Curtis is popular in the best sense of that word. His open principles attract all who come in con- tact with him, and there is with them ever present a feeling of security in all their transactions with him. He is a man of fertile brain, to whom fresh ideas come quickly and natur- ally, and no proposition which has merit in it is too large for him to grasp and undertake. EDWARD W. BOK. Editor of the Ladies’ Home Journal. (The description of character was dictated to a stenographer when the examiner had | no idea of the name or pursuit of Mr. Bok.) You have a pretty good frame, and a fairly developed muscular system; but your head measuring 227% inches in circumference,and 154 inches from the opening of one ear to that of the other over the top shows too large a head for your present weight, 146 pounds. You ought to weigh 170 pounds. If you were large enough to turn the scales at 170 pounds at your ordinary working condition, you would be able to do more work with your brain and not feel depressed. You would not need vacation as much as you do now. A word or two as to how to carry your large brain may be useful to you. In the first place you ought to sleep an hour more than is ordinarily supposed to be necessary. Eight hours of sleep issupposed tobe the average need of the human race at your age. If you could make it nine hours every night it would give you 20 per cent. more of power to work and to think. You can improve your diet with a view to vigor and to length of life,by dropping out a good deal of the car- bonaceous portion of it, to wit,sugar, fatty matter and starch. If youcould eat the entire wheat instead of the mere starch, which is only the heating part of the wheat, and the entire milk instead of the butter which produces only heat, and if you would leave sugar pretty much out of the question it would be better for you. Your complexion, and the tendency to pim- ples show that you eat too much sugar, or other carbonaceous material. If LITERARY AND BUSINESS SUCCESS. 173 you will, take lean beef, mutton, fish and eggs,fruit without sugar, oatmeal, wheat without sifting, vegetables and the entire milk, you may eat to your temperate satisfaction, and then there will be no feverishness, no excitabili- ty and no tendency to nervousness, no liver, kidney or dyspepsia trouble, you achieve the what, and are instant- ly hungry to know the why, so you are all the time holding communica- tion between facts and philosophy; things and their uses; phenomena and logic. You have large Language; you talk as easily as water flows towards the FIGS «Ta Os EDWARD WILLIAM BOK, Editor of the Ladies’ Home Journal. as would be likely to occur with the common mode of living. You ought to avoid coffee, alcohol and tobacco, as well as spices. In regard to the brain, your head is amply developed in front, indicat- ing clear-cut earnestness and breadth of thought. You gather the facts, ocean, when you understand a sub- ject as well as those are supposed to understand it who are listening to you, or who read what you write, you have the faculty of liquefying your logic. There are those who know enough, but their knowledge is like cold bees- wax in a jug, it is rich, but solid as a 174 How To Stupy STRANGERS. rock, and needs a great deal of warm- ing beforeit will pour; what you know is like kerosene ina pitcher; when you want it to flow itisready. Youhave large Eventuality, which enables you to hold historical knowledge in solu- tion. ‘That is, youcan consider it in its severalities, in its identities and in its peculiarities; then your Language is large enough to convey it. You would make a good extemporaneous speaker. For example, if you were a physician, you could stand before a class of students who knew something about muscles and bones, and you would seem by your descriptions to put new life into these and thus you would make an _ extemporaneous speaker. Being a natural teacher, if you understood the art and the science of public speaking you would preach well, or would lecture well, and peo- ple would feel while you were dis- coursing that you were talking to them, and that you were not deliv- ering a stilted oration; although once ina while you would run up to an oratorical height in making a rounded culmination of statement. You have large Benevolence which renders you sympathetical. You are sorry for people, and you can talk on the tender side of a sub- ject, and if you were a clergyman you could go to a funeral and so talk to the people, that they would be glad to go and hear you elsewhere. The listeners would think you were ‘‘good at a funeral” because you can be intelligent, tender and logical. You can talk about difficult topics in a way to make them tolerable. You can say hard things smoothly. You can give advice without seeming pre- sumptuous, and reproof without seem- ing cruel. When you are called to take people to task about something, they thank you when you get through. Your head is high, and the moral group is large, and you take hold of the theoretical side of subjects. You are just, merciful, reverent, and hope- ful. You could take a person’s hand if you were a minister, a physician or a friend, if that person were ill, and it were questionable whether recov- ery would result from treatment and time, and could talk in such a way as to benefit and please the patient, and perhaps lift him out of darkness into healthy recovery. You would say, ‘‘ You are worth a dozen dead men; hope in God and ina good con- stitution, sleep all you can, and do not worry.” That is the spirit in which you would treat trouble and difficulty, and you would thus help to buoy the patient. You read character well. You appreciate strangers, and know how to address yourself to different stran- gers of varied peculiarities so as to achieve desired results. You could ask for a subscription from a stingy person, or from a person who did not have the money to spare just then, and could do it in such a way as not to make the person feel ashamed or _ annoyed. You would say to a person, ‘‘T am representing such a cause; if you wish to contribute to it I am authorized to receive your name and your donation;” and if the man said, ‘‘T am very sorry, but I do not think I can afford it just at present,” then you would say, ‘‘Well, I am sure you would be glad to do it, if convenient; I will not press you, but sometime perhaps you may feel able to do it.” And you would get out without hav- ing the man feel that he was hunted or annoyed. And if a man did give something, you would talk in sucha way as to make him feel that you ap- preciated that he had been generous, even if it were only half as muchas you had expected. You would say, ‘‘T am very much obliged.”’ But you would not add ‘‘for half as much as I expected. to get.) Yet there are some men who are just as good and as true as they need to be, but they lack smoothness, mellowness, socia- bility and pliability; they hurt every- body they touch; they cannot collect a gas bill without making a man feel crabbed. Yet, you have sterling de- LITERARY AND BUSINESS SUCCESS, 175 termination, and if people are in the wrong, or if they undertake to wrong you or the truth, you have stead fast- ness and dignity that would enable you to make them feel sorry and ashamed—if it were necessary. If you were a teacher, and the young men were delinquent in decorum, or in attainment, you would be able to reprove without alienating; you can punish without awakening hatred. If you were obliged to give a persona demerit you would say, ‘‘John, it is harder work for me to do this than for you to take it, but I cannot help it, my duty requires it, I owe it to your parents and to the school, but I hope I shall not have to do it again, and if you will do your best I cer- tainly shall be spared doing it.” And the delinquents would dread delin- quency because it would hurt the teacher. Thereare teachers,so called, who seem to delight in finding fault, in detecting error and delinquency; they hunt for it, as a setter dog does for the track. If it existed you would find it, but you would not make peo- ple think you were hunting for it, you could show that by expressing regret and surprise: ‘‘Is it possible that you have been delinquent? I am very sorry.’ And that would savea fellow where hard words would not reclaim him. I think you had a good mother, and you have borrowed much of her life. She got hers probably from her father, and it has been filtrated through ma- ternal life, and you have taken it in that way, modified. You have your mother’s spirit, talent and sentiment. You have large Causality, which seeks to know the why. You have the instincts which enable you to find out facts and truth, so that you have a kind of free access to knowledge in detail and also in its philosophic form. You hardly know in which phase of acquiring or holding knowledge you are strongest. You have ingenuity and planning talent, ability to devise ways and means to accomplish things smooth- ly and easily. If you had been put into a manufacturing institu- tion, you could have drawn plans and patterns, and devised ways and means to accomplish desired results successfully. When yousee new inventions you are attracted, and are induced to study them until you understand them, and won- der why they had not been done before; but you are essentially liter- ary, moral, philosophical and ethical. You have a devout, a kindly and a just spirit. You are watchful rather than timid, you are cautious, guarded and prudent rather than worrying, anxious, despondent and fretty about the future. If you live rightly, you can have sunshine all the year round. All you need is to keep your body in such a condition that your nervous system will not be exacerbated. You area good friend; and natu- rally patriotic. You love home and you would enjoy the ownership of lands—‘ grounds,”’ as they are called. Toa young lady of Freehold, New Jersey, I once said this,and she looked up with pleasure and pride, and said, ‘‘Our family live on a farm which was purchased of the Indians by our ancestors; it has never been out of our hands, and a piece of buckshin represents the deed.”” And weshook hands on it. You are ambitious to be respected, are also proud enough to desire to deserve respect, and therefore you stand erect even when people do not recognize your worth, your good inten- tions and your talent ;—you may feel despondent, but it does not crush you,—you simply say ‘‘ They do not know me.’”’ Wemean that what you are, and what you have attained you understand pretty well, and you stand in the plenitude of your attainments manfully and with dignity, and you believe in yourself. You may not be arrogant, but you are not cringing or weak, and are sorry for people who are so. I would give you more Combative- ness, would make youa little more se- 176 vere and would give you more policy and concealmentand ability to manip- ulate smoothly for the world’s good, but not deceitfully. I would give you more reticence, more power to hold what you know and feel, hope and fear without showing a sign of trepi- dation or of solicitude. All your life long, if you have been unfairly and unjustly reproached, ridiculed, mis- understood or maligned, it has hurt you worse than you were willing to have people know. Your Self-esteem and your Firmness have kept you up; you feel, ‘‘Though he slay me, yet will I not wince.”’ I would give you a little more base of brain, more of the selfish qualities, the capacity to be harder where hard- ness is useful. With your large brain you ought to be an intellectual man, in the minu- tie as well as in the philosophical. You are artistical in your taste, mechanical in your judgments, but not quite financial enough; you need to appreciate profit, property and gain more than you do. You can achieve that which ought to be paid for, better and easier than you can make people agree to pay you and get it. If you were in business you would want somebody to do the col- lecting and do all that kind of pushing drudgery that belongs to collection. You could plan that which would be profitable and desirable, but to follow it up and collect it, invest it and keep it, would be a more difficult task. You ought always to have a collector and one not extra sensitive; but you would try to teach him good manners. » You should marry a woman with a broader base of brain and more sel- fishness and force. It would be bet- ter for you and for the children. People can put you off and make you wait. If they need to delay you will be the man they will operate on. Those broad-headed men they would pay promptly all they owed, but would pay you half and ask you to wait until next Saturday for the balance, and then perhaps divide it again. How To Strupy STRANGERS. You have better power for making literature or other useful products than you have for getting pay for it. As a talker and as a writer you are at home, and if you would learn to dictate to a stenographer you would find it a very easy task to do literary work, because when rested you would have a chance to revise it, add to, or diminish it. Any field of literature you could cultivate in a reputable and successful manner and command an enviable position. BIOGRAPHICAL. EDWARD WILLIAM Bok was born in the seaport town of Den Helder, near Amsterdam, in Holland, Oct. 9, 1863, and he is, therefore, in his thirty-first year. He was reared amid wealth and luxury. His father occupied diplomatic positions at the Royal Court of the Netherlands, and was considered one of the richest men in Holland. But reverses came, and Edward was brought to America at the age of six, unable to speak a word of the English language which he has learned to write so fluently. Young Bok was first heard of at the age of fifteen, making a wonderful collection of autograph letters and documents of famous personages which soon attracted the attention of the newspapers of America and Europe. The fameof the young col- lector quickly spread, and he became known as ‘‘ The Prince of Autograph Collectors.” This collection now numbers over 20,000 pieces, and is, without doubt, the finest and best selected autographic compilation owned by any private person in America. At nineteen, he started Zhe Brook- lyn Magazine with not enough money to pay the printer for one printed page. He struggled against all obsta- cles, however, and made the maga- zine a success in little more than a year, selling it at a good price to a Brooklyn millionaire. Mr. Bok’s edi- torial management of the Brooklyn Magazine was so fresh and original that LITERARY ANT BUSINESS SUCCESS. 177 his work brought the magazine into public notice from the start. Even at this age, before he had attained his majority, he thus showed his tact as an editor. Henry Ward Beecher soon after this became attracted to the young man, and the great preacher put much of his literary work into his hands. The closest confidence existed between Mr. Beecher and his alert protégé. At Mr. Beecher’s death, Mr. Bok compiled and edited a ‘‘ Beecher Memorial” for the family, to which Mr. Gladstone, the Duke of Argyl, Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, John G. Whittier, ‘‘ Grace Greenwood,”’ Julia Ward Howe, Ed- win Booth, Dr. T. DeWitt Talmage, General Sherman, Bartholdi, Salvini, Ristori, and over one hundred and fifty other famous persons contrib- uted. Its publication attracted the widest attention and won consider- able literary standing for Mr. Bok. He was the founder of a literary syndicate, which is known as ‘‘ The Bok Syndicate Press,” and is one of the most powerful literary influences in New York, employing over eighty of the most famous authors of America and Europe. Morethan 135 newspapers are its customers, and from this its enormous influence may be measured. He became connected with the firm of Charles Scribner’s Sons, and in four years he graduated through several positions until he was made chief of the advertising department of the house. In this capacity, his strong and picturesque advertise- ments of the house’s books became quickly noticeable and _ directed renewed attention to this active and rising young man. After receiving and _ declining several lucrative offers, he accepted the position of editor-in-chief of the Ladies Home’ Journal. He has proved one of the most enterprising and successful men now occupying an editorial chair, and his remarkable feat of quickly lifting the /ournal into the public eye and placing it among the first literary papers of the day, has perhaps not an equal in literary annals. The secret of Mr. Bok’s editorial success unquestionably lies in his singularly accurate knowledge of what the public wants and will read, and with one eye on his readers he keeps another on the press, the result being that Zhe Ladies’ Home Journal is one of the most widely quoted and best gratuitously-adver- tised periodicals of the day. He is also as good a business man as he is an editor. Perhaps no literary man has the friendship and confidence of so many celebrities and the most famous authors. He has the name of every author of note at the ends of his fingers, knows them all personally, and can secure their best work where others will fail. Zhe Ladies’ Home Journal has a subscription list of three-quarters of a million. It is interesting to a student of Phrenology and Physiology to study the organizations of these men, and then follow in their biographical sketches the work which they have performed, and then the fact that they have become settled and estab- lished, perhaps for life, with each other in carrying out a laudable and popular work, and have made perhaps the best exponent of woman’s life and oppor- tunity, which has ever been evolved, in the establishment and successful conduct of the Ladies’ Home Journal. Each in his way was a _ hustler. Each started a paper as owner and editor, and made it asuccess. Their capital consisted of their brains and their prophetic enthusiasm.. The whole world was before them where to choose their habitation and their pur- suit. Fertile in resources, patient and industrious, with will-power equal to any emergency, with tact and ingen- uity sharpened by necessity, their efforts and their success may be re- garded asphenomenal. Now they are happily unitedina great, popular and profitable literary enterprise. CHAPTER XVIII. SHAPES OF HEADS AND OF HATS. There is existing a very mistaken idea in the minds of thousands of in- telligent people in regard to the shape of the human head at the point where the hat touches it, and that has arisen solely from the distorted outline which the hatters’ Conformateur indicates at the top of the machine where the little outline is produced by a row of pin-holes indicating a shape, called by the hatters a Conform. Reporters of papers have inter- ACTVAL ae sae ed ame nde eee re sgt CONFORM . |! ~ - o-* of Daniel: XQ x y ae este! moment > ef Qe a eee ip me e Caowm ce oe Gm ow @ m~ ees @ 24menea ooo oflg eeretedqeecre ts et @eaee2e 8 ooee ae Fig. 141. Daniel Webster, represents a cross section of the head reduced one-half by the photographer. This was taken by means of the hat Conformateur and the external line shows the shape and proportionate length and width of the great diameters of the head. It was taken from the only life cast for which he ever sat, and this external outline represents the exact form of the cast referred to. The circumference of the cast is 251% inches; the lengthfrom frontto rear 83/ and the width 6% inches. The left hand end of the outline, as we look at it, marked thus +, is the forehead, and this rule will apply to all the figures which are to follow. The inner dotted line of the head is called the Conform, which is the result of the action of the hatter’s machine called the Con- formateur. A casual glance at that figure will show that it is much too narrow for its SHAPES OF HEADS AND HATs, 179 length to compare with the outline of the real head. Outside of this interior dotted line is a reduced form of the larger outline, showing how much wider proportionately the head really was than the Conform represents it to be. And this reduction is accurate, because itis photographic. This gives the text of this whole topic, namely, that while the hatter’s machine aids them in getting the exact size and shape of the head, its representative, the dotted outline, is misleading, while the form which immediately surrounds the dotted Outline is the true shape of the head accurately reduced, Fig. 142. This is a side view outline of the head and face of Webster from his bust. If the reader will turn to Fig. 1 of this series, January, ’93, he will find this outline and other outlines of heads projected on the same scale, and also a back view of each, which will give a clear indication of the method of studying the forms and magni- tudes of heads, and the significance of these facts. The dotted outline crossing from the center of the forehead to the center of the back head indicates the hat line, the place where the hat, properly put on the head, is worn. There is a dandy fashion of lifting the hatup from behind, but itis apt to blow off. The dotted hat line on this head shows _ where the Conformateur is placed to deter- mine the size and shape of the hat required. viewed us with large numbers of these hatters’ shapes or Conforms that had been printed by the dozen in different newspapers. They would bring them to us with the names cut out or con- cealed, and ask us what such a shape of head indicated, and wish us to write out for publication the character of some noted men based only on that form of the head which the hatters’ Conformateur produces. Some twenty years ago there ap- peared an article in the Sczentific ajo! oO; Deniel Mebster “sel i. eee ae , ’ ‘ : Fig. 143. Shows the central figure of Webster, 141, represented by the dotted outline, which is a reproduction of the Conform of Fig. 141, and around that is a reduced real form of Webster’s head, and the contrast of the two shows the difference between the real shape of the head and the Conform which the instrument produces. American, elaborately illustrated with a large engraving of the hatters’ Conformateur, with a specific descrip- tion of the machine, and a large number of ‘**Conforms”’ were pub- ished, with the names of the persons from whose heads they were taken, and these were represented as ‘the true form of the heads. We were astonished that ascientific mechanical journal should accept the statement as a fact that those Conforms repre- sented the real form of the heads in question. I kept a copy of the Scientific American, thinking some- time I would disabuse its readers in the matter, and it is not more than'a year since, when, in overhauling some papers I met with it. It may have been a ‘‘communication,”’ and the en- gravings furnished by an interested party, but the misleading impression which the text and the illustrations afforded should never have passed a clear-headed man worthy to edit such a paper. The Conformateur does: not and cannot make a small Conform of the same shape as the head that; 180 How To Srupy STRANGERS, serves as a model if the head is in any degree longer than it is wide, Only with a model perfectly round will the Conform be shaped like the model. Yet honest and intelligent hatters who have had twenty years experience will earnestly assert the contrary, but three minutes explana- tion will show them how easy it is for intelligent honesty to be mistaken. “== or J wm. - - see fe A Perfect Cirele Yy ra s £7. Diem, \ = Sa, orem an am Fig. 144. A perfect circle represents a perfectly round head, if such a head could be found, and some approximate it. We had a figure made from a piece of board exactly circular, and putit into the Con- formateur, and, as we expected, it devel- oped a Conform which was a repetition of the perfect circle, and this proves that the elliptical instrument applied to an elliptical head exaggerates the difference between the length and the width of the representation, reducing the sides just as much asthe front and rear are reduced, proving that the Conform, so called, does not represent the real shape of the head, unless that head were perfectly round or perfectly square, and then it would repre- sent it. To aid me in directing public senti- ment to the real facts in this matter, I have been most kindly aided by those well known popular and pros- perous hatters, the Messrs. Dunlap & Co., of 180 Fifth avenue, New York, who have furnished every facility by applying their Conforma- teurs to casts of heads from our phrenological collection, especially that of Daniel Webster, the only life cast ever taken of him, showing the absolute size and form of his wonder- ful head. Those gentlemen have also permitted us to have the use of the Conforms of not a few of their noted customers, by means of which we secured outlines of the head the size of life, that enabled us to make the record of the size as well as of the forms of the heads. In the case of the head of Daniel Webster, we show the relative length and width and the exact form of the head where the hat fitsit. The Con- form, so called, in the center is the production of the hat Conformateur in taking the shape and size of the head, and the dotted outline shows. that Conform, but in photographing the rea) shape of the head and reduc- ing it to the length of the Conform as 1means of comparison, it will be perceived that it shows an outline much broader than the form which is represented by the dotted outline. This is a perfect reduction by photo- graph from the large outline, and represents the true form of the head, and the dotted outline of the same length is an exhibition of the shape of the head distorted as the hat Con- formateur produces it These Conforms, technically so called, are not really the form of the head. If one would look at a Con- form, which is about half as long as the head and one-third as wide, and compare it with the open hat of the original before him, he would see instantly that it is much narrower in proportion to the length than is true of the hat of the person which is shaped to the head. The reason why these Conforms, so called, are so much too long for their width is that the machine is an ellipse and ithe head which is placed in it is also elliptical, and the way the machine is made to act necessarily reduces the sides as much absolutely, not proportionately, as it does the length. If the head were perfectly round the hatters’ machine would make the Conform perfectly round, because it would reduce the figure equally on every part of it. The machine, as some readers may not know, is made something like a CONFORMATEUR AND ITS WORK, 181 hat, the walls of which are composed of a great number of narrow pieces of wood, the height of a hat, sur- rounded by an elastic spiral spring, and then the wall is constructed so as to move in and out to fit any head. This adjustment on the head gives the perfect size and form of the head or inside of a proper hat. The vertical pieces constituting the walls of this machine are turned at right angles above the head in the top of the machine, and approach the center and each other by radial, convergent lines, and at their ends surround an oval space over the center of the top head. At the inner end of these tapering arms, each having a standing needle point, look like a picket fence around a small fountain. Jesse Seligman ed ie 2. 3 ‘7, - = ~ - weene =~ Fig. 145. Jesse Seligman, the distin- guished banker, recently deceased, hada 224-inch head, and in form it approximated the round. He was of German stock, and they have broader and shorter heads than some other nationalities. And this shows that the Conform with the dotted line approaches the true form of the head more than was the case with Webster’s or the othersthatweshall represent. This fullness of the side head gave him the push, policy and financial capacity which enabled him to begin peddling inastrange country with a basket, then a pack and to become a banker and a millionaire. He hadalso the intellect and the moral top head which made him a philanthropist and in middle life a peer and accepted associate of the great and good of the land. When the Conformateur is being fixed upon the head, those converg- ing arms are drawn away from the center according as the head presses out the wall pieces, and the little space at their ends is contracted and expanded by the sliding in or out of those arms from the center, thus giv- ing shape to the open space fenced in by standing needle points. While the Conformateur is thus fixed a piece of stiff paper or thin cardboard is laid over this row of needle points, and a padded cover fixed bya hingeis pressed down upon the paper and the needle points per- forate the paper, making a shape which the hatters call a Conform. This paper being removed and trim- med according as the perforations, show its form. It is then placed in another machine called a Formillion. This apparatus (the head not being in the way) can lie flat on the table and is made up of pieces of wood made tapering and converging toward the Vv. Fi, erpeat (organ 23 z ‘7 Fig.146. J. Pierrepont Morgan, the banker and business man, hasa head measuring 235% inches in circumference—it is a broad head and yet long. Itis a longer head in proportion to the width than was the case with Seligman, and the Conform repre- sented by the dotted outline showsa greater contrast with the solid line around it. Intellectual sagacity, scope of mind, prud- ence, policy, sociability, courage and thor- oughness are his leading characteristics. But how the Conform is stretched out, and how it varies from the true form, as seen when it is reduced in length to that of the Conform ! center in which the Conform is placed on two centering points to hold it firmly. When these converging arms are gently placed against the edge of the Conform, set screws are turned which hold them firmly, and this Formillion then exactly represents 182 How To Strupy STRANGERS. the form and size of the head when surrounded by the Conformateur and the hat block is made to conform to it. Fig. 147. Thomas Nast, the caricature artist, whose head measures 22% inches in circumference, has a head bordering on the round, broad and short type, and the Con- form in his case approaches the true outline form of head which surrounds it more nearly than is the case with J. Pierrepont Morgan. Fig. 148. Rev. Mr. Ducey has a :ong head, running towards the intellect from the opening of the ears and from the ears backward in the social side of character, but in the side head he is not as strong in the selfish elements as those who have a broader head in proportion to the length. This ‘development indicates intellectual penetration, the power to gather and hold knowledge, and bring it into use as may be required. His head measures 23% inches, and belongs to the class of very large heads, and yet that size is liberally made up in length of head rather than of breadth; still the head is amply developed in the sides, and he has therefore great adminis- trative ability. The Conform appears to be very long and comparatively narrow, but the true form of the head in the continuous line around the dotted line shows the difference between the real shape of the head and the Conform. The side-view portrait of Daniel Webster was taken by photography from the bust of Webster himself and is accurate; the dotted line that runs across from the front to the rear is the ‘‘hat line,” and the Conforma- teur is put on the head to fit on the line where the hat fits, and thus we get the shapes of all the heads we have presented, and the figures, 254 inches for Webster, 22$ inches for Seligman, and 23,4 inches for Van- derbilt represent the exact circumfer- ential measurements of these heads. C honderbile A 76°7: Fig. 149. Cornelius Vanderbilt, the great railroad man, whose head is 237% inches, shows a decidedly large brain, indicating great length foreand aft. The intellectual region in the front, and the social region in the back head being large give length to the development. His head is wide enough in the center to give him secular wisdom and energy of character. Itis a very well balanced head, but the Conform, shown by the dotted line, is very much lengthened by the process of taking that figure by the hatter’s machine. The real form of the head being reduced so as to contrast more easily with the Conform, shows how much wider the head really is than the Conform represents. The outlines we present are taken by photograph, and each occupies the same distance from the instru- ment, so that they are relatively the correct "size; Webster's ~ béino the largest and the others varying accord- ing to the measurement of the head. Mr. Seligman’s head approximates the round, and the dotted line of the Conform is more nearly round than any others present. C. Vanderbilt, J. Pierrepont Mor- ganand the Rev. T. J. Ducey have longer heads than Seligman in pro- BROAD AND NARKOW HEADs, 183 portion to the width, and the dotted line Conforms are elongated and nar- row. ‘The most extraordinary one is that of Thomas Shandley, which was made on a cast of his head and which we know to be correct; yet people have brought us such outlines as Shandley’s ‘and wanted to know what such a head indicated. meee. i tt oan CONFORM Themes Shendley Lig“ erg . >. ~ ~ - oe momm nomen nens - -——- — -- oa ween es OO wo eee een eee Fig. 150. Thomas Shandley has a pecul- iar development of head. It is long for the width of it, and the Conform, bounded by the dotted line, looks more like the sole of a shoe than like the inside of a hat, or shape of a head. The proper form of the head being re- duced by photography to the exact length of the figure of the Conform, shows by contrast the difference between the Con- form and the head itself. For the hatter, the Conformateur is a valuable institution, but as showing the real form of the head by the dot- ted line Conform it does not repre- sent it. If a head were perfectly round then it would represent it, but as nearly all heads are elongated, some more and some less, the varia- tion is marked and relatively mislead- ing, An oblong or oval body subjected to the treatment of the Conformateur in its process of reduction to the size which is called the Conform, lessens the width of the small figure as much as it lessens the length. For instance, in treating a head which is eight inches long and six inches wide, if an inch be taken from the front and rear the figure loses one-quarter of its length, and an inch taken from each side of the head lessens its width one- third. Take two and a half inches from front and rear and there are three inches left. Do the same by the sides and there is left but one inch. It is three times longer than it is wide. At first there was the same real difference, but the proportionate difference in the outlines as shown is astonishing. We have many more specimens for future use in this line of work. Fig. 151 and Fig. 152.—These two portraits may often be seen on the streets. The first is a broad head, and did not have the head measured by the Conformateur, the hat not shaped to his head, and a finished hat cannot be put into shape readily. It will be seen that the hat at the band is bulged out and the brim is buckled and twisted because the sides are pressed out and the rim has to buckle because the hat is bulged penile WH) Y ap ia FIG, I5I. BROAD. FIG, 152. NARROW, Fig. 152 is a narrow head, easily compared with the other, and the hat seemed to be well fitted to the head and is not bulged out at the sides, and the hat looks as if it had been fitted by the modern Conformateur, while the other one looks as if the hat did not belong to him and as if he had laboriously pulled it down, thus buck- ling the brim into awkward shapes. The organs of the selfish propensti- ties, above and about the ears, give breadth to the head, and their defi- ciency gives flatness to the head. Figs. 145 and 147 are like 151, while Figs. 158 and 159 are more like 152. The broad headed men are those who are efficient, severe, thorough, and self-protecting. The narrow and long heads are more frank, social, and usually more developed in the intel- lectual region. CHAPTER XIX. HEADS AND HATS CONTINUED. HE hat does not determine accurately the size of the brain because it measures only the circum- ference of the head where the hat touches through the middle of the forehead and on a level with the middle of the back head. A high head gives reason, moral sentiment firmness and ambition and of these extra developments the hat takes no account; yet a nundred men wearing large hats will take the lead of a given number who wear hats of only average size. Figs. 153, 154. A. M. Munkacsy, the celebrated Hungarian artist, renowned for his great pictures, ‘* Christ before Pilate’ and ‘‘ Christ on Calvary.” This head is nearly round, consequently the Conform strongly approaches the real shape of the head. The left side of the head seems to be larger than the right side; that is, the left hemisphere of the brain was larger than the right. The peculiarity of this head is the 4.10. Munka coy he - /7. PIG. L53s50 At M. MUNKACSY enormous breadth of it. Where the hat touches the head it crosses the region of Ideality, Sublimity, Con- structiveness, Caution and Secretive- ness. The portrait, Fig. 154, show- ye fy eS Z, Na GE =A P oR gi p y ye eae ? a iu AYA ie: =) = ‘GZ it Wii Z LE; HYG Is Op USNS ) iY Wy) 4 = As {( \ WW FIG. 154. or Gin the -.west fae) Mare evan Buren smiled blandly and remarked: ‘‘Gentlemen, the terms east and west are conventional.”’ And he did not even realize that he was selling his friend and himself until the oppo- nent laughed heartily and left the office. While Mr. Van Buren was Secre- tary of State under General Jackson, John C. Calhoun was Vice-President, and it seemed settled in the Presi- dent’s mind, and in that of the people, that Mr. Calhoun should be the suc- cessor. Mr. Van Buren desiring the position, cast about fora quiet meth- od of supplanting Mr. Calhoun in the favor of General Jackson, and it ap- pears that Mr. Van Buren had discov- ered, in the archives of the State Department, the opinions on file of each member of Monroe’s Cabinet respecting General Jackson’s inva- sion of Pensacola, Florida, during 221 the Seminole War in 1817, while Florida belonged to Spain; for then it was the custom to require the opin- ion in writing of each member of the Cabinet on any important public mat- ter, after which the President would decide on his course of action. They did not, as now, have cabinet meet- ings like a caucus. Calhoun had been Monroe’s Secre- tary of War, and John Quincy Adams, afterward the successful opponent of General Jackson for the Presidency, was Monroe’s Secretary of State. Van Buren, occupying the State De- partment, had quietly found out the opinion Calhoun entertained in re- spect to his having gone into Pensa- cola during the Seminole War; and he suggested to President Jackson that if he wished to know he would find in such a pigeon hole in the State Department the opinion of each member of Monroe’s Cabinet. He went there and read the opinion of John Quincy Adams, his old op- ponent, who took strong grounds in favor of Jackson, and doubtless saved him from being cashiered; he then read the opinion of Calhoun, which was strongly against Jackson, urging that he be cashiered and dismissed the service. When Jackson had fin- ished the reading and saw that his pet friend and expected successor, Mr. Calhoun, had been his earnest opponent in that great, trying hour of Jackson’s life, and that his former political opponent, Adams, had saved him, Jackson brought his cane down on the floor and uttered his favorite exclamation in his usually emphatic manner—‘‘ By the eternal! Calhoun shall never succeed meas President.”’ When Van Buren saw he had put an iceberg between the President and Vice-President he began to lay his plans to become, himself, Jackson's successor, Calhoun, on the other hand, sought to break the force of Van Buren’s position, and studied to comprehend the strength of Van Buren in the North, and he found it was embodied in commerce and man- 222 How To Strupy STRANGERS. ufactures; so Calhoun organized his great opposition to the tariff and by his signal strength of character and potent arguments, wrought up the South, especially South Carolina, to FIG, 189. the pitch of nullification, which cul- minated in 1833, and General Scott was sent South to quell it. It is said that President Jackson communicated to Calhoun the assurance, ‘‘ That if one drop of blood were shed in South Carolina in armed revolution, he would hang him in an_ hour.” Whether Calhoun influenced his friends or sent a messenger to allay the troubled waters or not, as there was no telegraph, we do not know, but it is said that for two weeks at least, Calhoun was not seen in Wash- MARTIN VAN BUREN, PRESIDENT 1837-1841. Thus the war of nullification Bu- ington. was quelled by a Southerner. chanan was a different man ! Jackson was candor, courage and openness itself. He was abraveand a true, but rash man, and it is alittle singular to a general observer, that so able and rash a man should be so taken with so secretive and reticenta FRANKNESS AND SECRETIVENESS CONTRASTED. man as Van Buren; but they were the complement of each other; Jackson was the lemon and brandy, Van Buren was like the sugar and water —the compound was codperative. Jackson would plan the able, aggres- sive idea, and Van Buren would manage by sagacity and tact to carry it out with oily smoothness, If the secretive Van Buren had not slyly revealed that sleeping state paper to Jackson, Calhoun would not have pushed State Rights to the verge of nullification, and would have been President; then Clay, Webster and other capable men would have saved the country the infliction of several weak occupants of the Presidential chair, and the war of secession in 1861-65 would not have come during this century, if ever. -~ Van Buren was remarkable for memory of names. Any man or party of men who had been presented to him years before, he would recall without a mistake, and this made him personally popular, for people like to be remembered. In 1841, just be- fore his term expired, the writer, with five friends, called to pay our respects to the retiring President, and when three of us had been introduced, Mr. Van Buren called the fourth one by name, and said he remembered being introduced to him at Syracuse, N.Y., in 1836, when President Jackson was making the tour of the country, and he told the names of the four or five other persons who at that time were presented. A hotel keeper, a sales- man, a politician who can call any man by name years after he has once met him, will be popular, and thought to be a special personal friend, and with brain enough to command respect will succeed. An instance of Mr. Van Buren’s re- markable self-control, coolness and power to conceal his state of mind under a bland and equable demeanor, is related of him in connection with ¢he Harrison campaign of 1840, in which Mr. Van Buren was defeated as candidate fora second term. There 223 being no telegraphs as yet it took weeks to get the returns from all sections of the United States. The news came into Washington on Sun- day that the returns from Pennsyl- vania showed that General Harrison had carried that State, which it was understood would decide the election. A friend of the President desired to be the first to break the news to Mr. Van Buren, and knowing that he was attending service at the Presbyterian Church in Washington he hurried there and waited at the door until Mr. Van Buren came out, and in a hasty, hurried whisper, he informed the President that Harrison had car- ried Pennsylvania. Mr. Van Buren smiled and bowed most courteously and said: ‘‘I am very much obliged to you; General Harrison will then be the next President of the United States; good morning.” And one would have supposed from his appearance he had heard the most acceptable news. ‘‘Old Hickory,” as he was called, would have looked like a thunder cloud, and lightning would have flashed from his eyes, and with a jerky tread he would have marched off as if something serious had happened or was going to happen. General Jackson was the seventh president of the United States. He was born at Waxhaw, South Carolina, March 15, 1767. He was elected and took his seat as President March 4, 1829. He served two terms and died June 8, 1845. General Jackson’s ancestors were Scotch Presbyterians, who emigrated to this country from the north of Ire- land. Mr. Van Buren, the eighth Presi- dent of the United States, was Attor- ney-General and Governor of the State of New York, United States Senator, Minister to England and Secretary of State of the United States under Jackson. He was born at Kinderhook, N. Y., Dec. 5, 1782, and died July 24, 1862. In further discussing the form of 224 How To STupy STRANGERS. Mr. Van Buren’s head it will be no- ticed that in the center of the top- head there is an eminence showing large Firmness. It will also be ob- served that on each side of this emi- nence the head slopes off very rapidly ° like the roof of a house. In that sloping section of the head, on each side of Firmness, is located the organ of Conscientiousness, and that is thus shown to have been compara- tively deficient in him. Veneration, just forward of Firmness, is also shown to be large, but Benevolence does not seem to be very strong. He had a great deal more de- velopment of the side-head, where Acquisitiveness, | Constructiveness, Secretiveness, Caution and Ideality are located, than he had of Conscien- tiousness. Consequently he would evade issues, he would slide around them and benon-committal and mani- fest an apparent disregard of the prin- ciples of integrity in the management of affairs. —______+9+_______ CHAP TPE Rex hs CAPACITY AND CULTURE. PHRENOLOGICAL CHARACTER OF REV. FREDERICK D. POWER.* You have a large head, measuring as it does 234 inches in circumfer- ence by 144 inches from the opening of one ear to that of the other, meas- uring over the top; and such a head requires, as we judge the human con- stitution, a body which at maturity turns the scales at‘about 180 pounds. If a head measures 22 inches in cir- cumference, we suppose that 150 pounds of weight is about right, and so weight may vary according to the amount of work it has to do. The boiler need not be larger than the engine normally calls for, and there is arelation between the body and the brain as imitate and as necessary as that which exists between the boiler and the engine. You inherit, we judge, from the mother your organic make-up, and we think that your body is more like hers than like the father’s and that your face is built more like hers. The features are rather light; the bony structure in the face is not as large as it would have been if the inheritance were moreafter the father. It is a fortunate fact for a boy to re- *[This phrenological description was given with no knowledge of the name or pursuits of the person. ] semble a good mother, just as in the same family it is a fortunate fact for the daughter to resemble the father, and the children who resemble in that way are much more influential and capable than those in the same family who resemble the other way, and we think that with your size of body, weighing as you do 185 or 190 pounds, you have body enough to support your brain; therefore you may en- gage to do anything that your culture and experience warrant you in taking up, with the assurance that the brain and the body will be equal to the task. The type of your intellect is intui- tive rather than theoretical. It would be natural for you to make an ex- temporaneous: speech, to talk your thoughts on subjects with which you are- familiar, rather than to be obliged to commit it all to formal statements. If you were a_ public speaker, you might sometimes write part of a discourse, but the auditors would open their eyes when you began to talk without the notes, It is possible for a man like you to write a better statement of a case than he could make orally, so that in print it would have, like iron hoops in con- trast with wooden hoops, more crisp- ness and more grip on the subject; but to move an audience, to lead it, convince it, and get the applause, the CAPACITY AND CULTURE. 225 contribution or the votes, it would be better for you to think on your feet and select the language after you had run the subject through and knew what you wanted to talk about. You could put the sentences and the state- | ments into such shape as to make them more effective orally; and then you could talk to a congregation in such a way that they would feel that you were in earnest about the matter, personaliy. That is one reason why a lawyer’s work in court is sometimes more palpable and pertinent than the steady discourse of the pulpit. A man has time to prepare a sermon, and sometimes a minister is invited to preach an annual sermon, and he has twelve months to think about it. Of course the people think then that the statements ought to be well based, clear-cut, handsomely com- posed, and the periods well rounded, smooth and polished. I am not quite. certain how a congregation who had never heard a sermon, an argument, or a stump speech, and who were intelligent in matters of experience and book knowledge, would be affected by a solidly written dis- course as compared with the im- pulsive earnestness of an extempo- taneous effort, but I believe the great, natural, human brotherhood would be more moved by the off-hand statements, You are adapted to bea teacher; that is to say, you study subjects at your leisure, and you can utter your thoughts without further preparation. The medical lecturer takes the human skeleton, or afterward the muscular structure, the nervous structure, or the nutritive structure, and though it is scientific work, he employs his mind, composing his statements as he goes along and talks to the students. I think that is the best way to do it, and you are adapted to do work of that sort, and you have a personal influence where you can meet men on their level and talk your knowledge. You have the development that would take and use culture effectively. If you were an editor, and I were the owner of the paper, I would en- courage you in employing a stenog- rapher, so that when you were full of a subject you could walk the room and talk it and urge it as if you were before an audience, without the for- mality and weary slowness of written composition. Where a discourse is recorded by hand it has a tendency to separate the subject and the au- dience at a distance from each other, but where a man dictates it itsounds as if he had been talking it right into the ears of his listeners or readers. You area good judge of human nature. You understand strangers readily, and are thus instructed as to what to say and how to say it; and when you have said anything, es- pecially if you happen to get on the wrong track in the presence of the man you are talking with, you know it instantly, but you very seldom make a mistake. You could go among strangers and deal wisely with them, and if you were called to transact certain business among strangers you would find your way to the right door of entrance; you would hit the man right; and if a person could accompany you for a day he would be astonished to see the twen- ty-nine different ways in which you would address thirty men, one after the other, and, if he were bright, he would finally make up his mind that you talked to each one according to that man’s needs, disposition, mode of thinking, and type of feeling. Occasionally he would find you deferential, your voice modified, with all authority and dogma left. Tout.» of its- it ‘would «be suggestive. You would speak as though you wanted to know if it suited the man’s convenience, and if he thought it was an appropriate’ thing to do, and finally the man would yield his assent or bring out his con- tribution liberally; while perhaps some men, who might have gone on the same errand would not have 226 obtained a favorable hearing or a cent, because they would have gone there with ‘‘law and order ”’ in their tones. You would go there as if you were a FIG. 190. brother, and as though you felt that the man had aright to withhold his help if he did not approve of the plan;so you would spread out the plan before him, and then if he chose to become a contributor with the How To StTupy STRANGERS. rest, you would be glad to receive whatever he might desire to give. That is the way to get a big subscrip- tion from a lordly, overbearing man. REV. FREDERICK D.: POWER. Let the solicitor show him that his dignity and his rights are recognized, and that nothing is wanted from him unless it pleases his ‘‘Gracious Majes- ty" to give it; and then he will prob- ably be liberal. Another man you CAPACITY AND CULTURE. would approach as if you had a right to tell him just how muck to give, and as if he expected you would assess him and tell him what a man in his position, as compared with other people, ought to contribute; and a man like that would sometimes ask you, ‘*‘ What are the others giv- ing, what has so and so given, what is the drift? is it $50, $25, or 50 cents? What are people giving on an average? He would want to be guided. You would know your men when you foundthem. One of these over-bearing rulers you never would undertake to dogmatize; that is if you were interested in accomplishing certain results. ‘To such a man you would say, ‘‘What do you think of this matter, how can it best be worked up and accomplished? ‘That gratifies his dignity, and makes him feel mellow; and then he will perhaps say toyou, ‘‘ You are better acquaint- ed with this subject than Iam; you go ahead and do what you think proper to do and I will back you;” but nobody could argue that into him. The middle section of your head indicates force of character. You are firm and decided; you are consci- entious, truthful, just; you are pru- dent and watchful. You do not rush madly into dangers and difficulties, and yet when dangers and difficulties lie in the path which it is necessary for you to pursue, you gather up your forces and enter upon it with courage and energy. However, you do not ‘‘ waste your sweetness on the desert air,’ and if you can reach any result by smooth and gen- tle means, you like that way to do it. If you were a policeman, you would say toa man that he was wanted at the station house, and that if he would go along quietly it would be _all right, and that if he were willing to walk by the side of you as two friends might walk and talk, it would not excite any observation; but if he were to square off and decline to go, then your grip would be found solid. 227 must; and when it was necessary for you to do it, you would know what it meant. You would, in governing a boy, give him a good chance to choose to do right. You would lay the ques- tion out before him with all the pros and cons, and say to him that he might have from ten o'clock until one o’clock, that is until lunch time, to think it over, ‘‘and that you felt satis- fied he would wish to do that which would be right;” and three times out of four he would; but if he did brace up and decline, he would find perhaps that he would be coerced, and by yourself too. My impression is that you go to extreme measures only un- der extreme necessity; but when you go to that point, there is more iron than silk in the transaction. You are sensitive to public ap- proval; and rejoice in being indorsed in your opinions and in your purposes. You like to find out which way the grain of the timber runs, and then address yourself to people ina smooth way. You are naturally inclined to try that, and when it is a question in your mind, which is the better way, you try the smooth way first, and you have the ability to conciliate peo- ple who are oppugnant with each other, and perhaps with yourself. Most men, when they come to you feeling worried and annoyed about something, go away feeling better than they did when they came. You would tell a man to his face, ‘‘I do not blame you for feeling disturbed with the facts given to you on this subject; I should feel disturbed my- self under similar circumstances.” And that lets a man clear down to the level of common sense; then he is ready to talk up the matter, and to make all the concessions which any- body ought to require. In a business house you would get more work done cheerfully through this trait, which comes from your mother, than you could get done by those forces which you may have in- 228 How To STuDY STRANGERS. herited from your father. We think the main work of your life is done by persuasion, conciliation and smooth- ness; and you get that from your mother; and it is only when you can- not make that work with some incor- rigible people that the father takes the business in hand (that is the father that is in you); and some peo- ple are astonished to see how much grit you have when it is forced to the front. Your Friendship is known to every- body who knows you as being a very influential factor. Few men can go into indiscriminate association with people, as they average, and exert through friendship more influence than you do. One of the points that is perhaps most natural in you, if you wish to bring people to terms of agreement with yourself on anything that you approve, and that belongs to the public, is to make your friend- ship felt; to make the man feel, ‘‘I have not come here to dictate; I have not come‘here to bulldoze you, and I have not come here as your superior; but I have come as between two good friends, and whatever is about right will suit both sides.” The friendly feeling makes people willing to bend a little, and to do more than they thought they would do. You could get more codperation and friendly aid in things that are interesting to you than most men could. People do not feel willing to disoblige you. They will even strain a point rather than do so; so they do more, give more, and yield more because you are friendly. Argument is one thing, human duty is another thing, and friendliness is quite another. ‘‘I will do it for your sake,” is the feeling, and there are condi- tions in life in which that feeling is a wonderful factor. For example, in church work, aman who can make every parishioner feel that his friend- ship is earnest and kindly will induce the whole parish to feel that they must find out what the parson wants before they decide what they will de- cide to do, or not do; because he is as likely to be right as anybody, and they do not like to displease him or disagree with him, You are a natural financier; you could take care of the secularities even of a church; or, if you were in business, you would make the busi- ness side of your life prosperous, and as a business man, you ought to find the prosperous pathway in almost everything you might do, so that if there wasa loss you would make it less, and if losses were liable you would evade the loss entirely; and if you did not make any money, you would come out square, and that is some- times success. It is natural for you to look on the financial side and see what will be successful in regard to business, so that you will know which side is best for you to choose, and whether you can afford to do this or that. If you were aclergyman, and we do not know what you are, you would get the parish out of debt. You would insist upon having com- mercial promptness and thorough- ness in all the fiscal work of the church. If repairs were to be made, you would hunt for an honest man who would do the work at fair figures, and you would get people to send in estimates so as to find out what ex- perts thought the work was worth. You would have all the coal for the year bought when coal was cheapest, and you would want the church credit to be respected wherever they wanted anything. That is financial -talent employed in this channel. You would want the credit of the family to be without question so that the word of every member of it would be law on money matters. You would carry your affairs in such a way that even if you did not have much money, people who had some- thing to sell would give you the best opportunity for having it at the best price, and at the best season for buy- ing. They would all believe that it would come out all right. You love life and want to stay as CAPACITY AND CULTURE. 229 long as you can on this side of Jor- dan, and the thought of life ever- lasting is enhanced and glorified by this feeling that makes us love life here. The thought that we shall live here as long as we can, and ever- more hereafter, is a double interest in the fact of life and existence that we will live forever. You have literary capability; you have sympathy, justice and hope rather than devoutness, and the re- ligious side of your life will have less humble deference and devout hu- mility than it will of justice that in- sists upon the right, and mercy which insists upon helping the poor, ‘‘and being kindly affectioned one _ to another.” If you were in religious life and work, you would have to take more care of the devout side of your life than you would of the ethical and the sympathetical side, because these latter would take care of themselves. Some men have more sense of harmony than of time in music, so when they sing or play always have to watch the time, while the harmony will take care of itself. Your justice and mercy will take care of themselves, but you might have to watch the deferential and devout side of con- duct; and you never will be charged with Phariseeism. You would, not walk through life as if you were la- boring under an awful responsibility, and expected that the Judge of all the earth was ready to seek action against you. You would be more likely to say ‘‘ Our Father” than to, address God as ‘‘ The Eternal Judge of all the earth!” You are ingenious; you would have made a good mechanic. You are skillful to understand. that which comes under the domain of construc- tion, adaptation and fitness. You would do well in literary or scientific work. You might have been an engineer, an architect or an artist. You have a hearty, earnest energy which brings you right into the ranks of effort. For example, asa boy, if you were engaged in the games on the campus, your asso- ciates would think that you would do more, do it better, and do it more promptly than most of them. Wher- ever you undertake to work with the hands you hustle things, accomplish something and overcome difficulty. If you were in a catastrophe at sea or on a railroad, and you did not get hurt yourself, they would think that you were a first-rate worker to help rescue others. You have a helping hand and an earnest energy which could manifest itself in play or: in industrial effort, consequently your mind has a backing of courage, forti- tude, enterprise and a willingness to do that which ought to be done, and thus you amount to something in any field that you choose to occupy. BIOGRAPHY. Frederick D. Power was born January 23, 1851, in the vicinity of Yorktown, Va., aregion distinguished alike by reminiscences of the war for independence and that for the preservation of the Union. He was the second of nine children, being the son of Dr. Robert H. Power, also a native of Virginia, who had married Miss Abigail M. Jencks, of Madison County, New York, whose education was received at the _ well-known school of Miss Willard, of Troy, in her native State. His primary edu- cation was under the tuition of his cultured mother at the home on the farm, the father being a practicing physician in the vicinity. In 1868 young Power entered Bethany Col- lege, near Wellsburgh, Va., an insti- tution founded by Mr. Alexander Campbell. His proficiency in study was such that he completed the full classical course in three years. His diploma bears the signature of James A. Garfield as one of the trustees of the college. While yet a student, at the age of 18 years, he commenced his work as preacher of the Gospel, and two years later was regularly ordained to the ministry, On the 230 How TO STuDY STRANGERS. 18th of March, 1874, Mr. Power was married to Miss Emily B. Alsop, of Fredericksburg, Va., and in the following September, became adjunct Professor of Ancient Languages in his alma _ mater, having previously served _ several churches for a brief period in East- ern Virginia. He remained at the college one year, and was then called in September, 1875, to the pastorate of the Christian Church in Washing- ton, D. C., which position he has occupied without intermission to the present time. The church was then feeble, but has steadily increased in numbers and influence until it now contains 650 communicants, among whom have been President Garfield and Judge Jeremiah Black, besides numerous other distinguished officials of the government, from all sections of the country. The present church building is an elegant, commodious structure on Vermont avenue, which was completed at a cost of $67,000, and was dedicated June 20, 1884, President W. K. Pendleton of Bethany College officiating. The plain little frame structure previously occupied was the scene of someof the plottings of the assassin Guiteau, who designed toexecute his purpose while the Presi- dent was at worship, but was foiled by the non-appearance of the Presi- dent at the intended hour. When the corner stone of the present edifice was laid in 1882, the reputation of the late President had so attracted public attention to the church of which he was a member, that not less than five thousand persons were present. Mr. Power was appointed chaplain of the United States House of Rep- resentatives in 1881 and continued to perform its functions to the end of the Forty-seventh Congress. The chaste propriety and impressiveness of the address at the Garfield obse- quies were matters of much comment. Mr. Power is a fluent, impressive speaker, and generally speaks with- out manuscript, although his style is so smooth and accurate in its diction, and the modulations of his euphonious voice are so agreeable that his dis- course appears as though it might have been memorized. These quali- ties in the vehicle for the expression of sentiments and emotions, sober and serious as well as gay and hu- morous, have made him in addition to his decided success in the pulpit, a most acceptable speaker in the popular lecture field, which he is frequently invited to occupy. His lecture: ‘on the ‘‘ Life of.President Garfield’? has been frequently re- peated, and his famous lecture on ‘*Blockheads’”’ has been and con- tinues to be very popular, for its moral force and its humorous allu- sions. He has achieved so high a reputation by these and others of his lectures that he isin constant demand for their delivery before the various moral and religious associations of the land, as he is deeply interested in every laudable enterprise for the im- provement and elevation of society. The Christian Endeavor work, the Young Men’s Christian Associations, and the various temperance move- ments, find in him an ardent sup- porter. He is one of the vice-presi- dents of the National Temperance Society, of which Gen. O, O. How- ard is president, and is secretary of the Congressional Temperance Soci- ety, composed of Senators and Rep- resentatives in Congress. Mr. Power is a _ correspondent of the Christian Standard, of Cin- cinnati, reported to be the most widely-circulated religious journal ‘published west of the Allegheny mountains. His letters are always interesting—those published while he was traveling in Europe in 1892 were remarkably so, evincing superior abil- ity in observation and power of de- scription. In physical proportions Mr. Power exhibits quite an imposing presence. He is nearly six feet high and weighs 185 pounds, so that his large, active brain is well supported in a finely- balanced temperament. M. C. T. CAPACITY AND CHARACTER. 231 PROF. JOHN S. NEWBERRY, M. D. HIS portrait represents a strong and remarkable person. His temperament represents the Motive, Mental type. He had a tall, bony frame, a dark complexion, prominent features and a high crown of head which are indications of the Motive temperament. Then the sharpness of the features and the comparative fine- ness of the quality indicate the Men- tal temperament. His facility of rapid mental activity and persistent, unresting labor are evinced by a controlling Motive temperament in- spired by the activities and intensities belonging to the Mental temperament. The large development of the percept- ive organs, giving to the base of the forehead a projecting appearance en- abled him to grasp a vast amount of detail and to be an accurate and ver- satile scholar. He had a remarkable memory; facts once acquired re- mained asa part of himself and he could reproduce lines of knowledge which had once been familiar to him, giving him a vivid realization, so that all he had learned stood ready to sec- ond any effort which he made in the pursuit of knowledge in new channels and thereby his scholarship and his information became accumulative. His memory carried a record of all he had learned and known, and served as an illumination of the pathway on which he was working. That type of intellect serves a man somewhat as a head-light of a locomotive in the night, serves the engineer. The loco- motive carries its own light and throwing it miles ahead it illumines the track and makes clear everything that is in front, and so his accumu- lated knowledge being remembered and vividly held in solution, illumi- nated the pathway of his progress and helped to aggregate his knowledge. The upper part of his forehead was not small, but compared with the per- ceptives it seems less developed than it really was. The front head, the part which is not covered by hair, far enough down to take in the eyes, was inherited from his mother; the central and back section of the head, as far as we Can see it, and the middle sec- tion of the face, taking in the nose and cheek-bones, was evidently in- herited from the father. So he had the sharp intuition of the feminine and the tendency to delicacy of thought and minutiz of appreciation, served to put him into possession of surrounding knowledge and do it al- most instantly, while his determina- tion, his force of character, his inde- pendence and his ambition came from the father and made him a masterful worker. He found out the facts and drew his own inferences. He did not start with logical affairs and hunt for facts to verify them, but he got the facts first. His cautiousness rendered him guarded and prudent; careful in his investigations and safe in his state- ments, but he was able to think more clearly and rapidly than most investi- gators and he had the courage of his convictions, which is a masculine in- stinct. His friendship was a strong trait. He allied himself to people, or allied people to him. He was the magnet, and other people were the objects attracted. He was the cen- tral figure and he was stronger and more influential in his influence than those with whom he generally was associated, consequently he became an attraction to other people anda central figure in anything that he aimed to accomplish. He had large Hope, which is located about where the hair unites with the bald part of the front head, and a line drawn from the front margin of the whisker; for- ward of the opening of the ear and following the line of the hair nearly to the top of the head shows large elevation and fullness at Hope and Firmness, which two large develop- ments made him decidedly hopeful and headstrong. Self esteem was amply developed and so were caution and Approbativeness and these har- nessed to anything that interested his intellect would make a factor of in- tense power and influence in any How To StTupy STRANGERS. 232 5 lat ene Oo sg mu we © fee ac oe ae = seo tO a 2 & at Ee ees ty Oa ot wn 3) Sot 9 ee ro n pon a aS ales 223 Gq =o ~~ Cw O1n OS ee 56 om ol belo aowog 2S HO ou Dro Oe td a oD MM ef =) 3 = OLvG = SRB Ee Ex qo oe 4 Deore =o + ™ UU oem so OG Os aly Harr had oo Oe Gea @ a 2 Seay oe Sie = Se v Dee So ee 3y =O Tet eee Wx a SRN ‘ SAN RS . Na WS SOs RN eS aK ) AN . » M D. . JOHN S. NEWBERRY, PROF IgI FIG. In ry OHIO A He owned at first a square mile of land near the present center of the city of Cleveland, but ex- John Strong Newberry, removed to 1824. the ‘‘Western Reserve, Oo Dv_; a ci re} 7S (2) Cay rss (eo) Oso Once asers = (ae) ChwEg & ~£=0O n Op n 0 by 3) a o oc aed On ents es ‘Sv a0) athe To ey ay ates po act po 5S fe a YPoHes Arak ole Ww a da oe tet ee ais Sedueeet, eeGcD changed it for a tract at the falls of BIOGRAPHY. a te so 3 & o> 2 ry fle 16 9) Se a gE ‘aa a ee) on wo oO se ae CS OD Cre ae can — 3g an range Lo a AS =a) = Vv oO = Ou wn. Soe Ba N ee) ‘aa oo Mea Eee Oy = oO fiend) Fs Zo Dae BE of Windsor, Conn., where h He founded the known as Cuyahoga Falls, . was very valuable. town since is eminent ancestors had lived since the settle- CAPACITY AND CHARACTER. and engaged actively in the develop- ment of the coal resources of that region. Upon his property was mined the first coal known to have been offered for sale in Ohio. Dr. Newberry’s early life was passed amid fortunate conditions of competence and refinement, and the influence of his natural surroundings on the mind of the boy can be plainly traced. Before he entered college he had collected and studied mollusca and made an herbarium and a cata- logue of the flora of the State, and had substantially mastered the zool- ogy and botany of his county. In 1846, at the age of twenty-four, he graduated from the Western Reserve College, at Hudson, Ohio. During his college course and afterward he was a Close friend of his teacher in geology and natural science, Pro- fessor Samuel St. John. A _ class- mate writes of him: ‘‘Not a coarse word, not a cruel speech or act, not an ungentle thing of his doing occurs to the recollection of intimate ac- quaintance with him.’’ After gradu- ation he studied medicine as a post- graduate of the college, and was assistant to Samuel St. John, the Pro- fessor in Chemistry in the Cleveland Medical School, from which he took his degree of M.D. in 1848, Dur- ing the year following he practiced medicine at Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio, and in 1849 he went to Europe for further medical study, attended upon lectures and clinics in Paris, fre- quented L’Ecole des Mines and Le Jardin des Plantes, and heard lectures of Adolphe Brongniart, the great pal- eobotanist of that day. Before return- ing to America he visited the south of France, Italy and Switzerland. Notwithstanding Dr. Newberry’s flattering success as a physician, his inclination toward scientific work was unconquerable. In 1855 he left his practice and accepted the position of geologist and botanist on the gov- ernment expedition to northern Cali- fornia and Oregon. Dr. Newberry made large collections in geology, botany and zoology, and spent the following year in Washington prepar- ing his report, which is contained in the sixth volume of the Pacific Rail- road Reports. In 1856-7 he was Pro- fessor of Chemistry and Natural His- tory in the Columbian College, Wash- ington, D. C. Dr. Newberry had scarcely com- pleted his report of the Williamson expedition before he became the phy- sician and naturalist of the Colorado exploration expedition under Lieu- tenant Joseph C. Ives. The report of the Ives expedition was published in 1861. The _ geological report covers all the region which Dr, Newberry traversed from San Diego to Fort Leavenworth, and was the first detailed description of the lower Colorado region. The out- break of the War of the Rebellion found Dr. Newberry in Washington in the service of the War Department, with which he had been connected for five years as assistant surgeon. In the supreme hour of his country’s peril he forsook his scientific work and gave to the nation the benefit of his medical training. Depots for the distribution of hospital supplies were rapidly established and plans made for the relief of the sick and wounded, During all the years of the war Dr. Newberry was active in ameliorating the sufferings of both friend and foe, which, with kindness of heart, was doubtless a much more grateful work than would have been that of aggres- sion and destruction. In overseeing the work of his organization he at times followed the armies, and was present at the battle of Chattanooga. All the agents for this work were se- lected by Dr. Newberry and assigned to their special duties. With an ex- ecutive ability that is rarely equaled he seemed instinctively to put every man at the task he was best fitted for and to keep him up to his most effi- cient work. All reported to him at least every month and oftener, when emergencies demanded. All were treated with the utmost kindness and 234 How To SruDY STRANGERS, consideration, and all learned to love and to honor him. No part of his life-work is entitled to higher honor. His report upon the work of his de- partment exhibits the character and magnitude of his labors. Over $800,- ooo in money was expended in the benevolent work of the commission, and hospital stores were distributed to the value of $5,000,000. His scientific reputation was fully estab- lished at the incorporation of the National Academy of Sciences; in 1863 he was named by Congress as one of the fifty original members. At the close of the war Dr. Newberry was employed at the Smithsonian In- stitution as collaborator and referee in matters relating to geology. When the Chair of Geology and Paleontol- ogy in the School of Mines, Columbia College, was established, Dr. New- berry was called to the place and hon- orably filled it from September, 1866, to the time of his death, a period of twenty-six years. One of his highest and most ap- preciated honors fell to him in 1888, in the award of the Murchison Medal, conferred by the Geological Society of London for distinguished services to geological science. In 1889 he was first vice-president of the Geo- logical Society of America, which he had helped to institute in 1888. He was one of the committee of the American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, which was in- strumental in organizing the Inter- national Congress of Geologists, and perhaps his crowning and well-de- served honor asa geologist came in his election as president of the con- gress for the Washington meeting in August, 1891. But the tribute came too late for him to perform the duties of the office, or even to attend the meeting. Restoration was sought in the South, in California, on the shore of Lake Superior, and at his home of Jater years, Connecticut, but the rest had been too long deferred. On the night of December 7, 1892, at his residence in New Haven, the honored scientist, the beloved teacher, the noble man, went to his well-earned repose. Mrs. Newberry, with five sons and one daughter, are now liv- ing to do honor to the memory of the revered husband and father. With his attractive personality, rich experience, vast knowledge, and his social, generous nature, Dr. New- berry, more than any other geologist of America, was a ‘‘Nestor’’ to the younger generation of workers in geology. Many had worked under his direction; in later years many young men had been his students in the School of Mines, and a host of men had profited by his assistance and fatherly advice. ‘There was an unaffected cordiality and cheeriness in his manner which won instant con- fidence. No young man ever left his presence without encouragement and stimulus. His greatest influence, unseen, but gracious and enduring, was in the personal contact with students and friends, and the impress of his marked individuality on younger men. In the memory of those who knew him he still lives as a noble personal- ity, impressive in appearance, charm- ing in companionship, wise in coun- sel, himself greater than any work that he has done. He was great enough to demand our _ reverence, good enough to claim our affection, and human enough to win our sympathy. His abilities were such that he could have taken a high place in almost any profession. In his chosen field of natural science he was a master, and everywhere, whether in society, the university or scientific circles, he was a conspicuous figure, admired and honored. He was born before the days of scientific schools, and lacked the advantages of special instruction and scientific association. In _ his scientific work he was largely a self- trained observer and _ independent worker, one of the few great “‘natural- ists’’ by impulse. His range, there- fore, was not limited, nor his inde- pendence checked by undue regard for authority of predecessors or teachers. CHAPTER XXVII. CHARACTERISTICS OF SOME BOYS. S it a wonder that parental love still tenderly follows the precious pet though he should become prodi- gal? Right culture might save the wayward; wrong training might spoil the good. It is so with horses as with boys. No subject can be of more interest to the human race than the proper development and right culture of the young, and during the period of childhood and youth is the natural time for the physical, intellectual, moral, mechanical and governmental culture. That is the plastic season; the time for bending the twig to make the future tree incline rightly. The mother is the natural guardian and guide of childhood and should’ be wisely and well-trained for the impor- tant task. Occasionally a mother seems en- dowed by nature with a genius for government and with an aptitude for training and educating children. Other mothers who are good and true and anxious seem to be awkward at their work; they apply wrong meth- odsand partly because they do not un- derstand physiology and phrenology. Let us apply the doctrines of phre- nology, temperament and physiology to the management of some children whose portraits we have the pleasure to introduce, and whose names, resi- dence and parents are wholly un- known to the writer, mostly from the studio of that prince of child photog- raphers, Rockwood, of 1440 Broad- way, New York City. Figure 192 is a picture of robust health; full of life, brimming with - vitality and overflowing with joy and enthusiasm, and yet his joy is. in- clined to be rough. He has a great brain.and decided mental force. He cannot wait to be smooth, gentle and pliable. He sees his objective point and goes for it, through briars or thorns, or diagonally across the muddy street, regardless of clean shoes and spotless garments. He is a boy all over and thinks he is almost a man. Power is not necessarily bad, although it may be inconvenient and it may wear out shoes, tear clothes and slam doors. This boy is something like a bunch of firecrackers which is explosive although it may have no malign intentions. Powder, when loose, if exploded before a person’s face may destroy the eyes, singe the hair and pepper the skin; but the same powder, if placed ina gun-barrel, may explode within an inch of the huntsman’s keen eye without doing him the least harm, because it is under proper guidance and right control; in other words the fiery element is under the guidance of culture without the irksome re- straints of prohibition. A frolicking colt, calf or lamb will tear through the fields but has no malign pur- poses, it has no desire to do any mis- chief nor any disposition to harm, hurt or molest, and yet it may be an inconvenience andan innocent spoiler. It may trample the meadow grass, damage the lawn or ruin the garden, but the animal has only vitality and impulsive energy and a wish to work it off but no desire to harm or injure anything. 236 How To Stupy STRANGERS. This boy has a wide head through the region of the ears. He has large Destructiveness and Combativeness. He thinks he can do anything that ought to be done and tries some things of the equity of which he may FIG. 192. A have doubts. Bravery is written all over his face and head; hearty, healthy zeal sparkles in every fiber of his system. He likes large, heavy, noisy playthings and wonders a horn or a drum does not sound pleasantly to everybody. He has a magnificent intellect. The upper half of his fore- head is admirably developed and therefore he is old of his age and in- sists upon answers to questions that are above his years. He does not see why he should not know any- thing he is curious about. He will become an able man, a power in the world. He will make a fine lawyer if he can hold still long enough to become polished on the scholastic grind-stone. FULL PATTERN BOY. He has large Mirthfulness, but it is not shown so much in wit as it is in the fun of robust childhood. He has large Ideality, hence he is enthusias- tic; he builds castles in the air and thinks he can inhabit and control them, and yet this boy has Caution. Rash as he may appear he will show Caution strongly marked in his char- acter, but it is coupled with such an amount of Combativeness and De- structiveness, and with such earnest energy that he will seem to need a on CHARACTERISTICS OF SOME Boys. 237 guide, overseer and ruler, but his training ought to be in reference to guiding and not to overseeing and ruling him. He ought to be led to feel that doing as people who have a right to direct him, require, is his duty and is profitable for him to do, but he ought not to be rudely silenced or snubbed. His intellect is as bright asa dollar and he can understand danger and difficulty if they are FIG, THE STUDENT. 193. rightly presented and explained, but he is not likely to be very careful in his administration. Besides, he has wonderful Spirituality and Imitation, leveling up the front and the lateral portions of the top-head. He hopes and believes by the acre—by the hemisphere. He reads strangers well, and he will be wise in his appreciation of those who are strangers to him; he will like and dislike at sight. The restraints on him ought to be gentle; a little like an India rubber halter for a horse—one that will yield and stretch, yet not break. If he were fastened with a chain halter he might break it assome horses do, but if he were tied with elastic material it would suggest at least limited liberty and he would not chafe under it. He will make a popular orator, and he ought to be educated physically and mentally «s far and as carefully as the schools can do it, but he needs a great deal of room and he needs playthings that will make a noise, and yet will profit by a great deal of patience and care bestowed upon his conduct and career, and he will make his family proud of him if he can be kept onthe track. If the track is sub- stantial enough and wisely laid and if the parents and teachers are wise engi- neers they will talk about this boy when they reach into the aged de- cades and they will say: ‘‘He wasa pupil of mine so many years ago, and now see what he has achieved.” Figure 193 is a marked contrast to Fig. 192. This boy has the Mental temperament and not enough of the Vital. He has rather a slender con- stitution and he has an anxious look in his face. He is light in his build; his head is large for his body and he is too much inclined to study and think. He is very anxious, and with his large Caution he ought to be taught not to be afraid of darkness, except to avoid pitfalls and obstruc- tions. He should be hopefully taught in regard to the great questions of the future. His moral teachings ought not to be somber, for he is naturally inclined to be anxious and sad. Con- trast his face with that of Fig. 192. This shows the scholar, the medita- tive thinker, the reasoner, the artist and the poet, ‘‘the good boy,” but not so much the worker or one that plays, hustles and subdues. He is sedate and decorus in his ways. He ought not to be pushed in his studies and probably should not be allowed to study as much as he desires. If he could have a bicycle it would be good for him, or if he could have some- thing in the way of apparatus for 238 How To StTupy STRANGERS. exercise where weights, pulleys and ropes are used, so that he could use them any five minutes during the day when he felt an inclination for it, it would be just the thing forjhim. The gymnasium is desirable for many young people under different circum- stances, but this boy ought to have FIG. 194. apparatus in his own house, where he Can use it any minute, early or late, rain or shine, and he should not be “permitted to exercise with heavy ap- paratus. Such boys are meditative and they are inclined to overwork; if others around them are lifting heavy weights or using other heavy appara- tus they will try to do the same thing, greatly to their detriment. Fig. 192 works hard from the mere pleasure of it; he would work hard doing nothing but playing and frolic- king; Fig. 193 would overwork with- out working hard in the same amuse- ments. This is the mental and sentimental, delicate organization and should be carefully guided and regulated and should have guidance in both exercise and study, and he ought to take one- third more sleep than Fig. 192 would seem to require. Fig. 194 isathinker. Hé will be _ Rockwood, Phato. THE PHYSICIAN, fond of data and detail, will enjoy such studies as belong to the physi- cian, and he would make a good physician. He has Destructiveness, Secretiveness, Acquisitiveness, Cau- tion and Constructiveness, and these would make him wise in the sphere of medical practice and medical knowl- edge and expert in surgery. He has a capital memory and will hold ten- aciously whatever he acquires in regard to facts and science. Heisa natural historian; he is a keen critic, knows resemblances and differences, and is fond of acquiring knowledge. He will listen while he is being talked CHARACTERISTICS OF SOME Boys. 239 to and will ask questions when the lesson is finished. He is honest, cautious, mindful of consequences, and on the whole has a harmonious organization inclined toward the mental, and perhaps inclined to study more than is safe or desirable. a natural financier; will save the odds and ends, and will be rich if there is any chance to be so. On the oppo- site temple, where the outline comes into view, there is a special develop- ment of Constructiveness, which, in medicine, would make him a sur- FIG, 195. Fig. 195 has an old head on young shoulders, and it is a well balanced head, There is talent for educa- tional culture, and especially for his- torical knowledge.. This child would learn all that belongs to the classical ; would dip into science with avidity, and be masterful in logic, in music, in mechanism, and especially in the acquisition of property. On the side of the head which is turned most to view will be seen, upward from the ear, a special breadth and fullness, and that is at the location of Ac- quisitiveness. The head is broad at that point, and he will take rank as THE SCHOLAR AND HISTORIAN, geon, and in mechanics an engineer. This child should not be pushed in education; there will be no need of that, but he should be guided and regulated. He ought to have plain and wholesome diet and abundant opportunity for sleep. The moral organs are well bal- anced. This is the natural scholar, and he will find out something about everything that is going on. Notice how broad apart the eyes are; this indicates memory of forms and mag- nitudes, ability for drawing, and the basis of artistic skill and mechanical capability. CHAPTER XXVATI. A FOND FATHER AND HIS PETS, ARENTAL affection is generally more strongly marked in the mother than in the father, or the type of character as evinced by parental affection is manifested differently by the father and the mother, Pope expresses this thought clearly in the following line, ‘‘The mothers nurse it and the sires defend.” FIG, 196.—-GEN. BALLINGTON BOOTH AND DAUGHTER. Fig. eral Ballington Booth of the Sal- vation Army with his little daughter and his pet son, who is already calléd “the'“’General”’ "In -baitd of face and expression the daugh- ter and the son resemble the father, as" seén int the® large *“forehéad indicating intellectual vigor and organizing power, the large Mirthful- ness which is the basis of wit and gay- ety, the large Ideality which gives a 196.—We have here Gen- sense of refinement, Imitation which is the basis of conformity and adapta- tion,and in Agreeableness which gives smoothness to the disposition and its manifestations. We notice too, inthe father, large Language, shown by the full and liquid eye; the children have inherited it. The little daughter nest- ling in the embrace of the father is the personification of innocence and happiness. Her face evidently says, ‘*What is there in this wide world bet- ter than this?’’ We think the father resembles his mother and has a good many of the feminine qualities, and while as a father he is perhaps more proud of his darling boy, he is more FIG, 197,—THE LITTLE **GEN’AL.”” tender of and patient with the pre- cious girl. Still, paternal love is often very strong in the male, and has not only the manly vigor for protecting the offspring but the paternal tender- ness and delicate fondness which is equal to the maternal. A Fonp FATHER AND His PEtTs. Fig 197.—The little boy is pre- sented in three aspects. The artist evidently has awakened the atten- tion of the boy in the first sitting. He had presented something for him to look at that had aroused his interest so that the expres- sion of the face evinces awakened attention. If that facial expression were translated it would read, ‘*What in the world is that? I have never seen anything like it before; it looks pretty, but it is so strange!’’ FIG. 198. —INTEREST HEIGHTENED. Fig. 198.—In the second picture the expression is heightened. The object that was presented to awaken and rivet his attention has been modified. If it was a toy-monkey or a queer doll it has been pre- sented in a more startling man- ner and the boy’s mouth is opened. He thinks it is funny and wishes he had it for his own. In the third picture the object of ‘attention has been made grotesque. ‘‘Too funny for anything!’’ The expression of the first picture shows attention, the second one intensified interest with Mirthfulness, and the third one (Fig. 199) shows that he has made up his mind that it is very funny and he is going to enjoy it to the full. If such a face ever has a sober, hard, sour look we wish we had a picture of it to complete the series, or rather with which to commence the series, but the face of the father and also the face of the little girl would indi- 241 cate that a sour expression of the boy would not be natural. That little fellow has great possi- bilities. He has a fine intellect and a very sensitive and susceptible tem- perament. He has a fertile imagina- FIG. 199.—FUN ALIVE, tion, energy of character, shrewdness, policy, prudence, ambition § and strong affection. He does not need ‘‘line upon line,’’ or training to awaken thought and instruct the un- derstanding. A hint of a truth is to him a flash-light, vivid and intense. He will turn every page in a book if it be illustrated, and gather an ab- stract of the contents before he set- tles down to a critical perusal, and he will need wise restraint and guidance to prevent overworking his precocious brain-power. He would manifest talent in classical literature, he would make a fine public speaker, would be fond of poetry and write it; he is fond of music, and very fond of mirth, and he can copy and imitate anything that he approves. The little girl wilt show a strong character, but there are indications of more gentle- ness and grace than of power and severity. Fig. 200.—We now notice a lovely little girl in three aspects and in three states of mind. ‘The first is a sober, calm, quiet, normal face, unexcited. The mouth is closed, the features are placid, the eye is calm and thought- ful, and the head has the pose of at- tention and meditation, and it may be How To Stupy STRANGERS. called a face inthe normal state. The head seems to be amply developed in front where the intellectual organs are located, and it is large in the top- FIG, 200,—QUIET, NORMAL FACE, head, the moral nature being amply developed. Fig.201.—The second presentation, the side-view, changes the expression of the eye; ‘‘What is it?’’ seems to be the “question? #Dhe -lpssare.vapart showing intensity of thought and of feeling. In the first picture the sub- jective or meditative tendency is ex- hibited, and in the second the object- ive appears to have attracted her at- tention and awakened her thought. She looks critical and earnest as if she would devour the facts involved and know all about it. The reader will observe the length of the head from the ear to the crown. The head is not very broad, and measuring from the root of the nose to the re- gion of the crown the head is long or high. There is evidence also of a long back-head; behind the ears the region of the social affections seems to be decidedly strong. Benevolence is uncommonly large, the front por- tion of the top-head is well rounded up, and such a child should not be pushed in study, should not be ex- ploited before company; she should be permitted to live a quiet, natural life and not be put forward in com- pany, allowed to hear marvelous stories or read startling or extrava- gant books, and should be fed hy- gienically so as to keep the nerves calm and cool and the digestion and the nutrition good. The old Roman proverb, ‘‘ Whom the gods love die young,’’ is more likely to be verified in temperaments like this than in the rude, robust sort, and what a con- trast between this girl and the first boy in the January number! He was ruddy, tough, earnest, brave and ag- gressive and able to endure’the “‘ills that flesh is heir to’’ successfully, FIG, 201.—-CURIOSITY. while this delicate plant needs to be housed and sheltered like an exotic plant and guarded against the inclem- encies of weather and other condi- tions that tax endurance. Fig. 202, In the third presenta- tion of her she looks human and less. angelic, as if she might have some AMIABLE MIRTH. hearty interest in and relish for the things of time and sense. She smiles, and if we had another picture where she is laughing outright like the little **General’’ it would complete that FIG. 202.—AMIABLE MIRTH series, but she will do more of smil- ing than of boisterous laughing in this world. A very gracious lady friend of mine, who thought that possibly laughter was wicked sometimes would say, “‘I was almost tempted to smile.’’ We would like to see this little girl tempted to ripened, explosive mirth. This girl’s temperament is of the mental type, which is the basis of susceptibility and taste, but not so much of that kind of earnest, snappy force which siezes truth on the fly and makes herself the master spirit in the group. She is more like the mild rays of a summer sunset than like the glory of midday; is adapted to grace life rather than to rule it, to lead rather than to coerce. Fig. 203. Here we have an old youngster, Ernest Henry Schelling, the musical prodigy, only four and a half years old when this picture was taken. This presents a very ripened 243 and substantial face. We met him at this age and made a careful personal examination. The fiber of his consti- tution was remarkably firm and solid, his complexion was dark and_ his physical development very dense. His earnest exercise in playing the piano had hardened his arms and given hima manly manifestation of the body. He had a wonderful mem- ory of facts, of thoughts and things, and was a critic of human character. The portrait shows wonderful Ideality and Sublimity, large Constructiveness and a large development of the organs of Tune and Time. The train- ing and public exposition of an infant like him would be likely to spoil many constitutions, but where the temperament is as firm and solid as this and the nutrition perfect, there is endurance to bear excitement and public applause without being so much carried away and injuriously affected by the nervous excitability as would be the case in a softer and more pliable temperament. When he was before the public in Philadel- phia and New York at the time this picture was taken, he was attracting great attention in musical circles, and it was wonderful to see sucha baby on the piano stool, with his feet ten inches from the floor and evoking from the great instrument its magnifi- cent harmonies, and yet, as soon as he was through with his work, he would go around the room, toying with the things, just as any little child of his age would, and they had to call his attention and bring him back to his work, and when he was at that he was a man and masterful. Fig. 204. We now introduce an- other boy whose father and grand- father we happen to know. ‘The ap- paratus which is shown in the picture, the tricycle, the base-ball, and the at- titude of the boy as he sits for his pic- ture with his panting steed at rest, is about as boyish a picture as can be found, and yet there is a world of manliness and sincerity about it. See those sturdy legs as if nutrition were 244 How To StTupy STRANGERS. abundant and went willingly to the extremities. Look at the broad head and face; courage, executiveness and power to conquer are shown In every outline. What a fine development of intellect and what a broad, massive forehead! He can master books as well as the tricycle and _ base-ball. He appreciates fun and his large Destructiveness and Combativeness are large, and when he plays he plays to win amd to conquer. He has Cau- tion and Secretiveness enough to guide his force and earnestness and keep him on the safe track, and that same force and earnestness will give him speed. He is capable of scholar- ship, of mechanical ingenuity and FIG, 203.—-ERNEST HENRY SCHELLING, MUSICAL PRODIGY. Mirthfulness gives him fullness of that joyous feeling, but like other healthy boys he looks as if he was in dead earnest about his amusement. His artistic taste. He has the love of property and capacity for winning it. He has Secretiveness enough to con- ceal his purposes or modify his man- HEALTH, COURAGE, MANLINESS. ners so as to secure success without divulging all his plans. His face has the appearance expressed by the words ‘‘I am here, it is I, whatever 245 ment, mental and physical, to earn and to secure success, triumph, honor and achievement in any field of effort which may be presented. FIG, 204.—G. R.—HEALTH, COURAGE, ENTERPRISE, MANLINESS, is wanted I am ready for it,’’ wheth- er it be a lesson, a race, a frolic or a fight. This boy has the tempera- ment and the constitutional develop- Like a good locomotive, he only needs a sound track and a_ proper destination. He can make the steam and use it! CHAP TE Rav x2cixs CHILDREN, HARD AND EASY TO MANAGE, HILDREN vary in constitution and temperament, in character and talents, as much as parents do. Some are bright, excitable, nervous, fretty and sensitive, and inclined to be restless and troublesome. Others are plump, wholesome, healthy, hardy, sensible and self-poised, and have a natural, constitutional tend- ency to be placid and quiet. ‘These differences are sometimes inherited normally and sometimes, they result from special maternal conditions that were influential in modifying the character, which is thus incidentally inherited. All such different types of children need treatment suited to their several mental and_ physical conditions, and no work can be more important to families and the public than that of the proper training and culture of our hopeful successors. Parents, nurses and teachers may rightly mold or mar the future fathers and mothers of the race. Fig. 205 1s a most positive and earnest character. The temperament is excitable and nervous, yet strong, hence the boy is restless and im- petuous. His head is large for his body and yet he is healthy. Observe the breadth of the head, how low down the ear is! How full, broad and rounded is the whole side head! All his selfish propensities are de- cidedly strong. He is organized to grapple with duty and difficulty and to make himself master of his sur- roundings if possible. He has a high temper; is combative, aggressive and severe when excited and inclined to fight out his purpose or his griev- ance on the spot. His Cautiousness is large, hence he is apprehensive. His Secretiveness is large, hence he is inclined to manifest slyness in the accomplishment of his purposes where he cannot do it otherwise. He has large Acquisitiveness; is greedy for ownership, anxious for property and will not share with others if he can help it; he wants the largest, the best and the most. He is ingenious and mechanical. He prefers heavy playthings and likes to make a racket. Noise is music to him, even if it is rough noise. Other children who are equally robust, hearty, zeal- ous and earnest, may be genial, peaceful and good-natured, but this one has aggressive severity in his ac- tivity and will be likely to quarrel with his equals and domineer over younger children and take the lion’s share everywhere he can. . He has large Mirthfulness. He enjoys fun, but he likes to have it robust and rough, and he will enjoy football more than chess. He has ingenuity, and he also has a taste for the beauti- ful. He is a keen thinker, knows a good deal, forms sharply outlined opinions and is ready to back up his opinions with his strength and his de- termination. He will make a fine scholar if he can be rightly inducted and conducted. He has talent for mathematics, for philosophy and language. He will make a splendid speaker if he can be kept still long enough to get his education and to be trained into orderly habits without too much friction. He has strong affections and can be best molded CHILDREN, HARD AND EASY TO MANAGE, 247 and managed through his affections, and he should have treatment that is gentle yet firm; patient yet decided. He should never be deceived and should never be promised anything, either good or evil, that is not fur- nished or inflicted. In other words, he should learn to know that he has a master and that his master is kind, and that whatever is required will hunting. The little. girl's parents were of an orderly type, strong in character, but calm and wise in its manifestation, and this was the only child. It never had much baby talk, fortunately, and therefore its conver- sation was distinct and calm. The words were not clipped nor jumbled. The middle of the forehead was very full, showing fine memory, and the FIG, 205.—TALENT, POSITIVENESS, POWER AND PUSH. have to be done, first or last. With other children hei is likely to be severe and rough. He will be impatient, not of the load and labor, but mainly of restraint. He will be happy when he has big things to play with and can make plenty of noise, but his happi- ness will be of a strong and intense type. He is a natural engineer, a natural physician and surgeon, a natural mechanic and a thinker and talker. Fig. 206. This is perhaps as sharply a defined contrast to the pre- ceding as could be found ina year’s forehead as a whole was well bal- anced, although the perceptive and historic faculties were the stronger. But what an amiable face! How little of severity and acrimony it con- tains! The signs of vitality, digest- ion and breathing power, shown in the fullness of the cheek, were mani- festations of harmony of constitution as well as health. She would sit at the table with adults and eat in silence, and when she wanted anything she would ask for it patiently and politely and in becoming tones. She did not whine nor screech, nor scold nor mani- 248 fest petulance.’ She seemed to sup- pose that whatever was right and proper she would have in good time, and she behaved at the table like a little woman. It was owing to two facts: First, a harmonious and healthy constitution, and, second, a consistent FIG, 206.—CALMNESS, HEALTH AND TALENT. and wise method of treatment. Those who had her to deal with did not snap at or insult her. This child would play by the hour with such things as she had and seem to be as earnest and full of interest as these noisy ones are who are loaded with all the new playthings. I never saw a more equable child, and one would have to look a long time to find one who was more intelligent and more ripe in judgment for the age. She had perfect health and was rcbust and hearty in her efforts, had zeal for enjoyment, but was orderly; was not one of the puny, tender, angelic sort; was wonderfully human and especially humane, consistent and decent. A person could bring up three or four of such children as this with less fric- tion, worriment, struggle and labor than would be required to manage one like Fig. 205, and there would be as much talent and character, only not so imperious, hasty and rampant. Fig. 207 is taken of a child two and a half years old and it has a remarkably well balanced face and head. How To StTupy STRANGERS. Health and harmony of organiza- tion are written all over the expres- sion. The element of nutrition is abundantly indicated; the growth harmonious and abundant. The mid- dle of the forehead is very promi- nent, indicating an excellent memory. The upper part of the forehead is massive, showing reasoning power and ability to understand the lessons. of life, in school and out of school. She has a brilliant but calm eye; it is soft and gracious. The top-head is well rounded, showing strong moral sentiments, and Faith that believes and confides. She has large Consci- entiousness and Firmness. There is. a steady and uniform drift of life, feeling and purpose. She will be a fine scholar and a leader among those who are good, amiable and gracious. The organs in the side-head are strong enough to give prudence, pol- icy, economy and force of character, but there is not an element about her that is rough, impetuous or imperious. FIG. 207.—AMIABLEAND INTELLIGENT, People will consult her to know what she would like, and, if consist- ent, adapt themselves to her wishes; and through life she will be a central figure in the society in which she moves, and every well-meaning per- son will be glad of her friendship and will be anxious to please her. Fig. 207. _Here is a black-eyed, nervous, sensitive, intense, eager, ex- citable, mature little girl. Her head CHILDREN, HARD AND EASY TO MANAGE, is large for her body and for her age. She is in a hurry to know and eager to see and experience. She will, if permitted, devour books and perhaps stand at the head of her class and wear herself out in excitability and 249 it brilliant things and make a parade to. attract its attention. Its atten- tion is too intense anyway. Some women would raise that child and make it a healthy, substantial woman, but perhaps three out of four would FIG, 208,—SENSITIVE, INTENSE, EAGER, EXCITABLE, intensity of life. Careful feeding is requisite for all children, but she should not be fed on food that pro- duces an extra amount of heat, such as sweets and starch in the shape of cake or candy. Some of the late modern preparations of food for chil- dren are supposed to be excellent, but if children are left to the tender mercies of people who are fond of their children and yet not well in- formed as to physiology and hygiene, they are so trained and fed as to se- cure early their passports to a brighter life. A nurse for such a child as this should be plump, calm, patient and kindly. She should never be in a hurry, never tease the child or show handle it so as to break its health and nervous system and culminate its life inside of seven years. The child has large Caution, and should not be told frightful stories or threatened with dangerous results. It is likely to be precocious, nervous, scholarly, high-tempered, eager, ambitious, witty, brilliant, honest, firm and im- petuous. I heard a woman, within six months, who was riding on the ferryboat, say to her little child, less than two years old, ‘‘Hush up, or I will throw you overboard.” Threats should be re- strained. Nothing should be prom- ised or threatened to any child that is not reasonable and right to be ful- filled. CHAPTER XXX HOPEFUL CANDIDATES. IGS. 209, 210. This child ap- pears to be remarkably healthy and to have asound, substantial consti- tution. His head, measuring twenty- one and a half inches in circumfer- years old. He has the mental tem- perament in a pretty large degree, because his head is large for his weight and age. He appears to have a full share of the motive tempera- FIG. 209. ence, is large enough for aman whose weight is 140 pounds, and this child weighs forty-five pounds and stands 3 ft. 5; in. high, He is less than five D. J. SAYLER, SCHOLAR, THINKER, LEADER, ment, because he is rather tall, show- ing a good bony structure, and the vital temperament appears to be well represented, because he is plump and HoprEFUL CANDIDATES, he appears to have good digestion and good breathing power and not poor circulation. With a head so large for his weight and age he ought to be trained carefully in every way, especially physically. Means should ’ be adopted to have him sleep all he needs to sleep. He ought to havea nap during the day, if convenient, and then he ought to retire early, so as to have time tosleep ten or twelve hours in the twenty-four, and he should do so for three or four years. Children like him, with so large a head, need more sleep than those whose heads are smaller, because sleep was ordained merely to rest the brain and the nervous system. Noth- 251 culprits, by compelling them to re- main awake until they die, and the thirteenth or fourteenth day generally finishes the strongest of them, buta man can live three times thirteen days without food and recover. This child is a great observer, but not so much of mere physical phe- nomena as he is of causes, reasons and consequences. He asks ques- tions about truth; he asks why this or that is so, and is not satisfied un- less he can have a sound and sub- stantial reason. He will make a good scholar if he has a good opportunity, and especially a scholar in the ranges of thought embodying meditation, philosophy, theory, principle and FIG, 210, ing else does it, and a person can live longer without food than he can with- out sleep. In China they inflict capi- tal punishment on certain grades of D. J. SAYLER, STRONGLY SOCIAL. idea. He will take the higher forms of investigation ; he willnot be mereiy an observe: of phenomena and data, but he will always be anxious to trace 252 How To StTupDY STRANGERS, statistics onward and backward so as to get the beginning and the end— the full history of the fact. He has a very fertile don ees He thinks far ahead and asks strange and ma- ture questions for one of his age, and if he were trained in religious themes and theories his imagination would magnify and project statements made to himso that he would have worlds of questions to ask about the future state; where the locality is, what its measures and bounds, its laws and usuages, and he might ask, ‘‘ Who is there, and what are they doing?’ He has uncommonly large spirituality and veneration, shown by ample arch- ing of the central top-head, which give him a credulous and reverential spirit; he is willing to believe anything that is not palpably erroneous or false, and his large veneration leads him to rec- ognize and respect the excellent and elevated. He will always respect the high, the honorable and the dis- tinguished, and he will incline to be devotional in a religious sense. He has imitation enough to copy and conform and adapt himself to usuage. He seeks to do that which his seniors do, and he thinks he knows what he will do when he is a big man. His hope leads him to expect all that he needs and approves. He is not one who will look on the dark side of the future, even though everything is going against him. He has talent for mechanical invention, and, with his large Ideality and Spirituality, he will always be trying to develop something that is remarkable. He would see enough of a World’s Fair, if he had a chance, to remember it as long as he lives, and for a person of his age, he will try to know more about invention and machinery, and its operations, than others. Hevowillianaves a staste™ (fOr aeart and for mechanism, and a relish for poetry and the higher forms of liter- ature. He will study human nature and understand strangers, and he appreciates the peculiarities of peo- ple. The middle section of his head is well developed, and that being rather broad, he has the love of life; he has executive force and the tendency to be brave and thorough. He will manifest a good degree of appetite; he relishes food, and it will be rather easy to build him up in physical strength and vitality. He is not go-. ing to be puny and pimping, but, on the other hand, he will be hearty and zealous. He has rather large De- structiveness, and therefore he feels strong to do whatever is needful and desirable.» He is secretive and will be able to conceal his thoughts and guard his expressions so as not to be indiscreet in his words. He will not be inclined, as he advances in life, to let people know his plans and his purposes until he gets them beyond peradventure. When he has ‘struck oil” on any line of prosperity and success which ts palpable, he will not try to conceal it, but he may not tell how much he is making, because that ~ would open the door for people who always have on hand some ‘‘cause’”’ or chronic charity to foster and de- sire help. He has prudence and cau- tion and good sense enough to desire to avoid advertising that he has money to give away, hence he is not likely to be ostentatious in his gifts, partly because it is in poor taste and partly because he would not want to ad- vertise himself as a factor of charity, and thus invite the throng of charity hunters. His head inthe back part seems to be long and narrow and decidedly large. The social elements are very strong and he will be fond of pets and inclined to foster whatever is petable. If there was a baby which he could patronize and play with and be the leader of, he would feel that he had an important charge and responsibility. He has a protective sp rit and is benevolent and desirous ot having something that he can pet, protect, assist and guide. Some boys: are a good deal more fond of govern- ing others thanhe is. He will be lov-: ing and affectionate and inclined to HoprEFUL CANDIDATES. 253 protect others rather than to lord it Overthem. He will bea guide rather than an overseer, and he will gener- ally be a leader because he hasa large - brain, an active imagination and plenty of ingenuity, and also the dis- position to see ahead and know all that can be known about matters and things. He isa good friend, is com- panionable, social, loving; is fond of home and home associations. His Continuity is not as large as we would like to see it, and hence heis liable to get tired of a thing and drop it and want something else that is fresh and new. Some children will take six or eight blocks and play with them fora year; they always seem to find the blocks new and useful and will build almost anything out of them, but this boy would like to have a full-rigged locomotive, and if he lived near a fountain or a stream he would want a boat which he could sail and have a string attached to it so that he could haul it in or let it out before the wind as he wished. If he could have a wind-mill that would turn, it would gratify his ingenuity and he would like that; will always be full of re- sources and will makea good scholar. While he is loving and affectionate, he is rather high-tempered; will not seek quarrels nor seek to lord it over others. He will know more than most other children do if nothing happens to check his mental growth or destroy his health, but he will be a counsellor, an advisor and a leader rather than a driver. He is remark- able for his strength of affection, his tender sympathy, his moral and re- ligious tendencies, his reasoning pow- ers, his imagination and also for his great force of character. This boy ought to be dressed warmly about feet and legs, and if he were my boy he never should wear knickerbockers according to the present plan, especially in the winter time. I would give him long trousers and the old-fashioned boot to wear, which would come half or two-thirds of the way up to the knee, and the boot-leg being loose around the ankle would give a space for the warm air to circulate and _ thus keep the legs and feet warm, which would tend to induce a free circulation of the blood through- out the entire body. Fifty years ago all men wore boots, and little boys, five years old, would get boots with red tops as a Christmas present and were very proud of them. This wear- ing of the knickerbocker rig in cold weather prevents boys and men from becoming as tall as they otherwise would be, and besides it brings on many diseases and disturbs the sys- tem because the blood is checked in its circulation to the feet and back again, andif the blood cannot go tothe feet it will go where it can go easiest, namely, to the brain, the liver, the kidneys and the stomach, congesting these and putting them out of order. The laced shoes, being tight around the ankle, allows zero to come within an eighth of an inch of the skin, and that produces congestion at the ankle, where there is but little flesh to cover the blood vessels. I had a boy under my hands once who was twelve years old, had a twenty-two- inch head and weighed seventy pounds. His mother brought him to me in November when the weather was raw and cold, and belcw the knee he had on nothing but thin merino stockings with no drawers under them, and when I grasped his leg it felt cold to my hand, but he had a fur cap on his head and he wore a fur-trimmed overcoat which came down to his knees. I advised the mother to lengthen out his drawers, to get him good, warm stockings in- stead of the thin merino ones and then to get him boots to wearinstead of the tightly laced shoes. In order to make it look all right I told her she could get thick, beaver cloth and have some leggings made which could be sewed on to the pants and so make long trousers of them, and she promised to do just as I said. In about five months’ time, namely, about 254 How To Srupy STRANGERS. the first of April, she brought the boy back again just to show him, and he had gained seven pounds in weight during that time; one tenth of his whole weight had been added, and he had so far recovered in health that he was able to go to school every day in the week, whereas be- fore that he was only able to go one day, and he had even commenced to play leap-frog and other games with the boys and was full of joy and en- thusiasm, and the mother said she thought we had saved her boy for her and that we might have saved his two older brothers who went to the grave justas this one seemed to be going, if she had only brought them to us in time. If this were my boy I would let him grow up without eating candy, cake, fine flour and extra rich food. He should eat oatmealand milk, he should have the entire wheat for his bread, what is called graham bread, and he might eat lean beef, mutton, fish, eggs, and poultry that is not too fat. He may eat thecommon vege- tables and ripe fruit freely. This boy will make a fine scholar and will incline to literature and science, especially in medicine. He might be distinguished in lawand he would be likely to takea good place in general literature, and if he has the proper education he will be able to shinein speaking and in writing. If he were placed in such a way as to come in contact with mechanism and engineering he would be likely to show talent in that direction. Fig. 211. This boyisa year old. His head measures 18 in. in Cir- cumference and from ear to ear over the top it measures 114 in., which shows a large head forhis twenty-two pounds of weight. He has an earnest disposition; is intent upon the accom- plishment of what he has occasion to do and knows what he desires. He has a definite understanding of his wishes and purposes, and he will learn to be an excellent scholar. He hasa remarkable memory of facts, places, and ideas. He will be polite, he will be agreeable, he will understand char- acter, and while he is earnest he will also show wit, but he will not be a trifler. He will be brilliant, witty, _and refined, but he will be earnest and strong. Mechanism is one of his marks, desire for property is another, | PIG. 2 le Re Ke ‘Te BUSINESS. MEDICINE OR and if he could have a good medical education it would doubtless be as good a field as he could occupy. He has talent for the study of anatomy and would be expert as a surgeon. There is so much to learn there and his memory is such that he would re- tain it all. He will have the courage of his convictions, and will be watch- ful, prudent, painstaking, upright, dignified and inclined to be his own master and he will notalways be lean- ing upon somebody who will under- take to sustain him. MHe will learn rapidly and will have an idea as to how things ought to be and he will not long accept: wrong teaching as sound and valid; he will reform the methods if they are not right. Fig. 212. This girl is twelve and a half years old, rather older than we invite for this department. She seems fairly well grown and has rather a large head, although the weight of the person is not given. She has artistic talent and is capable HOPEFUL CANDIDATES 255 of being a good.scholar in the higher branches of learning. She is strong. She has good vitality and is decidedly FIG. 212. E.P.—SCHOLAR AND TEACHER. intellectual. She can comprehend _the principles involved in studies or in business and will be a keen critic of the facts of life and surrounding circumstances, and especially a good critic of human character. The upper part of the center of the fore- head, where the hair begins, or a little below where the hair begins is the location of the organ which gives the instinct in regard to human na- ture. She will make a good teacher and would do well in business. She has a fair sense of value and inclines to be economical rather than avari- cious. Her Benevolence is large. The upper part of the front head is high, hence she is generous and self- sacrificing, and willing to give an ample equivalent for valuable results. She is firm, honest, respectful, am- bitious, proud-spirited and inclined to persist in her studies and in her work and finish what she _ begins. There is good distance from the opening of the ear backward; the back-head being fully developed, in- dicates strong affection, ardent love and regard for home, children and friends. She is ambitious about the world’s good opinion, and her intel- lect will be the cutting edge of her success. She will get knowledge and be well informed; can talk her thoughts and impress her wish and her will clearly. She will deserve success and be willing to work that she may secure it. Figs. 213, 214. Thisthree-year old boy has a plump and amply sustained system. He is healthy, fat, warm- blooded, hearty and hungry pretty often. His head is broad at the base, hence he has wonderful force. With his Vital Temperament he makes steam fast enough for a high-pressure en- gine. He is combative and severe when provoked. He is ardent in his love. The back-head is heavy. He is fond of his friends, fond of pets, but a little apt to be harsh and rough with them. His horse, his dog and his nanny-goat, and his playmates also, will have to obey him, or at least he will think so and incline to take measures to secure obedience; but he does not like to be roughly handled himself. This boy ought to be fed on plain diet, namely, on milk, grain prod- ucts, vegetables and fruits mainly. He should not be loaded with sugar, for that is the bane of thisage. Sun- day-school picnics are attractive be- cause they have bushels of cake and candy; and the next day they have more fever, fretfulness, headache and stomach-ache than people generally attribute tocake and candy; and the mothers say, ‘‘ The dear things were so happy at the picnic that they over- worked and are not well to-day.” This boy should be kept on plain food, and have ample exercise in the open air and have plenty of time to sleep. He should be permitted to have Jiberty—large liberty in his play, 256 How To Stupy SIrRANGERS, because he must make a noise, lift heavy things and carry on a big busi- ness. He is not one of the persons who will stand over a counter and sell pins, buttons, tape and other He would do better knick-knacks. ‘‘the laws of the Medes and the Persians,”’ finished and settled when once uttered, and crying and teasing should not be permitted to win a vic- tory for him. If any unjust require- ment is made of him, and it seems to BiG. ea Ua: Geen in a big manufactory, where iron is made by the ton, where cars are builded or where they are used in actual service, or he would do well as a contractor about a city doing large work. He will make a man with boots on; he will not go through the world with dancing slipperson. There is nothing dainty, delicate or little about his ways, his works and his thoughts. He has a capital memory and gooa judgment. He has mechan- ical ingenuity, also large Acquisitive- ness, and he will make money some- where and he will be willing to earn it. He will always want to work by the piece if he works at hand work, or he will want to take a contract and bossthe job. But those who deal with him ought to be calm, patient and consistent, and if it is necessary to deny him anything it should be like HEADSTRONG, POSITIVE AND PLUCKY. be apparent so that he will know it, it should be retracted and apologized for, and then he will understand that if his superior should make a mistake it will be rectified, and if anything is said, not being a mistake, it must not be modified or changed. I would not advise a loud, harsh voice in his training, and I would not talk to him while he was crying. I would wait until he stopped and then reason with him and show him why it is not right that he should carry his point, and why the injunction or requirement is reasonable and proper to be given and tobe submittedto. He has brain enough to understand if he is only treated with calmness, consistency and persistency, but he ought to be taught, to start with, that justice and kindness rule, and that kicking and crying will not dethrone justice. We HoOpEFUL CANDIDATES. 2 ur ~sJ will not say that one or two wisely applied corporal punishments in his early time might not be a means of grace to him. A child who has as much vitality and physique as he has can sometimes be appealed to with his social affections. If the father or mother would say, ‘‘ You donot want us to feel sad and sorry because you are naughty, as we always must, do you? You want us to love you, and therefore you ought to do that which FIG, 2 T 4. G. L. N, blows, calmly but thoroughly applied, more effectually, or at least more readily, than by reasoning. We no- tice that when kittens become ob- streperous the mother cat sometimes gives them a cuff with her paw and they come to terms and seem to consider it all right, and while most children could be better trained without corporal pun- ishment, some kind of penalty should always be understood to be the con- sequence of persistent disobedience. For instance, the denial of some pleasure to-morrow, Or some other time, so that the child will find out that the ‘way of the transgressor”’ is made hard for him, and that there- fore he brings down the punishment on his own head, and then the throne of justice will be glorious. This boy can also be trained by an appeal to ‘64 WHOLE TEAM.”’ will make you lovely and not be con- trary, cross, selfish and headstrong.” And whatever happens he should not be pacified when he is wrangling and crying in anger, by being submitted to. When he commenced to cry and storm I would send him into another room and say, ‘‘Now you may stay there until you get through crying and until you can be a good boy, and when you think you can be good you may rap with your knuckles on the door and then we will see about it.’’ He has his mother’s intellect and his mother’s affections, but the middle section of the head, from the ear over the top, is like the father. He has the feminine thinking and loving faculties and the masculine executive faculties, hence is frequently quite unlike in his mode of feeling and action. CHAPTER ex ocr, BABY’S DAY IN A PICTURE GALLERY. * IG. 215.) Noj-a hassamtousi, wiry, enduring constitution, and will be frank, independent and self-reliant. No. 2 has a broad head. Full of fire and force, policy, prudence, tact and management. Fond of property, ingenious, excitable and of mental temperament. No. 3 is not very cautious; is in- dependent, frank and enduring. No. 4 is hardy, strong, intelligent, open-hearted, proud-spirited and firm. No. 5 has a very sensitive, excit- able nature. Notconstituted for the rough, hard usages of life. Is quick, brilliant and sensitive. No. 6 has small Secretiveness and Acquisitiveness. Is open-hearted, frank, comscientious, ambitious and positive. No. 7 has a good constitution, is likely to be large, healthy and hand- some. The dark complexion gives power and endurance. Has a good memory, economy, — policy, force, enterprise and self-reliance. Will make a good scholar and teacher, No. 8. Thischildis as bright asa diamond. Eager, excitable, will be a good scholar and a good worker. Will be ingenious and smart as steel, and though not hardy and tough, has the sign of long life. No. g looks like a judge; wise, thoughtful, sensible, scholarly, in- genious, firm, ambitious and inclined to lead. No. 1o will enjoy this life and be in no hurry to leave it. Has an en- during constitution, is not over care- ful and anxious and is inclined to be frank and to speak right straight onward as it thinks and feels. No. 11. This isan excitable child. Its ginger has a little pepper in it; will be quick-tempered, brilliant, in- genious, forcible, watchful and faith- ful, No,” “32, Here 1s. ‘intelligence, memory, reasoning power, wit, artistic taste, but not much love for money and not much inclined to defend self. Will be amiable, prud- ent and very intelligent. No. 13 is firm, respectful, frank, liberal, sympathetical, with a memory that holds everything that touches it. No. 14. Dark-complexioned, en- during, bright, excitable and quick in motion. No. 15. Intellectual, ingenious, imitative, witty, sociable, self-reliant, but not very selfish. No. 16. Not precocious; will be a good scholar. Will remember what is done and beable to recall it and tell it. Not very strong in appetite. Rather a large head for the face and will be inclined to anxiety but not to fear. Will be in a hurry to get there and accomplish that which needs to be done. No. 17. A predominant Vital tem- perament. Will be healthy if rightly fed. Has a good memory. Will be *Our friend, De L. Sackett, of [larvard, 1l1., who: is a graduate of the American Institute of Phrenology in New York, class of ’89, and who is also a leader in photographic art, has kindly sent a group of fifty eight buds of beauty and immortality for our Child Culture Department, which he took separately with his own hands in one day, September 20, 1894—which he calls ‘* Baby’s Day.’? They were taken singi of the usual size. Proofs of these were carefully ar- ranged, and a reduced copy made, as here presented. Each child was less than a year cold, Basy’s DAY IN A PicruRE GALLERY. 2* nm © a good scholar, fond of traveling and inclined to have its own way. Not extra cautious and not very selfish in money matters; not severe in temper, but more headstrong and positive. FIGS. 215 TO 272. No. 18. This little fellow is wide- awake. Will be fairly ingenious, not very selfish in property matters, ought to be so related to business affairs as not to have much complica- tion in money matters, and probably will do as well onasalary as any way. No. 19. We think this child is about two months old. Its dark com- plexion will make it enduring and tough. The head is rather narrow, and high for its width and will be BABY’S DAY.’’—GROUP OF FIFTY-EIGHT, more intellectual and self-reliant than selfish, and more inclined to scholar- ship and government than to mechan- ism or merchandising, No. 20. This is a Vital, Mental temperament. A thinker and a sound one and is a well balanced head. 260 Ought not to be hurried in anything. Ought not to be shown brilliant pict- ures, brilliant toys and _ exciting sports. Let that child pretty much alone and it will amuse itself, if it has three blocks and a stick. It will devise ways and means of information and entertainment. Willmakea good scholar, a worthy citizen and will probably live to be eighty years old. No. 21. Thischild has the Motive temperament with a good share of the Vital. will be tough and enduring. Will have a good appetite and good lung power, will be excitable when provoked because there is pride, am- bition, determination and not a great deal of restraining power. Secretive- ness is not large enough to enable it to cover up its purposes and hold the fire burning and smothering within when it is not pleasant or profitable to let it out. This child will be intel- lectual, scholarly and independent, but perhaps not very successful in - financiering and making bargains. No. 22 has a fairly balanced head; there are not many extremes in this child. There is a clear-cut Mental and Motive temperament; there will be endurance, hardihood, determina- tion, thoroughness and clearness of intellect, and also a positive will. No. 23. This is a delicate, refined, polite, gracious and influential person, not much given to appetite. There will be refinement and artistic taste, but not so much power to grasp duty and effort and make itself master of the situation. No. 24. Here we find a child that must be very nearly a year old. One of the healthiest, heartiest, and most vigorous and vital persons that we meet. Will enjoy life, not because it is laughing now, but because the temperament and constitution are such as to make it take life on its sunny side. It will want all out of doors for breathing room, and there will be no pulmonary difficulty in that house on its account. Then the full- ness of the cheek outward from the mouth indicates that there ought to How To StTuDY STRANGERS. —_ ee be a provision market not far of. The form of the head is interesting. Across the eyebrows the forehead is prominent, and all the facts that are within reach of the eyes or the tele- phone will be nutrition for it, but the upper part of the forehead is not so large. No. 20 hasa very differently formed forehead; is the philosopher and thinker, and this one is the ob- server and talker; will see every- thing, and have a jolly something to say about it. See how high the head rises at the crown! That child will always feel ‘‘I am here; the place is not lonesome.’ We find here inde- pendence, self-reliance, determina- tion and will power that stand up for its own rights and interests, and for the interests of its friends. The faculty of Cautiousness is rather small, and there will be a tendency to rashness; will take chances, run into danger and difficulty, but will work through it and over it. The temperaments of the parents of that child were so developed as to give us a specimen of health such as we rarely meet with. There is business talent and love for property, there is energy and a high temper when excited. No. 25. This child is delicate, sensitive and thoughtful. Will be scholarly and manifest policy, smooth- ness and prudence, anda good degree of integrity. This is a well-balanced head and face, and it is quite possible its friends may think it handsome ,an opinion which probably will not be cured by time, that is, in twenty-five years. No. 26 is of the Mental type; ex- citable, sensible, ingenious, eco- nomical, prudent, honest, witty and agreeable when not provoked, but in- clined to sting with sharp words when provoked. No. 27 is younger than some of the children in the group, but it is a wiry organization, and will endure about as much accident and abuse as falls to the lot of mankind, and will man- age to come through, if not un- PABY’s DAY IN A PICTURE GALLERY scathed, at least unconquered. ‘That child will be active; not as quick as a cat, for thatis rather a high stand- ard, but people will use that phrase in respect to it. Will be a nimble worker, a rapid talker, and will stop when it gets through. It has a good memory, considerable taste and re- finement, is frank, self-reliant, will earn success and deserve it. No. 28. This child is different from all who precede it. It has a very delicate temperament, a white skin, a fine quality, and is not tough and enduring. The head is narrow and high. Compare this face and the form of this head with No. 7, 20 or 26. This child will be the soul of frankness. Will make straight lines, will understand the Multiplica- tion Table and the Ten Command- ments, and incline to square every- thing by the rule of equity. Con- scientiousness, Firmness, Veneration, Benevolence and _ Spirituality are large, but the selfish propensities, located along the side-head, and which, when large give breadth to the head, are not strongly developed. In this child there is a good deal of St. John, as we read his character— peaceful, gentle and unselfish. No. 29. If the reader can take a magnifying glass and throw a strong light on this child’s face and head it will be noticed that forward of where the hair covers it the head is rounded out. In the middle and lower part of the forehead it is exceedingly full. This child will see everything there is to be seen and remember it. Will remember places and never get turned around. Will be good in figures, good in music, and good in mechanism. Is a natural imitator and will learn to do any- thing it sees done. Is not very strong in Acquisitiveness, Secretive- ness or Destructiveness, but is strong in Self Esteem, Firmness and Ap- probativeness. Will be ambitious, but not selfish, and will be intel- lectual, scholarly and philosophical. No. 30. When this picture was 261 taken the child's attention was awakened by something that pro- duced astonishment. The eyes are broadly open, and the perceptive intellect being active and excited it makes a bright, intelligent but rather an astonished looking countenance. The mouth is slightly open, but older people sometimes open the mouth when astonished. This will be a bright scholar, industrious, sprightly and rather excitable in the way of anger and pleasure, because the tem- perament is favorable to excitability, just as kindling wood burns faster than a couple of big sticks. No. 3t has a narrow head, it is flattened on the sides. There is very little policy or greed for gain and not much mechanical ingenuity. No. 32. We venture to call hima boy. He believes in himself. He is clear-headed and quick to see and to know. He will be quick witted, have a good memory and a straight- forward, confidential method of deal- ing with people whom he likes. No. 33. This child has also dark hair and a predominance of the mo- tive temperament. They look nearly enough alike to be twins and yet twins sometimes show the blonde and brunette type in marked contrast like the parents. This child should not be hurried in his acquisition of knowl- edge nor should he be excited. He will not need prompting and exciting to awaken his attention and interest. No. 34. Ilere is a well-balanced face and head. The light complexion, and especially the light blue eye, would indicate refinement and _ in- tellectuality and sprightliness rather than toughness, hardihood and en- durance. The head seems to be large, and I suppose the parents of this child were educated, that their minds were active and that the child israther old ofitsage. Intellectually it has breadth, scope and intensity; a good memory, thinking power, Con- scientiousness, Firmness, self-reli- ance, decidedly strong prudence, with a good degree of economy. 262 How To Strupy STRANGERS. No. 35. This shows the mental, motive temperament. A very posi- tive nature, knows what it wants and will go for it. Not satisfied to wait for somebody’s opinion to ripen and give permission for that which might be desired. Would incline to go for- ward and try experiments, take its rights and use them. Will be ambi- tious, honest, straightforward, spright- ly and well balanced in intellect. No. 36 has a head wide at the top, and shaped like that of Fig. 193 onsipage®§ 237, which we. call. “The Student.” If this child can be -so kept back that it will not become feverish in the brain and nervous sys- tem, and can be permitted to learn by observation and not by direct and earnest instruction, it will learn as much as it ought to know and as fastas it ought to learn. ‘Thisis one of the kind who is apt to be preco- cious and know too much for its age and so induce nervous excitability that will prostrate its health and shorten its career; but such a brain as that, or such a mind as inhabits that brain, will have a career some- where, even if the first session is short. We mean that if this child is treated by half a dozen cousins and aunts with loving enthusiasm and talked at, questioned and made old before its time it may early wear out, and if pampered on rich food and per- mitted to be eating half the time dur- ing the day, it will have dyspepsia and become nervous and quite un- settled, but if it can have simple ood = Wand yas: permittedi to eat only three times a day it will have appetite enough. This child should neither go to school very early nor have all the picture books and play- things that often surround childhood. Its head is shaped too much like that of Edgar Allen Poe. It is wide at the top and there is a wonderful de- velopment of the reasoning and the planning powers, great imagination, poetic fancy and Spirituality. There is too much Caution here to enable the child to live comfortably in such a worldas this and the terrors of dark- ness and danger should never be talked about in its presence. The moral and religious organs are strongly developed, but the head is not broad enough through the ears for the upper development. There is not a brighter child in this group, but there are many who have more of the elements of healthy endurance, hard- ihood and the ability to grapple suc- cessfully with the rough achievements of life. No. 37 is a young candidate for fame and for fortune and has a fair degree of harmony with more stability thanforce. It will not be a very hard child to manage. No. 38. The little face serves as an outlook for the one belowit. A brilliant little girl, sensitive, not very enduring and liable to be precocious. means for exciting this child should be avoided as much as possible. No. 39 has a substantial organiza- tion but is very combative, and I am surprised not to see the hand clinched. This child will not need a big brother to go to school with for the sake of protection. Boy or girl, this child will fight its own battles. It will keep its own counsel although it has a wide open eye which is in- duced by skillful treatment in the artist’s gallery, andit must be remem- bered that it takes no small amount of skill to interest children and get a pleasant look in the pictures. This child is fond of property, fond of mechanism, fond of mirth, has an ex- cellent memory and good reasoning power and will make a good scholar. Will be firm, ambitious, hopeful and will begin to hustle pretty early in life. If the funds. are short ;and scarce this candidate for success will try some means tosecureit, He will be ingenious and a great worker. No. 40. Thisis atough child. It will recover from illness and injury, will pick itself up when it falls and while the tears evoked by pain may still be shining, it will smile through them in pursuit of the fun that is still BaBy’s DAY IN. A PICTURE GALLERY. 263 to be achieved. ‘There is a good deal of ready common sense, will take ad- vantage of circumstances in its methods of playing. If it cannot climb high enough to reach some- thing from a chair it will get a hassock and put that on top and manage, not to fall, will balance itself on its own center and entertain itself. Half a dozen blocks and as many corn-cobs will be tools enough to keep its mind satisfied. No. 41 is a calculator and will manage to plan in such away that somebody else will do the drudgery while this one holds the purse strings or the net to catch the fish. In all plays and games there will be no lack of a managerto run affairs accord- ing to schedule or usage. Here is prudence and policy, intelligence and ingenuity, Imitation and Agreeable- ness. This child can persuade others by Agreeablenessand command them by Self-esteem and Combativeness; will run its own machine and want to call something its own, and if it lived onafarm there would be one calf, chicken, pig or kitten that would be claimed and petted. The sense of ownership is strong. No. 42 hasa narrow head, broadest at the base and running up rather high. When people begin to use subterfuge, deception and jokes that are concealed, this child will look in amazement at the whole business. It will call a spade, a sfade, and it will call black, d/ack and not use indirect phraseology. It will use the word hard for firm or indurated, and if it becomes a writer people will know what it is talking about. There will bea straight line from premise to conclusion. We find hereabruptness, lack of policy and sometimes a lack of prudence but nolack of integrity and no lack of determination and self-reliance. Its memory will not forget and when it tells anecdotes will be right as to time, place and cir- cumstances, andif it ever should be tempted to tell a lie it would be open, manifest and straightforward. This child will bea good scholar and an influential citizen, but will always be as Straight as a line. No. 43 1s a different type. Re- fined, delicate, somewhat immature. Head rather broad than high. Will use policy and indirect methods of reaching results; will be ingenious, imitative and not very devout, but rather strongly inclined to take care of number one. Napoleon said, ‘Providence is on the side of the heaviest cannon,” and this child will believe in the means within his own reach, and not cry for mother or sister to help until personal means have been exhausted. No. 44 is very different from No. 36 and No. 43. This head is high at the crown, and rather narrow. There is but little prudence, very little policy and about as headstrong a spirit as can be found. Conscien- tiousness is well developed, but the lines of its life will be so straightly drawn as to be unaccommodating. Compromise will not belong to its career. It will regard compromise as fraud or cowardice, or a cross be- tween the two, as it frequently is. No. 45 has a roundhead. Espe- cially brilliant in memory and observa- tion, and will be a good linguist; a good literary scholar and have a fair development of morality and a strong sense of ‘‘me and mine;” will be an ardent lover and a good contender for the achievement of rights and in- terests. This person will buy more with five dollars than most persons would be able to get. When these brilliant blue eyes look tenderly and anxiously upon a person who wants to sell goods, there will be a disposi- tion to accomodate the price to the wishes of the buyer, and this person would also make a fine salesman. No. 46 is going to be a large, strong, substantial person. The temperament is favorable to endur- ance, being rather dark. The breadth of the head is ample for its height, and its vital system is sufficient to sustain the brain and the framework 264 How To STuDY., STRANGERS. ee in the labors of life. There will be massiveness, endurance and tough- ness and great vital recuperation. As a scholar the child will not be as brilliant as sound and broad; should not havea snappy, impatient teacher, but one who will calmly and ac- curately explain subjects and the pupil will take it all in, digest it and make the most of it. He will make a good lawyer, a good minister, a good speaker and sound thinker. NO.047 «3.1 ELereniS.a asinal aden. cate child with a narrow head andwathe, Cars. ADretty, (nig wap, It is sensitive and should not be rudely or unwisely treated or man- aged, Should be warmly clad in cold weather, carefully and properly fed, and if treated wisely, may weather the struggle of existence to mid- life. No. 48 has a different head. See how broad it is above and about the ears and how low down the ears are. This child will live in spite of much misfortune; will conquer the diseases incident to childhood and get overa hard cold. Contrast this head with No. 28 and compare it with Nos. 7 and 24! Here we have the mechanic, the trader, the hard worker and the defender of self-interests. There is not a great deal of Caution—there is more force than prudence and if it ever gets into a fight it will not mind being hurt some, but let No. 47 or No. 28 be assailed they will offer com- promises of peace. If this child were left an orphan it would find a home, earn a living, make friends and rise to distinction in spite of misfortune, and when it is old enough to dicker with knives, tops or other childish property, it will make money out of the school children. It will buy a knife and find that it cuts well, and on the strength of the fact that some knives, on trial, do not cut well, will double its money. No. 49. This dark-haired, bright- eyed, plump little candidate for fame and fortune will work its own pas- sage; will be high-tempered and when crossed or the gate is shut in its face it will jump like india rubber for redress. People will learn to con- ciliate this child; to lead rather than drive it; to persuade its judgment and taste rather than to contravene by authority. Memory is one of the marks of progress and success, Criti- cism is another, and knowledge of character is another, ‘This child will read strangers; will like some and dislike others, young as it is. No. 50isaharmoniouschild. Every feature of the face seems to be well de- veloped and it does not take much imagination to see eighteen years in that youngster, and it is likely that. some of its relatives will think it handsome hereafter. The hair is combed like a boy. He will want to dress in style, and he will have taste as to what style is. He willbe clean to.a fault,and exact in referencesto the proprieties of. life. Will make a fine scholar, a good reasoner and speaker. Has a fertile imagination and faith enough to accept whatever is generally believed, especially in mat- ters pertaining to faith. The child behind is~ pointing with its finger at the region of Ideality and Spirituality in this head, which is full in that region. This child will be wonder- fully teachable and the best scholar in the school if its health can be properly cared for. No. 51 has a good head and espe- cially an intellectual head. The ele- ments of reverence, faith and sym- pathy are not quite as strong as in Nos. 50 and 36, and decorum will be its mode of manifestation. It has enough of the selfish elements to be mindful of itsown rightsand interests, and will have courage enough to de- fend them. It should be trained in the physical methods to develop bodily vigor and have sleep enough to rest the brain. About half of the children thus far discussed on this group require an extra amount of sleep. There are a few here who will not take a great deal and who will not need two-thirds as much asthe rest. Bapy’s DAY IN A PICTURE GALLERY. 265 No. 52 attracts attention from the extreme fullness of the middle part of the forehead and that means histori- cal memory; the ability to snatch the truth before it is fairly ripened and to rememberit forever. This child wants to hear stories and will listen to the reading or convérsation as soon as it can grasp them. It will be a thinker; is old of its age although its physi- ognomy is not ripened like Nos. 24, 50 and 7, but when this child is twenty-five years old that nose will have gotten into shape, the lips into something besides infantile form and the general constitution will be ripened and rounded into 150 or 160 pounds and his word will be law. The child will be a kind of master in its Israel. It is a little like a winter apple; it will ripen as time advances. No. 53. This child will be the talker of the party. The words will flow like oil and pleasantly. Here is large Approbativeness which will give a tendency to flatter people and to say agreeable things in a very oily and honeyfied manner. This child will be popular, the leading star of the party, but not the most intellectual and not the most logical. No. 46, right over its head will weigh the logical topics and sit in judgment on the matters which are strong and weighty. This one will tell a funny story, will make bright common con- versation and will be the one to talk to a bashful boy who has not been much in society and has small Lan- guage. Thischild has large Language, the eye stands right out and the whole countenance is a speaking one. The front half of that head, including the eyes, is like the mother, giving lo- quacious brilliancy, and the middle and the crown sections of the head are like the father, and the middle section of the face is like the father. There is a better combination than blending of the two parents in this child. It has inherited by sections, It has the will-power, the conscien- tiousness, the ambition and the energy of the father, and the tastes, the memory, the conversational ability and the availibility of mind belong- ing to the mother. No. 54 has been beckoning to me from the top of the card to himself. This isa bundle of solid happiness. There is strong vital power and when he goes to the table and they ask him what he wants he will say, ‘T want dinner; what do you sup- pose I came to the table for?” And if they say, ‘‘Well, what do you want?” he will answer, ‘‘I want din- ner.” And he will not care so much what it is as long as he can dine on it. That is to say, he is a hearty feeder, and he has the powers of bodily life amply and heartily de- veloped. He looks as if he were thoroughly healthy and as if he had no notes to pay, or else had plenty of money with which to pay them and as if he had no unfulfilled desires. He will take life by its smooth handle, and yet he is wide awake about know- ing. There are few children in this group who are more in earnest about finding out than he is, and there are few who will know morethan he does about what is true. He belongs toa healthy, solid, but perhaps not to a very highly-cultured stock. If he wants to be a mechanic he can work at it, and if he were a blacksmith he would like to shoe iron-gray horses that were heavy and strong and not extra quiet. He will always be proud of the fact that he is able to master the situation, and if another boy wants to play roughly with him he says, ‘‘Come on; pitch right in, do your best; this is football,’’ and he will laugh if he gets hurt. Contrast this face and temperament with Nos. 9, 34, 36 and 50. _ Life tastes good to him and he would like to get two days of it at once. Hewill be a great worker and will want good pay, but he will be a high-toned, moral fellow, although not extra delicate in his way of administering affairs. I fancy that No. 53 has taken a liking to him, for in the group 53 looks asif admiring the smiling boy, and as 266 these pictures were all taken sepa- rately and afterward ingeniously laid together and the group thus copied, we will not encourage the boy to believe that he has made a conquest. No. 55. Now we come to the pre- siding bishop. Is not that a self- poised face? It looks as if he knew the whole business, as if he had made up his mind about it and was pretty well satisfied with what he sees and with himself. We find here health, a good degree of strength and the elements of happiness. No. 54 will take care of himself—he would pick up a living. No. 55 mzy wanka little more assistance, and will avail him- self of aid embodied in the means of civilization. I fancy he would liketo have an elevatorto take him up stairs, although he might walk down stairs. No. 54 would be likely to try his speed going up while No: 55 would wait for theelevator, andif he(No. 54) gotup as soon as the elevator, or a little before, even though he were all out of breath, he would feel that he had won a glorious victory. No. 54looksas if he would liketo buckle in and run a race against the elevator, or a street car, but No. 55 wants books, and if there was an opportunity for a good education he would get it and know what todo with it. He is ingenious, cautious and fond of property, but he will want to get it by running a bank, an insurance company or a manufactory where he could co-ordi- nate the labor of others and preside over the whole establishment. He would like to see Superintendent printed under his name, or Colonel printed ahead of it.. We advise the parents to see what they can do to make him a benefit to himself and a blessing to the world, but they should not be in a hurry about it. He should have time to ripen and he will ripen fast enough; he will be strong rather than precocious. No. 56. This head is a little out of shape and so are several of the others. Infancy often shows a dis- How To Strupy STRANGERS. parity in the two sides of the head, sometimes because all the members of the family hold it on one arm, and the skull being thin the weight of the brain puts the head a little out of shape, but when the child gets on its feet and uses the brain and all the functions then it cames into shape again. The right side of this head seems to be considerably larger than the left side and it roofs up toward the back part more slanting on the left side than on the right side, but there is Firmness and Self-esteem, there is memory and judgment and there is fair talking talent, but not excessive. Our friend, Mr. Sackett, of Harvard, Ill., took all these pictures in one day, and has, in making up the combina- tion, put some of his best speakers and thinkers in front. We have noticed that where a college picture is taken some of the foremost pupils like to get on the front seat. ; No. 57. This elegant adjustment of the little girl’s hair we imagine is the fancy of the mother or the sister rather than of itself, but we can see in the face and in the shape of the head a tendency to show style when she gets to a point where style is invited, and she may perhaps forestall style and put it on before it is needed. She is a bright girl, has a good memory, reads character like a book, has politeness and agreeableness and is decidedly positive in spirit. If the parting of the hair is followed backward it will be noticed that the head rises in the region of Firmness and Self-esteem and she will demur to that which does not please her and she will do it in a snappy kind of way. She will say: ‘‘I do not want it that way; girls do not wear their hair that way; I will have it this way.”’ She will be attractive, sensitive, nervous and liable to exhaust her vitality rapidly in the school or in the party. She is not going to be an idler for there is not a lazy element in her composi- tion. In fact, there are not very many pictures here that look as if CONTENTED INNOCENCE. 267 laziness were a part of their nature. The fact that on September 20, 1894, on ‘‘ Babies’ Day,’’ so many mothers managed to get to the studio, shows that either in the mother or the artist there was not much laziness or negli- gence. ' No. 58. We think this boy is worth raising. He has an uncommonly well- made face, and for so young a child his head seems to be large and well balanced. That is to say, the differ- ent parts are about equally developed. He will be a thinker, a scholar and I think a lawyer, and perhaps a goy- ernor. He could be a mechanic, a FIG, 273. merchant ora banker, and he will be boss of the job somewhere, and will be a master of men. He is cautious, prudent and shrewd and yet straight- forward. His moral development will keep him upright and just; will be liberal and sympathetical, and a kind of central figure, not merelyin his own family, but wherever he may move. He will probably be the valedictorian of his class, or the stroke-oar in re- gattas. I fancy his parents will know enough to bring him uprightly, especi- ally if they study hygiene and physi- ology and learn the principles on which mental science is based. Fig. 273. Here’ we have beauty unadorned, health without alloy, hap- piness without care and contentment without conditions. Note the satis- faction in that eye, the hearty, healthy, robust and loving expression about the mouth and the plumpness and vitality of the entire bodily structure. _See the philosophic repose of those arms, repose without somnolence. Here certainly are conditions that be- long to long life, and to uninterrupted health and the happiness which comes CONTENTED INNOCENCE, from health. Here is a large brain. This boy will be an_ observer and thinker and will have a will of his own. Will be witty, ingenious, skillful, provident, economical, ener- getic and thorough. Doubtless par- ental love, as a leading faculty embodied in the mental constitution of our readers, will be satisfied that for a baby, six months old, this isa full pattern that needs little help, responding to all that can be wished for, and supplying a_ substantial 268 How To Stupy STRANGERS. foundation for all that is desirable and hopeful in human nature. The artist’s cute device of laying a mirror in front of the lounge to represent water is quite picturesque, reminding us of Milton’s description of Eve when first she saw herself re- flected in the lake which mirrored the beautiful, blue heavens. **That day I oft remember, when from sleep I first awaked, and found myself reposed Under a shade on flowers, much wondering where And what I was, whence thither brought and how. Not distant far from thence a murmuring sound Of waters issued from a cave, and spread Into a liquid plain, then stood unmoved Pure as the expanse of Heaven; I thither went With unexperienced thought, and laid me down On the green bank, to look into the clear Smooth lake, that to me seemedanother sky. As I bent down to look, just opposite A shape within the watery gleam appear’d, Bending to look on me: I started back; It started back; but pleased I soon re- turned ; Pleased it return’d as soon with answering looks Of sympathy and love.’ Fig. 274. Roy Taylor. Thisis the picture of a boy when he was only a year and seven months old. He is endowed with wonderful executive energy and a tendency to be always on the alert. He has a large brain, a quick intellect, an inquiring spirit, excellent memory and artistic taste. He sees pictures in the carpet, on the wallpaper, in the clouds and in the curling smoke from the chimneys and always has it right, for it looks to others as it does to him after he has pointed it out. He has also a very fine development of the faculty of Calculation. Between the eye-ball and the outside of the base of the eye-brow about where the little curl of hair shows, is an indication of large Calculation. He is noted for mental arithmetic and since he has become older than the picture repre- sents, he teases his friends to state to him difficult problems—fractions, and ne always wants something hard. If an easy question is asked him he speaks contemptuously of it and says: ‘‘Oh, that is easy; give me some- thing worth attending to.”’ The crown of his head is high, showing Self-esteem, Firmness and Conscientiousness large, his base of brain is massive, and with his excit- able temperament he is one of the greatest workers. He does not want an easy task nor a short one, and in his plays he contrives the ways and methods that have in them the most possible effort and labor, and if some- body points out an easier way he says, ‘‘I know that, but there is not work enough in that; I want all the work Licane vetwestle- has “been brought up without a cradle and with- out being rocked to sleep. When six weeks old he was quietly laid in his crib and although he cried a little at first, it was less the second and still less the third time, and in a week the whole business was ended, and ever after when the time came for him to take his rest he was laid in his crib and he went to sleep when he got ready and there never was a whimper. Then he would sit at the table and eat his oatmeal and milk while others were eating other things, and when some visitor asked him if he would not like something else he said: ‘*‘When I am twenty- one I am to have food like the rest, but now what I have is just right for little boys.” He has been fed rightly and in many other respects treated differently from most children and has given less inconvenience to his friends in chose respects than chil- dren otherwise trained. The idea of laying a child in its crib and having that end it, whatever else may interest the mother or the nurse, saves a world of work and worry and is a great blessing to a child. Most mothers and care-takers of children will remember weary hours of getting children to sleep and then stepping with muffled tread for fear of waking them up. The lack of nerve and wise consideration required to train a My First GREAT-GRANDSON, child, once for all, to go to sleep when necessary, without rocking and cuddling, saves a child and the whole family much time, wear of patience and unhappy conditions of disposition. To be half an hour rocking a baby to sleep when the weary mother has a meal to prepare for a hungry husband, and more hungry schoolboys who 269 inconvenience ‘to the parents, a source of ill-temper and unhappiness in the children, and, what is worse than all, it is a means of undermining the health of the children while yet sen- sitive and immature. Iam told that in England children eat apart from the older members of the family. They have a child’s dining-room and FIG. 274. think they cannot wait a minute, works mischief with the happiness of the household and tends to create the impression that a baby is a visitation, a bother, a nuisance! With any healthy child this can all be obviated. The habit of giving children any- thing to eat or drink which they may fancy or cry for is a source of great ROY TAYLOR, MY FIRST GREAT-GRANDSON, assistants to care for the little ones. Their food is prepared, and when it is proper for the children to eat their early supper it is given to them and is of a simple and nutritious charac- ter, adapted to a growing child, and then they can retire early and sleep enough. If children could be rightly fed until twelve years old it would greatly decrease their early mortality, CHAPTER XXXII. A GRANDFATHER’S FIRST FONDLINGS. NO es in human experience is so utterly unselfish, con- siderate and patient as parental love; nor is the love of young confined to the’ human race. Instances are numerous in which bird and beast have risked life and sacrificed it in defense of their young, but this love ceases in the lower animals when the helpless, infant state is passed : ‘‘The young dismissed, to wander earth or air There stops the instinct and there ends the care; The link dissolves, each seeks a fresh em- brace, Another love succeeds another race. A longer care man’s helpless kind demands; That longer care contracts more lasting bands.” —POopE. Accordingly, we love our grand- children with a double fondness and tenderness—we magnify their excel- lencies and loveliness, as a double lens magnifies its object of vision. Children’s children are extra dear because we have two love-lenses to magnify them. In this grandfatherly face we seem to see a doubly sanctified satisfaction, a peaceful serenity that needs noth- ing to complete it. When we re- member that he weighs 250 pounds, and has a 24-in. head, we appreciate the calm, massive, and considerate content. How his fatherly arms grasp, and his glad eyes rejoice in his children’s children! We may fitly quote and apply to him Burns’ epis- ' tle to his friend, Tom Moore, since both have shown skill in the use of the violin: ‘* Hail be your heart, hail be your fiddle, Lang may your elbuk jink and diddle, To cheer you through the weary widdle Of worldly care; Till bairn’s bairns shall kindly cuddle Your auld gray hair.” If these children develop such a brow as his, such memory and prac- tical talent and such a tendency to study the length and breadth of mat- ters of interest, and have such a forceful side head, they will not then need his or any sheltering arms to aid them in the pathway of success. The older boy, Roy, Fig. 276, has a broad side-head and a large base of brain like the grandfather. The younger boy is less noisy and executive, but is poisedonhisowncenter. He quietly considers what he desires and waits for an opportunity to achieve it. Each of the boys has excellent memory and clearness of observation and judgment. The older boy has also a high crown. Heis full of vim, power and push; a bundle of earnestness and excitability, reminding one of old Dr. Beecher’s definition of elo- quences Locre on fire. sane be younger boy, Malcolm, 277, is placid, patient, and though very persistent, isquietabout it. He willsubside when forbidden or when strongly opposed, but he will keep in mind the purpose he has, and when possible, go back to it and quietly carry it out. The older one would take the citadel by storm. What needs to bedoneat all A GRANDFATHER'S FIRST FONDLINGS, needs to be done with a rush and done now, and he is inclined to meet, grapple with and master opposition. The younger one takes his time, makes a spiral circuit of the moun- tain with an easy grade and reaches the top. The older boy inclines to go straight up like the Mt. Washing- ton railway, employing the shortest line between two points. There 271 also the basis for the use of patience and steadfastness on the part of those who would be their ‘‘ guide, overseer and ruler.”’ When these pictures were taken, Roy was four years and four months old, and Malcolm two years and seven months old. Roy appeared in Fig. 274, and the picture was taken at one year and seven months, FIG. 275, MATHEW TAYLOR AND HIS FIRST GRANDSONS, ROY, FIG, 276, AND MALCOLM TAYLOR, FIG, 277. seems to be in them the constitution or temperament which warrants ample size and strength of body and brain, and the consequent talent and purpose which lay a good foundaticn for faith and hope in the results, and SIDNEY WILLIAM MILLER. Figs. 278, 279. This is a boy of Minneapolis. In one picture he looks asif he were making a discovery, and in the other one as if he had succeeded and was happy over it. We cannot 272 How To STuDY STRANGERS. call it happiness on stilts, or happi- ness with wings, but happiness with- out either. wings. He will make his own In his day the wings of FIG. 278. SIDNEY W. MILLER. SIDNEY W. MILLER. FIG. 279. transit for traffic and talk are pro- vided. In the early days of his great- great-grandfather, seventy years ago, Minnesota and a thousand miles far- ther East was a howling wilderness, and people drove from the Eastern States to Ohio with an ox-team, and thought they had reached the land of sun-down. A letter required sev- eral weeks to reach Ohio, and the postage was twenty-five cents. Min- nesota was discovered, railroads and telegraphs built and all ready for this boy, and he has just now found out that he lives in Minnesota, and Min- neapolis at that. Phrenology says of this boy that he has a fine intellect, that he has one of the acquiring and retentive memories, and that he grinds his own breadstuff on which to feed hisimmortal mind. He will hunt for facts and know what they mean and put them into shape. He will make a leader and a teacher, not merely of a class in aschool-house, perhaps, but he may strike for older game and lead the fathers of the children. He has a broad head. Force of ‘character is well marked and prudence and policy are also well developed. Hehas ambi- tion enough to crave the highest and best and work for it. He has large Conscientiousness and Hope, and he will be easily led in the pathway of righteousness, if his surroundings are favorable; but he will make a racket and it will mean something, and when he takes ‘‘the stump” he will win voters, and when he casts the hook or the net the fish will respond. He will have more friends than he can shelter at once, and he may have to **stack them out.” FIG. 280. BESSIE AND GLADIS CRONKHITE, These faces are a beautiful study. The six-year-old girl has a real live doll in her baby sister. What a fine face! How well proportioned! Ad- mirable in all its parts; nothing weak . in thought, or expressive of slender health. Whata fine upper forehead! How many questions are coiled up SISTERLY MOTHERHOOD, 273 there to bother her elders and the wise ones. She will make a good student, and will want to attend the high school before she is old enough to get into it; would make a fine teacher and a good writer. ‘The reasoning intellect is masterful. Knowledge of character is also a ruling trait. Then she has taste for beauty, for wit, poetry, and music, and the moral region of the head is amply elevated. What a sincere face! How truthful and just, and what a godsend to the little one to have such amotherly monitor; young Fig. 281, Gladis. This is a good- looking baby; full of interest, wants to know it all, and is looking and listening for it, and with such a head and such a forehead, she will follow in the footsteps of her sister and will be a perpetual interrogation point, and the sister will answer most of the questions. What splendid Imitation, as well as reasoning intellect. Fine Language in both the children; the eye is full and liquid. See how broad the baby’s head is above and about the ears. She will wear out shoes, carpets, door-latches and stairs. She FIG. 280. BESSIE CRONKHITE, SIX YEARS, AND HER SISTER GLADIS, FIG. 281, SIX MONTHS OLD. enough to sympathize with infancy and womanly enough to beckon in- fancy onward and upward and regu- late and control the young mind wisely and well. One would not think, without remembering, that some bright and beautiful day their pathways will separate. Somebody will institute the dividing line, and while the little one will be glad and the elder happy, there will be pen- siveness and a shadow mingling with the sunshine, will be wonderfully witty, hopeful and enthusiastic; will love everybody except those who offend her. She will be an economist; will be a free talker, but a wise one, and will hold her tongue when it is not wise to say anything. Caution will keep her out of harm’s way, and Friendship will win for her much attention. The picture reminds us of the lines: ** In childhood’s happy, morning hours, The smile of love. like Mayday flowers Shall gild its opening years.” 274 Fig. 282. This is a bundle of sun- shine, of health, hope and happiness. She will incline to take an optimistic view of life and duty. Will expect success and be willing to earn it. Her breadth of head will give her in- dustry, force of character and a tendency to be master of circum- stances. Will be willing to put effort, skill, talent, tact, push and persist- ency into everything desirable and attainable. She has a good memory of forms and faces and of things generally. Will show artistic talent There is and fine mechanical skill. FIG. 282. caution and watchfulness, but not that painful solicitude which, like a shadow, follows and darkens the life of many people. She rejoices in the full moon and hopes for it until it comes. Her twoyears have promise of seventy-eight more. Toa physi- ologist there is nothing that would indicate weakness of lungs, weakness of heart or weakness of digestion. With her the phrase ‘‘Give us this day our daily bread” will be uttered with unction and faith, and there How To StTupy STRANGERS. will be a willingness to put forth works with faith. The physiological conditions are rarely better repre- sented than here, and the intellectual and the emotional elements will ena- ble her to take rank among the best, and she will hope for success through ample, earnest and hearty endeavor. If the water for the family were fur- nished from a town pump, she would want to accompany the one who went for it and would try to do all the pumping, and she will apply the same spirit to all the labors of life, with a willingness to contribute the HELEN P. SACKETT, AGE TWO YEARS. requisite effort for the coveted suc- CESS. yy . If this girl could have a medical education it would be to her a pass- port to success in the way of business and as a means of benefiting mankind. She would carry hope and cheer to the bedside of the sick, and her mag- netic touch, her hopeful words and especially the tone of her voice would be a benediction and an encourage ment to the desponding invalid and to the expectant friends. Besides, PHRENOLOGICAL MARRIAGE ADAPTATION, 275 her practical talent, her thorough- ness, her energy, her ingenuity, her force of character and her sympathe- tical temperment would make _ her successful in the healing art. TRAER CONRAD, Figs 283, 284. This boy is two years ten months old, weighs thirty- two pounds and his head measures in circumference twenty and three- eighths inches. These measurements are large for the age, and the brown hair, the dark eyes and the vigorous physiological manifestations show good inheritance and a strong hold on life, with a promise of excellent intellect from the length of the front head, measuring largely from the opening of the ear to the forehead, and indicating clearness and vigor of thought, and power to master what- ever belongs to the realm of scholar- ship. His perceptions take notice of phenomena, his memory treasures it, and his strong reflective organs will comprehend the principles involved, hence he would become a good writer or teacher, and make himself useful, widely known and respected. He has good moral development, shown by the amplitude of the top- head, and strong social feelings, shown by the great development of the back-head, and force, executive- ness, ingenuity and skill as well as economy from the fullness of the side-head. From the letter received with the pictures we learn that the boy was named in honor Of Dr. Traer, who, while lecturing on Phrenology in Iowa in 1886, suggested the pro- priety of the pairing in marriage of the parents of this boy. He told them that they were well adapted to each other in marriage. They were total strangers and formed part of a group of persons who were invited to come forward to the plat- form at a lecture. They became acquainted and were married a year later. They have two boys and two girls; the boys resembling the mother and the girls resembling the father. This boy has almost exactly the same profile outline of his mother’s head . FIG. 284.—TRAER CONRAD. and combines within his make-up the union of English, French, German and Hollandish stock, CHAPTER XXXIII. PRECIOUS TREASURES, IGS; 285, 286, -Helen We Von Volkenberg. Hereisa strong character. A healthy face, harmo- nious in its development, indicating constitutional vigor and long life. The head is large and amply devel- oped in the upper side region. Mirth- FIG, 285. fulness, Ideality, Cautiousness and Approbativeness are large. She feels neglected. She has not been cour- teously or cordially treated, and she has done something which she thinks may displease her papa. She is weighing the subject with earnestness and anxiety; her face is fixed as marble and she seems sad, but not crushed. Fig. 286 exhibits a different mood. The clouds no longer lower; the pos- sible storm has blown over and the FROM GRAVE TO GAY. genial sun comes out rejoicingly, and her friends have proposed to her a visit to the candy store and she has a lively recollection of favors to come; FIG. 286, and so we have in this a good physi- ognomical transition. This girl will be a student and a solid thinker. She will show excellent memory; a taste for art and for mechanism; will be ingenious to do anything that needs to be done, from cooking a dinner to trimming a hat. Fig. 287. This picture is entitled ‘“The ‘Judge’ at Three.” This self- nominated candidate for fame and fortune appears to have weighed anchor and is looking for the prom- PRECIOUS TREASURES, 277 ised land with less anxiety about it than Columbus and his men had in their hunt for the unknown. This boy looks as if he were pretty sure its fire-crackers and banners. He may eat heartily when he has nothing else to do, but he would rather have a gun, a drum ora dog than a dinner, FIG. 287. of his cause; that he sees the game he is after and is bound to be a suc- cess. He has a nervous make-up. He is inflammable, intense, positive, plucky, enterprising and willing to take chances. He will accept and absorb knowledge, especially of the aggressive and enterprising sort. He will look out for roller skates, the bicycle, the boat, the fast horse, the balloon aud the Fourth of July, and all that glorious word means, with ‘““THE ‘JUDGE’ AT THREE.” unless he could manage to make the claim sure upon all. He has much of the artist, the dramatist, and of the orator, and there isa great deal of good in him if it can be regulated and guided, but rough treatment, in- justice and coldness might spoil him. He will want a good many shoes, will wear out a good deal of clothing, and will incline to ‘‘ tear a passion to tat- ters,” if not his clothes. Life with him is on a high key. He looks as 273 —— if he wanted tosay, ‘‘ Hip, hip, hur- rah!” and yet we do not get an idea of coarseness. If he has a good chance for culture he will take it rapidly, but he should have wise and gracious associates. He will never submit to meanness and injustice without a struggle. Figs. 288, 289. These pictures come from Vancouver, British Columbia. The proportions of the head are fa- vorable to general harmony of char- acter. The head is broad, and he will manifest prudence, policy, the desire to acquire, the capacity for machinery, and he has a tempera- ment which would relish metallic sub- stances. He would prefer four quar- FIGS. 288, 289. ters to a dollar bill. Thesilver would seem to him more substantial—not liable to be blown away or burned by alighted match. Hewillmend things with iron or other metal. Would work wood out of carriage-making and put iron inits place, and would do the same in bridges and buildings, and if he were to become a mechanic he would want to do something in the way of machinery, plumbing or manu- facturing silverware; things that are not easily broken. He has the spirit and disposition which will give him un- How To STupDY STRANGERS. bending stability. There is some ten- dency to be contrary and to hunt for a chance to differ from others. He is not easily driven and not very easily coaxed. He will have to be consulted as to what he would like or prefer, and people who have to deal with him get into the habit of finding out his preferences. He will empha- size the word ‘‘no,” and if he utters a threat it will not be very noisy, but those who know him will expect it will accur. He may have been un- willing to sit for the pictures, as he has somewhat of a sulky expression. He will show strong affection when aroused and concentrated, but he is not very mellow or pliable in spirit. A. FRANKS, AGE FOUR YEARS. Figs. 290, 291. Thisisa specimen from Illinois. He looks brave; he has abroad head and is going to need more guidance thanassistance. The front view shows breadth of head. It seems rounded out above the ears. The side view also re-impresses the thought. He has large destructive- ness and combativeness, giving force of character and courage to struggle against difficulty and opposition, He has decidedly large secretiveness, which is shown in the fullness in both portraits, about one-third of the PRECIOUS TREASURES, way from the top of the ear to the top of the head. He can look calm and yet be anxious. He can tread with noiseless step when detection would be damaging. He can play a borrowed character if the play re- quires it. He has large acquisitive- ness; he will be wide awake for the dollar and he will make money in almostanything. Intheearly mining regions in the golden West the meth- ods of washing for gold were not complete, and the gravel and sand that had been washed were thrown into great heaps as the men worked onward. Some years later the China- men, who were willing to do more work for a given compensation than . 279 though its appearance would indicate it. He does not to-day carry the countenance that would indicate his desire to use such a weapon, but whoever assails him and arouses his fire will find him loaded with the power of self-defense. He is not in- clined to assail, but it will be un- wholesome for his equal in strength to assail him. He has a fine intel- lect; he will reason and think. He has mirth and the sense of amuse- ment. He has the power to imitate, and will make a good talker. He would makea good mechanic and he will be a business man. He will make every dollar and every half dollar tell, What a back head! - ~ FIGS. 290, 291. others, went into the gold regions and washed over these heaps of sand and gravel that had already been washed by the Americans, and they made a fine thing of it. So this boy will be able to follow other people’s administration and gather up by econ- omy what they by carelessness had left ungarnered. He would make a fine surgeon. He has the requisite ingenuity, and will have the nerve to use the knife. The reader will not consider the im- plement that is shown in his side pocket as being a dirk handle, al- DONALD GREENE. How long from the opening of the ear! Friendship will make him want a long dining-room and an extension table, and he will make money enough to furnish the means to entertain. His Firmness is enor- mous; from the opening of the ear to the top of the head in a direct line the distance is great, and the ear islow down. He has a large middle lobe of the brain, and is likely to be tough, enduring and long-lived, and will be one of the most skillful, effi- cient and reliable ¢haracters to be found. He is worth raising. 280 Figs..292, 293.—We have here a good study of physiognomy; the law of expression is admirably illustrated. In looking at these faces one would hardly suppose they could in repose look alike. ence in disposition between people There is as much differ- How To StTrupyY STRANGERS, tented, and the other one exercised by the deepest sadness? Is it wondered why Serenity can be calm and happy when Sadness is suffering intense sorrow at hisside? The photographic processes are a marvel. If nota mystery they are an astonishment TWIN BROTHERS, who are good-looking as there is in the looks of these two boys as seen here. Left entirely to themselves, in their normal state they would look very nearly alike. The one in nor- mal condition is serene, and appears bright, intelligent, thoughtful, cau- tious, ambitious, steadfast, thorough and prudent. The other, judged by his head, would give us about the same result, and of the two he is perhaps the stronger character. Does the reader wonder how two pictures could be taken, one looking perfectly placid, restful and con- 292, SERENITY, AND 293, SADNESS. and yet a most wonderful triumph of science and art. These two boys were seated and were alike happy, and the artist or his assistant had something to exhibit to the boys at a distance which attracted and riveted their attention, and just when this was accomplished and the operator was ready to take the picture, by a concert of purposes a person was in behind and suddenly pinched Sadness and we see the result. The snap- shot was taken just as the face came into instantaneous sadness, and Se- renity did not know what was going Cupip's DREAM. on and did not have time to move or wink his eye after he heard the cry of his companion until the sitting was completed. If one thinks of this and the difficulties which seem to surround it, the wonder of photographic art is manifested. The poor little fellow did not have time to shift the grip of his hands, possibly it intensified it, nor did he have time to move his toes, but he put on the physiognomi- cal expression which in the picture is as fixed as time. To have made this experiment perfect a picture should have been taken of the two boys in their normal state, and then after- ward one of them manipulated for the abnormal expression. As we have them now one awakens our admira- tion and the other one arouses our pity. But something must be sacri- ficed to science and art. Fig. 294.—If we were to say that this is a perfect organization, that in temperament, constitution and har- monious proportion there is nothing to be desired, we should have this consolation at least, that we have no idea who her parents are, or what friends of hers might suffer in feeling ‘or feel happy and flattered with the description we give. Most of the children brought before the public in this series are utter strangers to usin name andresidence. Many are rich in promise to the community and to their own friends and_ relatives. Some of them lack constitution and the elements of endurance and power. Some of them lack sufficient brain development on which to predi- cate fame and fortune. Some are hard to manage, some are mellow and plia- ble. Someare not as healthy as they oughtto be and may probably join the angel-band before they have reached maturity, but this child appears to be pre-eminently fortunate in having a physiology above criticism. Look at those plump shoulders! How much health and beauty they bear! And look at that deep chest! What copious breathing power! And then the face corresponds with it, indi- 28r cated by the fullness of the cheek outward from the nose, and the mar- velous health and vigor are sustained by one of the best vital temperaments we ever find. Then the head is large and finely formed, indicating the mental temperament. We find in this child brilliancy of talent; language that is copious, ele- gant and ornate; memory that is un- failing, and the faculty of criticism which will be generally right, with moral sentiment enough to stand erect in the realm of temptation and be master of its own fate and for- tune. She is wonderful in ambition; she has steadfastness, integrity, courage and determination enough to carry this eminent endowment with skill, acceptance and moral worth. CUPID’S DREAM, FIG. 294. Every loving mother and every proud father having the opportuni- ties to give such a child its proper place and environment would rejoice in calling her daughter. Yet the mystery of human life shows that the weak and the wanting awaken in parental affection a degree of tender- ness having no touch of pride to mar it and no element of ambition to per- vert it. The little and the least in innocent childhood touch parental love more tenderly and completely than a glorious child like this, who needs nothing but guidance. 282 How To StTupDY STRANGERS. FIG. 295 —-OWEN L, CROSSLEY. This young spectator of the good, the pleasant and the witty looks as if he had found everything in the world as he would have it. He ap- pears as if he had not yet come in contact with any of the reverses and FIG. OWEN L. CROSSLEY. 295. contradictions of life. We do not know that he was born in the merry month of May, when all nature is glowing with beauty and promise, but his expression would indicate that the skies he first saw were bright, the earth beautiful and the friends kind. His attention seems to have been awakened and concentrated, and he is pointing at something pleasant and desirable with his tongue, as the set- ter dog points, and always has his eye and his attention on the bird he has sighted. This little fellow has health that will last him eighty years if his countenance can be trusted. Those little plump cheeks look as if they would hardly yield to the pres- sure of the finger, showing signs of good digestion and also plenty of breathing power. The crown of his head is very high, and he will want his plans carried out. ce, great talents and high character have given him an enviable position among the foremost religious teachers of his time, Hehasa abides body and a large head, with all the moral and religious organs amply developed, the planetary world. A minister who is very devout will lead those who are (352) 354 devotional; a man who is very sym- pathetical will have in his following those who are of the same type; if he is firm and stanch and lays down the law asif he were ‘‘ the end of the law,” he will have clustering around him those of similarly formed heads and similar dispositions. A minister with lordly self-esteem will have the friendly support of proud and high- minded people ;those who have dignity and strength and great aspirations will form a body guard around such aman; they will feel that he wields the truth of God as a mighty man; but those having a less development will feel that he is arbitrary and too full of authority. A minister who has Approbativeness, Friendship and Benevolence, and large _ practical organs will invite and lead the weak and the unlearned, and do them a world of good. A minister who is not social will not be able to meet the claims of those who have sociability ; there are ministers who goto a funeral and they will talk in such a dry, hard way, and teach the people that they must yield to the Divine will and bow in humble submission to the authority of the Lord Jehovah because He ‘*doeth what He will with His own.” But aminister with large socialorgans will speak of the tenderness of the Master among the poor and the afflicted, how He raised the widow’s son and the daughter of Jairus. ‘‘He went about doing good, binding up the broken hearted,” and when, at the tomb of Lazarus, Jesus wept, the people instantly caught the spirit and said, ‘‘ Behold how He loved him!” As all these different degrees of development and character, socially, executively, morally, intellectually and mechanically in the community must be taught by one who can take into account the peculiarities of the “people, the one who is very highly developed in all the departments of mental character, could, on the right hand and on the left, ‘‘ rightly divide the word of truth,’’so that each should have ‘‘a portion in due season”; like How To StTuDY STRANGERS. a master musician he could touch every string of the human harp. But who, then, could preach? Where could we find a man who in all respects 1s perfect and able to take in the conditions of all men? Therefore in looking among a class. of theological students preparing for the ministry, it is interesting to study the different types of development. I had the opportunity of delivering a course of lectures on Phrenology to a Class of theological students in the city of New York. A certain num- ber of the students of the Seminary desired to know what Phrenology could do or say that might be of service to them as preachers of the gospel; and I would arrange a few of them and show them to the class, and tell how this one, with a heavy, square forehead, would preach the logical phases of truth; another, with a prominent brow, the historical and the practical; another, with high frontal tophead, would teach the sym- pathetical; another, with the broad temples, the esthetical; another, with a full backhead, the social; another, broad above and about the ears, would be a Boanergesand stand forth like Peter and Martin Luther and show his power;and it seemed to awaken in them wonderful interest. They recognize that the descriptions of the persons under criticism were just. But a man of pretty well balanced mental constitution can do fairly well in all the departments of mental development which fall within the circuit of an ordinary community of well ordered citizens, ranging from the top of the scale of culture and education down to the man of the merest rudiments of the common school. A genius becomes a special- ist in theology, as do those who lead in science and mechanism. It will be noted, perhaps with pleas- ure, as it has-been by me, that the Episcopal service seems to have been adapted to the learned and the un- learned. The prayer book has been THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. 353 accused of tautology, but it may be explained and commended on the principle that it was written to meet the expectations of the learned and the needs or wants of the unlearned. For instance, ‘* The Scripture moveth us in sundry places to acknowledge and confess our manifold szvs and weckedness, and that we should not assemble nor cloak them before the face of Almighty God our Heavenly Father, but confess them with a humble, lowly, penitent and obe- dient heart; * * and although we ought at all times humbly to ac- knowledge our sins before God, yet ought we chiefly so to do when we assemble and meet together, * * * * and to ask those things which are requisite and necessary as well for the body as for the soul. Wherefore, I pray and beseech you as many as are here present,”’ etc. In selecting pursuits for persons who are under our hands, if we find one with rather strong moral and re- ligious qualities, then we study to see whether he has the intellect to ac- quire the learning necessary for the ministry, the memory to retain it, the language to express and teach it, or the power of reason to argue it and enforce it. We study to see whether a man has mechanical facul- ties, Constructiveness, Acquisitive- ness, Secretiveness and the faculties of executiveness. A minister with these faculties will go into a poor parish that has got behind in its finances and arrange to have a sink- ing fund established and the debts paid, and thus he will build up the parish by having secular wisdom and business skill. We like to see a preacher who has a strong side head, courage to meet and master, and power to argue and discuss, and abil- ity to enforce what he thinks is true and show to people of energetic dis- positions that he is a man of God who has courage and fortitude and is not afraid of the ‘‘face of clay.” Strong men have respect for strength. A Catholic priest was under my hands for an examination, His dress indicated his profession. I said to him: ‘‘ If you had been educated in architecture you would have been distinguished as a builder.”’ He re- plied: ‘‘ My Bishop calls me the ar- chitect of the diocese and sends a priest to relieve me of my parish work, and I go wherever in the dio- cese a church or other structure is to be built. I make the plans and su- perintend the work until it is com- pleted, and then, perhaps after a year’s absence, go back to my par- ish.”” The men engaged on the work of constructing those buildings would entertain an enhanced respect for the priest who knew their business better than they did themselves, and also for that which belonged to his sacred office. If a man is tender, gentle and pa- tient in leading people to think of re- ligion, he will do well enough for such as he; but for us who have to struggle with the robust obstacles of life, who have to fight the rough sides and the stern facts of life, who are hedged about with manifold diffi- culties and dangers—this gentleness may do for men who are nicely housed and are pursuing the gentler and more refined professions and pursuits of life; but we who build railroads and quarry marble and granite, who fell the forest trees and make it into lumber and raft it down the roaring streams and get it ready for use in civilized life, ours is a rough life. The lumberman and the miner need something besides gen- tleness to command their respect and lead them to new lines of thought. . I suppose if a man were to go into the lumber regions as a minister and missionary, and could take an ax and fell a tree without stopping or missing a blow, he would command the respect of the men who wield the ax. They would say: ‘‘He is a brother; he knows what hard work is; he has been in our footprints and knows our woes and work and want.” / CHAPTER XLUIX. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. REV. LYMAN, ABBOTT,” DoDs,) PAstORSOFT PLYMOUTH CHURCH. HIS is a strong character, con- nected with a sensitive, in- tense, enduring, but not very strong bodily constitution. He is tall, thin and wiry; like an umbrella frame, strong and enduring for the amount of material of which it is composed. The brain is the most conspicuous feature of the organization. The head, which we judge to be 23 inches in circumference, rises high from the opening of the ear, and it is also lofty above the eye. Sometimes a head is high onaline drawn from one ear to that of the other over the top, and it slopes down and becomes pinched and narrow infront. Such a man will have a great deal of char- acter, but not much talent. He will be headstrong and proud, perhaps severe, but he will lack the sympathy, the ingenuity, the imagination, the logic, the comprehensiveness of mind, andretentivenessofmemory. There are heads that wear large hats, but the largeness is mainly developed in the region of the propensities, pride, prudence, policy and perversity of temper. But this head is amply rounded and massive in front, and it is not wanting in the central and pos- terior portions. The word intellect expresses more of what Dr. Abbott is than any other. That embraces perception, memory, analysis, logic and intuition, and the power of expression. Heisa thinker par excellence. His large Compari- son enables him to dissect a topic into fiber; and then his logic enables him to braid the fiber as we do a whip lash, and give it another form of power. He has large Mirthfulness. He sees the incongruities and absurdities in people’s reasonings or in their con- duct. He must be good in repartee, not necessarily a joker, but he re- sponds sometimes in a quiet way to the utter vanquishment of his adver- sary, yet the adversary will laugh. This isa bright intellect, not merely strong like a trip hammer, and it has brilliancy, alacrity and criticism. It is more like a piano than like a bass drum. He has large Constructiveness, which has less to do with the com- bination of things physical in the way of mechanism than in the combina- tion of thoughts, statements, argu- ments and mental forces that minister to results. A complex intellectual problem is not mysterious and con- fusing to him; he comprehends it. Then he devises the means to make abstract things practical, available and appreciable. He hasa disposi- tion to simplify truth rather than to pile it up in masses that astonish and amaze without that analytical defini- tion that makes itunderstood. When we look at a brick wall half a mile off it is a great red mass, in one solid piece like the Rock of Gibraltar, but when we approach it nearer we see there are courses and tiers, and these tiers and courses are divided into sec- tions eight inches long; so the mass is defined; the sum total is reduced to its constituent elements or factors. It seems but play toa manlikethisto take a great knotty subjectthat has puzzled thinkers and expounders for ages and disintegrate it, show its constituents, make it simple. The greatness con- sists in comprehending the massive subject, and the skill consists in de- fining and illustrating it so that the common thinker sees it in a new light. Constructiveness, Causality and Comparison are the organs that 356 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. ee do this work, but Ideality and Spirit- uality enable him to appreciate the theme. The height of the front part of the top-head shows large Benevolence. It gives a beneficent feeling, the 357 —_ ——— blind side of him, it is those he has learned to love and respect, and whose errors of judgment may lead them to ask more than is proper. Spirituality being strong gives him a theoretic insight into moral topics. FIG, 314.—REV. LYMAN ABBOTT, D.D. tendency to doservice that shall be lasting. He may not hand out a dole to a beggar unnecessarily as readily perhaps as his sympathetic prede- cessor would have done; but he has a most wonderful insight into human character. He reads men like a book; those who are total strangers. If anybody get the best of him, or the Sometimes theologica: about spiritualizing subjects. He has the power to logisticize and spiritualize, to take the local frame- work of the truth and to see also its inner and beneficent elements as well. Hope seems to be strong. He dares to undertake a good deal that people talk How To Strubpy STRANGERS, 358 another man with equally large Caution might hesitate to do. He is prudent; he is economical. He has a sense of value; and as a business man he would take good care of the financial side of his affairs. He has belief in financial integrity as regards business, but it is subordinate to the moral law. He would naturally think that men who were trying to square their lives with the higher equities and spiritualities of life ought to be honest and truthful in the common daily affairs. A sharp business trick by a man who professes to be amen- able to the higher laws of living might be understood by him to be in accordance with a given mental make up, but, nevertheless, it would seem very incongruous. With his Acquisitiveness, he . understands business principles better than many clergymen, and would appreciate the temptation that financial prospects might present to a man who sought to be true and faithful; yet with his large Conscientiousness, Veneration, Benevelenceand Spirituality he would be able to raise himself above the temptation, and perhaps, at the same time, feel a spiritof leniency toward one who was not so well endowed in the moral elements. He has logic enough and reasoning power to under- stand that a man may be one sided in his mental make up, pos- sessing strong temptations todo that which is not according to rectitude, and alernately be honestly enthu- siastic in his religious emotion and be true to his nature in his religious manifestations. Men can _ have strong passions, and sometimes yield to them. They may have strong religious emotion, and generally carry these above the lower tempta- tions of life; but if they fall out by the way, they may cry out as one did of old: ‘‘Owretched man that I am, who shall deliver me from the body of this death?”’ Great natures are apt tohave great defects or excesses in certain sides of the character. A side view of this head would show the major part of the brain for- ward of the ears; and ifa line were drawn from the center of Causality to the center of Cautiousness it would show an ample elevation up- ward, a filling out of the top-head indicative of the higher moral senses. His legal training working with such an analytical and crisp intellect as his, give him the ability to present his moral topics ina more clear and vigorous light than most qutet speakers and writers are able to do. He has a vivid imagination, but it does not getout of the logical har- ness. Tohim, intellect is as ballast tc the ship; while the sails of im- agination may be filled with heavenly breezes the ballast keeps the hull steady. Therefore intel- lectually he is able to sail pretty close to the wind; thatis to say, work up against the wind, taking advantage of the opposition and converting it into headway. He must bea very able debater; and the clearness and vigor of his statements will be found everywhere in his writings. He can find fault with people; at the same time he does not do it ina way to exasperate them. Hisopponents will accept his criticisms and smile at their own de- feat because itis so fairly done, so good naturedly accomplished. There are many other points we might bring out advantageously if we had our hands on his head. If his life and health are spared until man’s allotted three score and ten, he will continue to rise, broaden and es- tablish his claim to intellectual sup- remacy among his compeers as a teacher inthe natural ethics of the higher life. If he had more body, more blood, more impulsiveness, he would be a more popular orator and meet the wishes and inspire the ad- miration of the middle and lower lines of human development; and — yet, where he has personal contact he allies people to him very intimately and becomes an elder brother and master in that field. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. The short biographical sketch which we append will show the rank he holds among thinkers. Dr. Lyman Abbott was born in Roxbury, Mass., December 18, 1835. In 1853 he was graduated at the University of the City of New York, after which he studied law, and in 1856 entered into partnership with his brothers Benjamin V. and Aus- tin. Finding the legal profession uncongenial, he studied theology with his uncle, the Rev. John S, C. Abbott, and in 1860 began his labors in the ministry. His first charge was at. Terre. Haute, Ind., where he remained until, in 1865, he was chosen secretary of the American Union (Frecdmen’s) Commission. This office called him to New York City, and occupied him until 1868. A year later he devoted himself espe- cially to literary and journalistic work in connection with Harper’s publications, but it was as editor of the Christian Union in after years that his name became familiar in religious literature. Onthe Christian Union he was associated with Henry Ward Beecher, and after that distin- guished preacher's death he became chief editor, and later his successor in Plymouth Church. He is the author of several well-known religious works, and wields a very marked influence among the intellectual classes in the American church. Dr. Abbott has given not a little attention to the study of the human mind, as his philosophical type of organization would incline him to do, Like the great man to whose place he was called after the former’s death, he discusses the relations of man to his Creator in the light of his mental constitution, and employs the facts of science to illustrate his proposi- tions. It may also be news to some of our readers to learn that he is the author of a small book devoted to the subject of human nature. An abstract of a sermon preached by Dr. Abbott recently aptly shows his familiarity with the subject, and indi- 359 cates the power that such familiarity may impart to preaching. TURNING SIN INTO RIGHTEOUSNESS. * ‘‘ The writers of the Old Testa- ment were spiritual geniuses. They were voices through which God spoke to the world. There is danger that we shall read the Bible too literally, because danger that we shall stop at the letter, and not get behind the letter to that which was in the thought of the writer; there is still further danger that we shall not get behind the thought of the writer to that which was in the thought of God; but there is no danger that we shall ever read the Bible promises as meaning more than they appear to mean. The danger of literalism is a danger of belittling, not of enlarging; danger that we shall halt at the word of the poet and not see the mind of the poet—still less the mind of God that lies back even of the mind of the poet. ‘*What is a sin? Not the, deed that is done, not the outward thing, but the spirit and the motive that it springs out of. It is not the prinking before the glass that is sinful; it is the vanity that makes the little girl prink before the glass that is sinful. It is not the good dinner that is sin- ful; it is the gluttony that is sinful. It is not the energy and assiduity and skill in acquisition that is sinful; it is the covetousness that lies back of that and inspires itand makesit mean, that is sinful. It is not what I have done that is sinful. It is I myself, it is that which is within me—that is the sin. And so the question in my soul and in your soul, I am sure, is this: How shall the evil in me be made good? Is there no way? We do not ordinarily think so. We say, Oh, if I could get rid of this vanity, of *Preached by Dr. Lyman Abbott at Plymouth Church, Brooklyn, Text—Come now, and let us reason together, saith the Lord: Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crim- son, they shall be as wool.—Isaiah i. 18. 36) this pride, of this passion, of this ambition! But God says, I have something better for you; you are not to get rid of your vanity, your pride, your passion, your ambition; I am going to turn them into goodness for you; your sins, the things that are in you that you hate, they them- selves, are to be turned about, trans- formed, made powers for beneficence, made powers for glorification. There is not a faculty or power in man, no matter how high and noble it is, that may not drag him down. What a God-given faculty is that power of conscience that sets a standard to a man and brings him to it and holds him there! But how cruel it has been! It built the Inquisition and lighted the fires of persecution. What a magnificent faculty is relig- ious faith, that lifts a man up to- ward heaven and brings him face to face with God! But if it were not for the power of faith there never would have been superstition in the world. How it has dragged men down! What a sublime and glorious faculty is hope! How it buoys men up and carries them through the storm! And yet you business men know that there is no more common cause of bankruptcy than too great hopefulness: men making promises that they never can fulfill, and have no good reason of being able to fulfill. Hope has ruined more men in business than any other faculty, | suppose. ‘‘It is a good thing to have a good appetite; a good thing to have an enjoyment of the animal nature. God gave the animal nature to be en- joyed. The animal nature itself can be lifted up, transformed. You re- member what Fowler said of Henry Ward Beecher—‘ He is a splendid animal.’ If that had been all that could have been said of him, it would have been a very sorry compliment; but it was a very great testimony as far as it went. A man is a better man for being a splendid animal if he has a splendid soul to match than How v0 Srupy STRANGERS, if he is a poor animal. Acquisitive- ness! The love of money is the root of all kinds of evil. Yes, but the love of money is the root of a great many kinds of good. The love of money sharpens the edge of the assassin’s knife, incites the burglar and the thief, has produced predatory warfare and murders without end, but the love of money has set the enginery of the world in motion. It has built railroads; it has operated factories; it has carried on com- merce; it has built up a great mate- rial civilization. Pluck that acquisi- tiveness out of the human soul and what would become of all material prosperity ? ‘* Pride—what a wall it is! But what an armor! What a protection! The Bible does not pluck pride outof men; no, it stimulates pride; it rouses men to a larger and a higher pride. It appeals to men who are proud in alow sphere, and calls upon them to be proud in a larger and higher sphere. You are sons of God, it says; you are kings and priests unto God: walk worthy of the voca- tion wherewith you are called. ‘ You are gods,’ that is the language in the Bible. You are gods—that is the ap- peal which the Bible makes to pride, to self-esteem, in man. It transforms. him with a larger and a diviner self- esteem. If ever a man was proud, it was Paul; if ever a man was self-con- tained, it was Paul; if ever a man walked in the strength of his own as- sured confidence in himself, it was. Paul; so that when that light struck on Paul, and the voice spoke to him, he stood up unawed and replied, What do you want of me? When he started on his missionary tour, he says, I did not confer with anyone. I did not ask any authority from apostle or anyone else; I started off On my own account. And that pride of Paul did not disappear when he was converted. Not at all. That same self-confidence remained with him, a new quality, a transformed quality. When the mob caught him THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. in the Temple courts and beat him, and was about to destroy him, and he was rescued just as life was to have been taken from him, he stood on the tower stairs and asked leave: May I speak to the mob? There was the same strong, self-contained, heroic pride of character; and yet not the same, but that pride of char- acter transformed and glorified. ‘*Courage! Whatisthat ? Analyze it and see. Itis not all combative- ness. It is not fighting for fighting’s sake. No! No man ever yet had hero blood in him unless he had cau- tion in him. The same thing that makes a man a coward makes him courageous. I think it was Welling- ton who, to one who boasted, ‘I never knew fear,’ replied, ‘ Then younever knew courage.’ I remember sitting once on the porch of General How- ard’s house at West Point. A sham battle was being fought by the West Point cadets, and as we looked at it General Howard said, ‘I can take no pleasure in that sight; I never see it that Ido not shrink from it, that I do not think of the horrible scenes that I have seen on the battlefield.’ The very thought he shrank from; and yet, when impelled by the high motives of love of country and love of liberty, he went into the battle. This it was that made him a hero. If he had no shrinking, he would not have been a hero. ‘*Approbativeness! a great vice and a great virtue. A man says, I am so weak, I care so much for the opin- ion of my fellow-men. I am so car- ried this way and that by public opinion, and change my complexion like the chameleon with every society I go into! Yes, that is a weakness; and yet that very weakness may be made an element of strength. For if aman does not care what people think, neither does he care for what they feel. The secret of sympathy is approbativeness. The secret of sympathy is the desire to be at one with others, and the sympathetic man is inspired by a great desire to be 361 thought well of by his fellow-men. That is the starting-point; and that starting-point of approbativeness, that desire to be well thought of by others, may be so turned, so directed, so transformed, that it becomes a great power, ‘‘And what is true of the individual character is true of past history. All a man’s past may be a motive power to aid him in his future, His blunders, his errors, his sins, as well as his suc- cesses and his victories, ought to add force to his life. Paul was educated to be a preacher of liberty because he was educated in the school of the Pharisees. Augustine was educated to bea preacher of purity because he was educated in the atmosphere of sensualism. Gough was educated to be an apostle of temperance because he was educated in the school of self- indulgence. Beecher was educated to be a preacher of the love of God because he was educated in a New England Puritan theology, which thought thatGod was wrath. Wedo not know truth until we have seen error; we do not know liberty until, we haveseenthe prison ;wedonot know righteousness until we have wrestled with temptation. The whole progress of the human race has been just this: a progress up through temptation and wrestling into a higher life, into a larger life, into a virtue which is bet- ter than innocence, into strength that comes bytemptation, that comes even by falling. ‘‘This Sunday morning I urge you to give yourself to God because you have in you that which is undivine and notdivine. You have no virtues to bring, you say. Well, bring your vices. You are proud. You are not proud enough! that is the trouble with you. Exalt your pride; realize that pride of circumstance and con- dition is a mean, low pride; that no pride is truly pride that does not lay hold on God himself and make you realize that you are His child. You care for what people think and you wish you could get rid of appro- 362 bativeness. You mistake. You do not care enough for what people think; nor for what the right people think. Care for what the best and noblest think! Care also for what God thinks; and when you have those two in one, you have approba- tiveness glorified. When your appro- bativeness makes you say, I want to stand well with the angels, I want to stand well with the pure, and the high, and the noble, I want to stand well with God Himself, and then say I want to stand well with my neigh- bors—you have a sympathy that can take hold of man with this hand, and of God with that hand, and can bring man and God together... Or you are acquisitive. You are not to get rid of your acquisitiveness. You are only to make it rational, reason- able, intelligent. You are to acquire that you may use; you are to go on with all the power of industry, only How To StTupy STRANGERS.:- so gathering that what you have gathered may serve you and your race and the world and God. You are passionate, quick, impulsive, eas- ily given to wrath. What shall you do with it? Tame it, conquer it, harness it. Do not rake the fire out from under the boiler; keep the steam in the boiler, you want it—all you have. Se angry! and sin not. There is not a weakness that can- not be made a strength; there is not a poverty that cannot be made a wealth; there is not a hindrance that cannot be made an inspiration. The sun is kept alive by the matter which is cast into the sun but not de- stroyed, and out of that blazing orb, that gathers into itself all the matter that comes within its reach, thereissue forth the rays of light that vivify and illumine the earth. God takes our very vices and out of them makes ra- diance and light and warmth-giving.”’ a a el CHAPTER LE: THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. REV. A. H. BRADFORD. [DICTATED VERBATIM BY N. SIZER, NOT KNOWING HIS NAME OR PROFESSION. | F you had frame enougn to turn the scales at 180 pounds with- out being too fat you would give to your brain the requisite sustenance. Your head measures twenty-three and one-quarter inches in circumference and fifteen and one-quarter inches from ear to ear over the top. As we study heads and bodies we think such a head ought to have about one hundred and eighty instead of one hundred and sixty pounds of weight connected withit, at your age; other- wise the boiler is not supposed to be quite strong enough for the machin- ery it has to operate. I had a man under my hands one day whose head measured twenty-four inches and he weighed 125 pounds. I asked him what his business was and he said: **T am anaccountant.” ‘‘I see how it is, others go into the arena and make transactions and you keep tally.» That isiitiexactly.’* An hour later a man came in who had a twenty-four and one-half inch head and he weighed three hundred pounds. I told him he had power enough to do all the work that might be im- posed upon him, and he would do it with a vigor and enthusiasm that would be relishful, and he would never be likely to break down or know what it was to be tired. Peo- ple sometimes are puzzled when we talk to them about bodily proportions as compared with brain, and that | we have need of vital power and muscular energy to enable the brain to work to the best of its ability. We think you resemble your mother more than your father; THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY, 363 you sit tall and stand short. You have a long body, and in that length of body you _ have the to another, spreads her wings and in three minutes she is over there. fleet-footed friend, the deer, wants Her FIG. 315.—REV. AMORY H. BRADFORD. vitality therefore your weight is more available than it would be if it werein bone and tallness. You ought to be known as an intuitive man grasping truth without following it in detail, grasping itintoto. The eagle, ifshe wants to go from cne mountain top to make the same journey, but he has to climb carefully down the mountain and cross the stream between that and the foot of the next mountain, and about day after to-morrow he will be at the top of the mountain where the eagle is who has been wait- 304 ing for him for along time. Intuition is a little like the eagle’s wings: it sees the objective point and reaches it without the labor of detail. You have a good deal of that in a moral point of view. You read strangers as well as almost anybody we meet with, but you read them in the higher aspects, in the realm of motives, philosophy and purposes. ‘There are men who have little meannesses of daily life that you do not know much about, therefore they are like mice gnawing at theroot underground somewhere, while you are cultivating the vine and fruit for- getting that the insect may be spoil- ing the tree or vine by its gnawing. You do not look for that kind of people. Youcan understanda manly argument, a manly motive, you can appreciate the best there is in men. You have large Causality, hence you are aphilosophical thinker. You can follow a line of conduct and appre- ciate the reason why, and when you come toa spot where there is no track your reason will take you through all right. Yourlarge Comparison makes you acritic of things, of motives, of thoughts, of sentiments. You com- pare one thing with another, one thought with another. If you were a lawyer you would follow a witness by your examination where he would be likely to go, keepiug a safe posi- tion ; you would know what was com- ing next naturally, and you might forestall him and ask him about it ; and it would astonish him to know that you knew so well what was com- ing next; then the witness would think he might as well makea clean breast of it and tell the whole story. If you were questioned as to how you knew you might not be able to tell, but it would be a logical sequence of what had been done and said. Your impression of a_ stranger is clear. You know what men are when you meet them, If you had to take somebody in the seat with you in the train riding a hundred miles, and the people commenced to crowd in at a How To StTupy STRANGERS. certain station, you would begin to feel anxious as to who would take the seat, and when you sawa face you liked you would catch the person’s eye and he would understand it and you would make room for him ; and you would find perhaps that he was the most delightful man that you would meet in a month ; and you had chosen him from among acrowd of men who were hurrying along. If you were doing business or any- thing else among strangers you would be skillful in selecting your assistants andin managing such as you selected. If you were at a window as paying teller in a bank you would read the faces, would study the men, and if you liked a man you would look at his paper and decide that it was all right. The power of your mental makeup finds its center in the Reasoning intellect, in grasping truth in the bulk, in making yourself master of the forms which belong to the sphere in which youmove. You can invite, invoke and reduce ; then mold and master public sentiment. You are a good talker, but you do not waste many words. There is a sort of per- sistency and crispness in your con- versation which satisfies people who are listening to you. In conversa- tion with half a dozen men you will very easily become the leader in it. You have large Constructiveness that gives you a knowledge of how to use forces that are within your reach, howto utilize opportunities; to do this as an introduction to that, that as a stepping stone to something else ; so by a Spiral, circuitous route you reach altitude without a steep grade. Sometimes if you want to act on a particular man you will say to your- selfost {I phavespnot -ssuficientasac- quaintance with him to warrant my approaching him. I know him well enough, but he does not know me.” Then you will start with somebody you do know who knows somebody who is an intimate friend of his, and in that way you get an introduction which will place you in right relation THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. 365 with the man you have occasion to deal with. You seldom do things in such an abrupt way as to foil your purpose through mismanagement or unskillfulness. That is where the constructive element comes in; not to build a barrel, but to manage a committee, manage a party, manage a jury. If you were foreman ofa jury you would know men well enough when you went into your jury room to make a little speech and say : ‘* Now let us vote in silence.’’ You would pass around blank pieces of paper and ask the gentlemen to vote as to whether the plaintiff or defend- ant had won the case, by marking the initial letter of the word plaintiff or defendant on the paper. If ten were one way and two the other you would say, ‘‘Now that gives me a chance to change my vote if I want to. Let us vote again.’ You would get unanimity next time. Then as to the question of damages, you would ask each man to put down the amount on his ballot ; and by voting three times you would get near enough to unanimity so that an aver- age would approximate to justice. You would keep them from arguing and let them vote silently, and they would gradually work toward each other till you got unanimity. You have the faculty of Agreeable- ness, you can make yourself and the subject you have in hand acceptable to people who need to be led and con- ciliated. Instead of saying, ‘‘ This is the way, walk ye therein,’ and being mandatory about it, you would say, ‘* Well, my friends, how shall we manage this matter? We all want to do right. Now, what is your wish, will and purpose?” ‘‘ Well, we would rather hear you give yours.”’ “Ah, you want my opinion! Well, if I were alone in the matter I should do it this way ; I think, perhaps, that is the best way; it is the way it strikes me as being best.” You might bring them all right into it. But if you undertook to domineer and dogmatize them, they might think, ‘* Who put you as a ruler over us ?”’ You lead men by that agreeableness we speak of ; there is a certain sort of tact init also. Cloth rubs smoother one way than another as well as fur ; and human disposition likes to go with the grain instead of against it. You will speak to men in such a way as to make them say, ‘‘ You tell it, my friend ; you are chairman of the committee, and we will have your opinion about it if you please.’’ The point is, you talk in such a way that it does not sound as if you were try- ing to coerce them. Your Benevolence is large, you feel sorry for the human race and try to help those who are needy, not so much by handing out money, but by giving good advice to those who will take it. Wecan give a man a loaf of bread and it is soon consumed, and he is as hungry in a little while as he was before. Your idea of charity would be to showa man how he could earn three loaves every day honestly; then he would not need to come beg- ging fora loaf. It is like starting an engine with a start bar, when we get it started it operates its own cut-off, let on or off steam automatically. You would work charities in the same way. You ought to be known for musical sense; you have real relish for the harmony of sweet sounds. You like to hear a speaker whose voice is mel- low, pliable and pleasant. You envy people a fine voice, or congratulate them at least. You have a sense of economy, the ability to manage mat- ters in such a way as to make every- thing that is valuable available tothe best advantage. There are men who will go into a parish church that is all snarled up with debt, and they will study into it, find out just how it is, perhaps induce some brother to lend money enough to clear the church of debt, then establish a sinking fund to pay it, and so much a month would be put into the sinking fund. You would be able to see how financial sound- ness and honesty could be established. 366 You have a certain financial integrity about you; you not only want to be able to pay your debts, but to pay them in such a way as to make it seem that you are good, that you value your promise. If you promised to pay a debt, and as the time ap- proached you doubted as to whether you could pay it at such a time, you would see the man and ask him if he could let it lie over for a few days. He would say: ‘‘ I will let it lie-over for a month if it suits you. You have always kept your credit good and paid your debts.”’ If you bought goods on time, if you were a mer- chant, if you could pay earlier than you agreed to you would think it good policy todo so. If you lived in a place where you had to depend on the crops to get your money from people, that is, if you were selling goods, you would buy goods at six months. If the man you bought of said: “We oéneérally,.sell ate three months,’”’ you would say: ‘‘ Well, I cannot buy of you; my people cannot pay in that time. If I buy goods of you, you must give me credit for six months;”’ and he would doit. But you would try to pay in three months if you possibly could, or you would try to work off half in three months and the whole in five. And the man would think you were the best cus- tomer he had because you had paid earlier than you agreed to. That is where the credit comes in; it is not the man who pays earliest, but it is the man who pays earlier than he promised to; he is the one who de- serves credit. Your Firmness is large; that gives you stability of purpose. Your Con- _scientiousness is strong; that makes you earnest and upright in your feel- ings and purposes. Caution leads you to be prudent, painstaking and guarded. Secretiveness enables you to conceal that which it is not best to tell, to tell the truth in such a way as not to have it seem overt and offen- sive. You can mingle freely with men of opposite opinions in religion How To STupDY STRANGERS. and politics and manage in such a way as not toantagonize them. If aman has certain strong views you cannot quite accept, you say: ‘‘ Those are your views; youare all right; but we are talking about another matter now; men must work according to their own conscience, seek truth as they can appreciate it, and live up to it for themselves; but this other mat- ter is not based on whether you are high church or low church.” You make people feel that you are not antagonizing them. Youdonothunt for differences or for opportunities for argument. That comes from Caution, Kindness, Secretiveness and Agreeableness, and, we may add, Friendship. You are known for strong sociabil- ity. You have ardent love and con- stancy of affection. We think you are constitutionally loyal in spirit in regard to matrimonial law and life, and anything that is contrary to the highest ethics in that respect would perhaps be as offensive to you as any- thing that belongs to the category of wrongdoing. Thereis a faculty, we think, which seeks to choose the one precious mate for life, bidding adieu to all others; and to you, that loyalty is the cream of human character. Your love for children is uncom- monly strong. Wherever you are called to associate with people the little folks, the little children, will learn to look for you and will appre- ciate you when you come. Asa physician, as a teacher, as a mer- chant, as a minister, you would be welcometo thechildren, popular with the young. You get that, we think, from yourmother. There is a great development of adhesiveness’ or Friendship, that gives loyalty to friends, to human _ attachments. Damon and Pythias, David and Jonathan, loved phenomenally, and history has embalmed them. You areambitious of distinction, you enjoy approval, and it hurts you to have anything doubt you. If you were making a call and the dog THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY. grumbled when you came on the step and walked around you as much as to say, ‘‘What are you here for ? I do not know you,” and if the girl who opens the door looks sour, you fancy the one you are calling on may not be pleased to see you. But if the dog welcomes you and the girl who answers the bell looks pleasant, you think everything is all right. ‘ You have a large brain and a fine quality of organization, You are capable of doing a good many things, and of doing well inmany ways. You ought to have had a good education. You could be a public speaker. You could bea writer. You could be a manager of affairs. You could do well in alarge insurance business. You could do well in commercial bus- iness, in banking business. You could do wellin matters pertaining to construction, art and refinement. You would make a fine classical scholar and scientistas well; and you would want to carry yourself in such a way as to have the moral side of life uppermost and regnant. BIOGRAPHY. Rey. Amory H. Bradford was born in Oswego County, New York, and passed all his earlier years in Central and Western New York. He pre- pared for college at the academy of Penn Yan and graduated at Hamil- ton College in the class of 1867. He studied one year at Auburn Theolog- ical Seminary, and then spent the remainder of his course at Andover, where he graduated intheology. He has since studied at Oxford Univer- sity in England, giving special atten- tion to metaphysics, ethics and bibli- cal criticism. In Europe he was a careful student of the leading social qug@?tions, in England and on the Continent. In 1870 he accepted a call to the new church in Montclair, N. J., and preached in it the first Sunday after its organization. It is an interesting fact that his life as a minister and the "367 life of the church are exactly coeval, it never having had another candi- date, and he beginning his work there. When he came tothe church the services were held in a little hall that would seat barely two hundred people. The church has grown until now there is a membership of seven hundred and fifty. The church edi- fice is believed to be the largest in the State of New Jersey. The church property is valued at not far from $200,000 including the parsonage. To ing his popularity abroad, it may be m€ntioned that in 1891 he was invited by Principal Fairbairn to give the Commencement Sermon at the close of the term at Mansfield College, Oxford, the first American, and, indeed, up to this time, the only American who has been invited to suchaservice. He was a dele- gate to the International Congrega- tional Council in London, and has spoken before many of the colleges and in most of the prominent Inde- pendent churches in England. Heis now Southworth lecturer on Ecclesias- tical Polity at Andover Theological Seminary; was the first secretary of the American Institute of Christian Philosophy, and has been a frequent lecturer in its courses, including a lecture on ‘‘ Body and Will.” He has been invited to leave Mont- clair for positions in New York, Brooklyn, Boston, San Franciscoand Portland, Oregon, and has been urged to accept an important pastorate in London. He has been invited by Dr. Abbott to join the editorial staff of The Christian Union, and the public may be congratulated on the fact that he has accepted and is filling the posi- tion. He has published one book, entitled ‘‘ Spirit and Life”; another, entitled ‘‘ Old Wine, New Bottles’’; and has in preparation and nearly ready for publication another, enti- tled ‘‘ The Pilgrims of Old England,”’ and still another one on ‘‘ The Rela- tion of Heredity to Religious and Social Problems.” IHF LIBRARY lF APR 15 Yr, ‘te = HINIVERSITV ar oii: 8 ow Mh c ‘ : 7 z Le ay Ps | ee a , — ) . ‘ A Bi Sie ~ ie . MG , % ae bait vi -URBANA NIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS ae ae < Si SN YO ABC RINN Sfeorss 495" AN arLaie aioe ae, ego athe Lee At Ra Spe Pie IN Na om, ate Panter er dle Spe are ae ee eer i GREG IPL EG Le 1 Pee cans mm PLL S LG I 0 ONDA AEB EE AR NADER APIA et Te IOS fone ogy pedbeliine tennant oe nee eae dea Se en Soe NN lan te geen ke ARS SRR ee Urrrabamenyy. aii et ie te ee ae ee eee TS ms ers yee aera Binal sm SOR at Sen, eget ey ie iw mer SIRS AREER tS OE Nera ys em FLOM a mine ee er FIP Ia raat Ee Awe ta PR a OR 0 Foe ange 1S prtges’ Ay ARR Rag Oh ips” seh Ce ee a ee SF Se Sota ea aH ‘ A RS FE SY and NAR HE PTs Ay ea tieedim ine J ASSLT i ie hae eee mg ne On pa) Pa eye a8 ee pt ee PS ERI TOE elie i Ode LEP as Sig QTL GALA DL eons aS natin, OE as Ne en Oa ALON Tint etdaetitrertietnntaon anne tans ee Qe Am epee Ne gree” OC RLY KA aa e eR RP EO ES alg SIE AOS RRS IAN RS NS AL SA Hg NT a HEN eng re ey Gane Ge at re awh soca MO Sh I Se IN SPL EE BH a hee til SB NOH RE Ee te Eee tA ee eK PEER EEE OIRO SAU AG wary WPaS ee enetn PA SSeS GRRE ee ee ee ne ee ee os 08 Ee ROD IEE 8 ERI RR men 8B LO APs peer berg oe s ON 00s Nae tee: OP PALER gag Sa 8 ALE TS ee pe 58 ea gh NOE PAIRS GIRS dime GRADS OF EAL 0 Om a te igi am par Ne Sot ARS ORS See ae SSG rR MN Ee TPE eto RS RN Gi mg a eR gE ee SUES SS rey A TRL NL eg pald HUN LE Re CSR RHEE OR. MEE Ur tens Foi AAR a) ey RL SH NEBR, ES Cero iwi SPEIER a gS Soe eae yi FPR a i Oh SNR nays ty en wl Ey GER! Bienen RY Semen eR ea er 2 SR oe 2 SL RET CO RELA US ee See Se ta Nar FO RS RGA ORES OIE Oy ee vos Pie we creme ie 2 es We SR re EO RN a RE INT Ree NA hy ta OT PRE Re GONE “ ee Rt RF OLA OD RENEE SAIS AL ALA LORS Gp PAAR AI AA Phi ot fed capaen amigos a eth ta ie Lt lt a a ete eee oes gee ge oe ee CR Ge Cm a TERR gh ng MN Mam pme (OPO Nd ghia eRe mR eee TRON! hating tieaealatn tt a Gat met ht odio denetiad ea attnitnk th tecneieatetindinedetitamat uate oe ee RS a Sa IRR A a ah te * SNR 28 Cienns Le Vien OES ee attend BIT EP Br Me gpa yer mueciy iecattndapoatine epi pabitetetiatietiaenetetetaminmmnn ote decade i ER mm Ms iN 5 A IIR RIOT RR Ang nh Ap OB ti nes sate itcteietirienire tls tnatasetadtaetesits eden ant encercteictmantiatereenmnads demanadin enaencaniementneemicanrigdamiediancae cern ee Naa EOE RY SO aie ef ONy geen SU gi Oh haa at le i on a seas PEELE ITPA OO CD GRE IOs tg hg ipulig sti dite alip pelt a Mie sean py ally pp taaanaoeaiiglaig alata ig yaa ah Nii Dandi tactile Ni i a ‘erw<)- i—e.. S 9a 0 ons oir tare Dan acieesi-dnicistiicdik a. tus teataiteae dee slahiednidtsdddetthiaai deeded lie oa aoe ee ee EST EEN OE LIES BNA GAG PP SOME BSG NG Aad EN NR a eg cree oe TA He Roe, die rape etre et